Lahore Converter Station Operation Regulations Volume 1 (Equipment Overview) .Zh-CN.en (1) -拉合尔换流站运行规程第1分册（设备概况）.Zh-CN.en

Translated from Chinese (Simplified) to English - www.onlinedoctranslator.
com
Lahore Converter Station

Operation Regulations
Volume 1
Equipment overview
State Grid Shandong Electric Power Company

Maintenance Company Mura DC Management
Office
June 2020
foreword
Murthyari-Lahore ±660kV HVDC Transmission Project (hereinafter referred to
as "Murrah DC") is the only transmission project under the "Priority
Implementation" project list of the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor, and it is
the response of State Grid Corporation of China to the "Belt and Road
Initiative" An important measure of the initiative, it is also the first
overseas investment project developed, constructed and operated by CLP
Equipment in the BOOT mode, with a commercial operation period of 25 years. The
project starts from the Matiari converter station in Hyderabad, Sindh province,
southern Pakistan, and ends at the Lahore converter station in Lahore, Punjab
province. It is the first high-voltage direct current transmission project in
China, and it is also the transmission project with the highest voltage level,
the longest transmission distance and the largest transmission capacity in
Pakistan.
The site of Lahore Converter Station is located about 55km southwest of
Lahore, Punjab Province, Pakistan. The site area is 64 hectares, the converter
station area is 21 hectares, the grounding pole line is 50km, the rated
transmission power is 4000MW, the rated voltage is ±660kV, and the rated
current is 3030A.
State Grid Shandong Electric Power Company Maintenance Company is
responsible for the operation, maintenance and management of the project. In
accordance with the Regulations on the Operation and Maintenance of DC
Converter Stations of State Grid Corporation of China and other regulations,
based on the equipment data of the converter stations and the actual situation
in Pakistan, the Operation Regulations of Lahore Converter Stations have been
compiled. The purpose of this regulation is to standardize and guide daily
inspections, gate switching operations, and accident handling, strengthen
equipment maintenance and management, improve the level of on-site standardized
operations, and ensure the safe and stable operation of converter station
equipment.
This "Regulations" is divided into five volumes, which are equipment
overview volume, operation mode and equipment operation regulation volume,
equipment abnormality and accident handling volume, typical operation ticket
volume and operation atlas volume. This volume is a sub-volume of equipment
overview, which covers engineering overview, equipment overview, parameters,
etc.
The main drafters of this Regulation:
prepared by:
Review:
Approval:
approve:
This "Regulation" is under the jurisdiction of the State Grid Shandong
Electric Power Company Maintenance Company and is responsible for
interpretation.
content
1 Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Project Overview ................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Brief description of equipment ........................................................................................... 1
1.2.1 Introduction to the main device ................................................................................ 1
1.2.2 Main device configuration ....................................................................................... 1
2 primary devices .............................................................................................................................. 5
2.1 Converter valve ................................................................................................................... 5
2.1.1 Overview .................................................................................................................. 5
2.1.2 Technical Specifications and Instructions ................................................................ 6
2.2 Converter transformer ...................................................................................................... 11
2.2.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 11
2.2.2 Technical Specifications and Instructions .............................................................. 12
2.3 DC wall bushing ................................................................................................................. 19
2.3.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 19
2.4 Smoothing Reactor ..............................................................................................twenty one
2.4.1 Overview .................................................................................................. twenty one
2.4.2 Technical Specifications and Instructions ................................................ twenty one
2.5 DC filter .............................................................................................................. twenty two
2.5.1 Overview .................................................................................................. twenty two
2.5.2 Technical Specifications and Instructions .............................................. twenty three
2.6 AC filter.............................................................................................................................. 26
2.6.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 26
2.6.2 Equipment technical specifications and descriptions ............................................. 27
2.7 Circuit breakers ................................................................................................................. 31
2.7.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 31
2.8 Isolation switch and grounding switch .............................................................................. 37
2.8.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 37
2.9 Current Transformer .......................................................................................................... 42
2.9.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 42
2.10 Voltage transformer ........................................................................................................ 49
2.10.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 49
2.10.2 Technical Specifications and Instructions ............................................................ 49
2.11 Capacitors........................................................................................................................ 51
2.11.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 51
2.12 Reactors........................................................................................................................... 53
2.12.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 53
2.13 Lightning arrester ............................................................................................................ 56
2.13.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 56
3 Secondary equipment .................................................................................................................. 60
3.1 DC control and protection system ..................................................................................... 60
3.1.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 60
3.2 AC Protection System ........................................................................................................ 90
3.2.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 90
3.3 Safety and stability control device .................................................................................... 91
3.4 Clock synchronization system............................................................................................ 91
3.4.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 91
3.5 Fault recorder .................................................................................................................... 92
3.5.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 92
3.6 Fault location device ......................................................................................................... 95
3.6.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 95
3.7 Electric energy billing system ............................................................................................ 96
3.7.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 96
3.8 Telecontrol communication system .................................................................................. 97
3.8.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 97
4 Auxiliary systems .......................................................................................................................... 98
4.1 Station power system ........................................................................................................ 98
4.1.1 Overview ................................................................................................................ 98
4.2 Valve cooling system ....................................................................................................... 106
4.2.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 106
4.3 Air conditioning and ventilation system .......................................................................... 121
4.3.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 121
4.4 Fire fighting system ......................................................................................................... 132
4.5 Water supply and drainage system ................................................................................. 132
4.6 Integrated online monitoring system .............................................................................. 132
4.6.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 132
4.7 Valve hall infrared temperature measurement system................................................... 135
4.7.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 135
4.8 Video Surveillance System .............................................................................................. 136
4.8.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 136
4.9 Total Station Lighting System .......................................................................................... 139
4.9.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 139
4.10 General Call System ....................................................................................................... 140
1 Overview
1.1 Project Overview
The Matiari-Lahore ±660kV HVDC transmission project starts from the
Matiari converter station in Hyderabad, Sindh province, southern Pakistan.stop
atLahore Converter Station, Lahore, Punjab,Rated transmission power 4000MW,
rated current 3030A, rated voltage ±660kV, DC line 878km,With a tortuosity
factor of 1.08, it is the first HVDC transmission project in Pakistan, and it
is also a transmission project with the highest voltage level, the longest
transmission distance and the largest transmission capacity in Pakistan.
Lahore Converter StationThe site is located in PakistanAbout 55km southwest
of Lahore, Punjab. siteThe area is 64 hectares, the converter station area is
21 hectares,The ground electrode line is 50km.
1.2 Brief description of equipment

1.2.1 Introduction to the main device
1.2.1.1 The Lahore converter station consists of 2 complete monopoles, each
complete monopole contains a 12-pulse converter unit.
1.2.1.2 12 single-phase double-winding converter transformers, single
capacity400.4MVA, each type of converter transformer is provided with 1 spare
set, a total of 2 spare sets, a total of 14 sets.
1.2.1.3 Install 8 smoothing reactors in the DC field, 4 for each pole, with a
single capacity of 150mH.
1.2.1.4 There are 4 DC filters in total, each pole is equipped with 1 set of
HP12/24DC filter and 1 bankHP6/42DC filter.
1.2.1.5 There are 6 complete strings in the 500kV AC field, 6 outgoing lines, 2
in Lahore South, 2 in Lahore, and 2 in Lahore North; 2 500kV direct drop
transformers.
1.2.1.6 The total capacity of 500kV AC filter field capacitive reactive power
compensation is 2480Mvar, divided into 4 groups and 16 groups, among whichAC
filter (HP12/24) 8 groups(capacity of each group is 150Mvar), 8 groups of
parallel capacitors (SC) (capacity of each group is 160Mvar).
1.2.1.7 There are 2 sets of 500kV/35kV step-down transformers, each with a
capacity of 240MVA, and two sets of 60Mvar shunt reactors are installed on the
35kV side of each step-down transformer.
1.2.2 Main device configuration
Table 1.2-1 Main equipment manufacturers and quantities
area equipment factory quantity
Xuji Group Co.,
Converter valve and valve control 2 sets
Ltd.
Polar line arrester CBH Pinggao Toshiba 2 units
valve
12-pulse converter bridge midpoint arrester M (Langfang) 2 units
hall
Arrester Co.,
Neutral bus arrester CBN1 2 units
Ltd.
Valve hall pole line side grounding knife switch Pinggao Group 2 units
1
Valve Hall Neutral Grounding Knife Switch Co., Ltd. 2 units
Valve hall YY converter valve side grounding knife
2 units
switch
YD converter valve side grounding knife switch in
2 units
valve hall
±660kV converter transformer China Xidian 6+1 units
Electric Co.,
±330kV converter transformer 6+1 units
Ltd.
Inverter line arrester Pinggao Toshiba 12 units
(Langfang)
Converter neutral point arrester Arrester Co., 4 units
Ltd.
TBEA Kangjia
(Shenyang)
commutat commutation transformer neutral point CT 4 units
Transformer
ion
Co., Ltd.
500kV Capacitive Voltage Transformer Guilin Power 6 units
RI filter capacitor Capacitor Co., 12 units
PLC filter capacitor Ltd. 6 units
PLC filter reactor L1 Beijing 6 units
Electric Power
Equipment
PLC filter reactor L2 6 units
General Factory
Co., Ltd.
Polar line bushing Beijing ABB 2 sticks
Neutral wire through wall bushing Sifang Power 2 sticks
Neutral bus transfer switch NBS System Co., 2 units
Neutral Bus Earthing Switch NBGS Ltd. 1 set
Pole line disconnect switch (ungrounded) 2 units
Pole line isolation switch (double ground) 2 units
Neutral disconnect switch (ungrounded) 2 units
Neutral disconnect switch (single ground) 2 units
Grounded pole zone disconnect switch (ungrounded) Pinggao Group 1 set
Grounding pole zone disconnect switch (double Co., Ltd.
2 units
ground)
Neutral grounding switch 2 units
Grounding electrode isolation switch (for use in
2 units
the grounding electrode)
Pole line dry smoothing reactor 4 units
Beijing
Neutral Line Smoothing Reactor 4 units
DC field Electric Power
Pole line PLC reactor 2 units
Equipment
Neutral Line PLC Reactor 2 units
General Factory
Current injection loop reactor 1 set
Co., Ltd.
Blocking loop reactor 2 units
Polar RI Filter Capacitors 2 units
Guilin Power
Neutral capacitor 2 units
Capacitor Co.,
Injection loop capacitor 1 set
Ltd.
Blocking loop capacitors 2 units
Polar line arrester DB, DL 4 units
Pinggao Toshiba
Neutral arrester CBN2 2 units
(Langfang)
Neutral arrester E 2 units
Arrester Co.,
Metal return arrester EM 1 set
Ltd.
Ground electrode arrester EL 2 units
Polar line DC current measuring device (optical CT) 4 units
Xuji Group Co.,
Polar line DC voltage measuring device 2 units
Ltd.
Neutral bus voltage measuring device 2 units
2
DC field neutral bus arrester low voltage
2 units
electromagnetic CT
DC Field Impulse Capacitor Low Voltage
2 units
Electromagnetic CT
Neutral zero flux CT 4 units
Metal loop zero flux CT 1 set
NBGS Zero Flux CT 1 set
Ground pole line zero flux CT 2 units
DC filter high voltage isolation switch (single
4 units
ground) Pinggao Group
DC filter low voltage isolating switch (single Co., Ltd.
4 units
ground)
DC filter 680kV DC current measurement device
4 units
(optical CT) Xuji Group Co.,
DC filter 150kV DC current measuring device Ltd.
4 units
(optical CT)
1. DC filter (12/24) 2 teams
DC filter unbalanced light CT 2 units
DC Filter Electromagnetic CT (Surge Arrester
Xuji Group Co., 2 units
Circuit)
Ltd.
DC filter electromagnetic CT (resistor circuit) 2 units
DC filter electromagnetic CT (inductance loop) 2 units
DC filter capacitor C1 Guilin Power 2 units
Capacitor Co.,
DC filter capacitor C2 2 units
Ltd.
Shanghai Jitai
DC Field Filter Resistors Resistors Co., 2 units
Ltd.
DC filter HP12/24 high voltage reactor Beijing 2 units
Electric Power
Equipment
DC filter HP12/24 low voltage reactor 2 units
DC General Factory
filter Co., Ltd.
DC filter arrester, high voltage Fushun Electric 2 units
DC filter arrester, L1 parallel Porcelain 2 units
Manufacturing
DC filter arrester, L2 parallel 2 units
Co., Ltd.
2. DC filter (6/42) 2 teams
DC filter unbalanced light CT 2 units
DC Filter Electromagnetic CT (Surge Arrester
Xuji Group Co., 2 units
Circuit)
Ltd.
DC filter electromagnetic CT (resistor circuit) 2 units
DC filter electromagnetic CT (inductance loop) 2 units
DC filter capacitor C1 Guilin Power 2 units
Capacitor Co.,
DC filter capacitor C2 2 units
Ltd.
Shanghai Jitai
DC Field Filter Resistors Resistors Co., 2 units
Ltd.
DC filter HP6/42 high voltage reactor Beijing 2 units
Electric Power
Equipment
DC filter HP6/42 low voltage reactor 2 units
General Factory
Co., Ltd.
DC filter arrester, high voltage Fushun Electric 2 units
DC filter arrester, L1 parallel Porcelain 2 units
3
Manufacturing
DC filter arrester, L2 parallel 2 units
Co., Ltd.
500kV circuit breaker (500kV AC outlet circuit)
7 groups
with closing resistance 454Ω
500kV circuit breaker (circuit breaker in the
incoming circuit of the filter group) with closing 3 groups
resistance 454Ω
500kV circuit breaker (circuit breaker on the bus
4 groups
side of the incoming circuit of the filter group) Beijing ABB
500kV circuit breaker (circuit breaker on the bus High Voltage
side of the commutator-transformer incoming Switchgear Co., 2 teams
circuit) with a closing resistance of 1680Ω Ltd.
500kV circuit breaker (circuit breaker in series
with pole 1 converter transformer) with closing team 1
resistance 1680Ω
500kV circuit breaker (circuit breaker in series
with pole 2 commutator transformer) with closing team 1
resistance 1680Ω
500kV single grounding vertical telescopic
12 groups
isolation switch
500kV single grounding horizontal telescopic
Pinggao Group 6 groups
isolation switch
Co., Ltd.
500kV AC 500kV isolation switch double static contact three
12 groups
field grounding
500kV earthing switch (busbar) 4 groups
500kV Oil-immersed Current Transformer
6 units
TPY/TPY/TPY/5P30/0.2S/0.2S/TPY/TPY
3 units
TPY/TPY/0.2S/0.2S/5P30/0.2S/0.2S/TPY/TPY/TPY
TBEA Kangjia
(Shenyang) 3 units
TPY/TPY/TPY/0.2S/0.2S/5P30/0.2S/0.2S/TPY/TPY
Transformer
Co., Ltd. 12 units
TPY/TPY/0.2S/0.2S/5P30/0.2S/0.2S/TPY/TPY
30 units
TPY/TPY/5P30/0.2S/0.2S/TPY/TPY
500kV Oil-immersed Current Transformer 0.2S 36 units
500kV Capacitive Voltage Transformer 18 units
Guilin Power
500kV capacitive voltage transformer (outlet
Capacitor Co., 36 units
measurement)
Ltd.
500kV capacitive voltage transformer (busbar) 6 units
Pinggao Toshiba
(Langfang)
500kV metal oxide arrester 18 units
Arrester Co.,
Ltd.
Beijing ABB
High Voltage
500kV group incoming line SF6 circuit breaker 16 groups
Switchgear Co.,
Ltd.
Jiangsu Siyuan
500kV AC
Hertz
Filter 500kV group incoming line current transformer 48 units
Transformer
Field
Co., Ltd.
500kV group incoming line vertical opening
16 groups
isolating switch Pinggao Group
500kV group incoming line grounding switch Co., Ltd. 16 groups
500kV earthing switch (busbar) 8 groups
4
Guilin Power
500kV Capacitive Voltage Transformer Capacitor Co., 12 units
Ltd.
Pinggao Toshiba
(Langfang)
500kV metal oxide arrester 15 units
Arrester Co.,
Ltd.
1. 500kV AC filter (HP12/24) 8 groups
Filter high voltage capacitor C1 (including Guilin Power
24 units
capacitor unbalance protection CT) Capacitor Co.,
Filter Low Voltage Capacitor C2 Ltd. 24 units
Filter Reactor L1 Beijing 24 units
Electric Power
Equipment
Filter Reactor L2 24 units
General Factory
Co., Ltd.
Shanghai Jitai
Filter Resistor R1 Resistors Co., 24 units
Ltd.
high-end filter arrester Fushun Electric 24 units
Porcelain
Filter arrester low end Manufacturing 24 units
Co., Ltd.
AC filter electromagnetic CT inductance circuit Jiangsu Siyuan 24 units
AC Filter Electromagnetic CT Ground Loop Hertz 24 units
Transformer
AC filter electromagnetic CT resistance circuit 24 units
Co., Ltd.
2. 500kV Parallel Capacitor Bank (SC) 8 groups
Guilin Power
Filter bank capacitor C1 (including AC filter
Capacitor Co., 24 units
unbalanced light CT)
Ltd.
Beijing
Electric Power
Filter bank reactor L1 Equipment 24 units
General Factory
Co., Ltd.
Fushun Electric
Porcelain
Filter arrester 24 units
Manufacturing
Co., Ltd.
Jiangsu Siyuan
Hertz
Filter electromagnetic CT 24 units
Transformer
Co., Ltd.
Shandong
Electric Power
500kV step-down transformer 2 units
Equipment Co.,
Ltd.
500kV
BeijingABBHigh
direct
Voltage
drop 500kV SF6 circuit breaker 2 teams
Switchgear Co.,
transfor
Ltd.
mer area
Pinggao
Toshiba(langfan
500kV metal zinc oxide arrester 6 units
g)Arrester Co.,
Ltd.
5
TBEA Kangjia
(Shenyang)
500kV Current Transformer 6 units
Transformer
Co., Ltd.
500kV Double Grounding Horizontal Disconnect Switch Pinggao Group 2 teams
500kV earthing switch Co., Ltd. 2 teams
Shandong
35kV three-phase double-winding non-excitation Electric Power
2 units
voltage regulating power transformer Equipment Co.,
Ltd.
Beijing ABB
High Voltage
35kV SF6 circuit breaker 6 groups
Switchgear Co.,
Ltd.
35kVCurrent transformer (5P30/5P30/0.2S/0.5S) TBEA Kangjia 12 units
(Shenyang)
35kVCurrent transformer (5P40/5P30/0.2S/0.5S) Transformer 6 units
Co., Ltd.
35kVDouble column horizontal rotary disconnect
35kV 6 groups
switch (single ground) Pinggao Group
area
35kVDouble column horizontal rotary disconnect Co., Ltd.
2 teams
switch (double ground)
Guilin Power
35kVvoltage transformer Capacitor Co., 6 units
Ltd.
Pinggao Toshiba
(Langfang)
35kVMetal Zinc Oxide Arrester 18 units
Arrester Co.,
Ltd.
Xi'an West
Electric
35kV Reactor 12 units
Transformer
Co., Ltd.
132kV three-phase oil-immersed transformer 1 set
132kV SF6 circuit breaker 3 groups
132kV isolation switch (single ground) 6 groups
132kV earthing switch team 1
132kV current transformer (outgoing circuit)
Shandong 6 units
0.5/10P20/10P20/10P20
132kV Electric Power
132kV current transformer (station transformer
area Equipment Co.,
circuit) 3 units
Ltd.
0.5/10P20/10P20
132kV current transformer (for metering) 6 units
132kV arrester 9 units
132kV Capacitive Voltage Transformer 9 units
132kV capacitive voltage transformer (for metering) 6 units
11kV three-phase dry-type transformer 6 units
11kV incoming cabinet 3 sides
Low- 11kV feeder cabinet 8 sides
voltage 11kV sectional cabinet Shenzhen Taion 2 sides
part of 11kV segmented isolation cabinet Energy 2 sides
station 11kV busbar equipment cabinet Technology Co., 3 sides
electric 400V switch cabinet incoming line, sectional Ltd.
12 sides
ity cabinet
400V switch cabinet incoming line, sectional
6 sides
cabinet (diesel engine circuit)
6
400V switch cabinet feeder cabinet (including AC
47 faces
split screen)
Gezhouba Energy
Diesel generators Heavy Industry 1 set
Co., Ltd.
2 primary devices
2.1 Converter valve
2.1.1 Overview
2.1.1.1 The converter valve used in the Lahore converter station is the VCE800
converter valve developed by Xuji Group Co., Ltd. with reference to ABB's DC
converter valve technology. The VCE800 converter valve adopts a modular design
as a whole, and can meet the needs of different voltage levels through the
series connection of multiple valve components.
2.1.1.2 The converter valve of the Lahore converter station is air-insulated,
cooled by deionized water circulation, and has a suspended double valve tower
structure. Each double valve tower is hung on the steel beam with a suspension
insulator. The valve tower adopts glass fiber reinforced resin insulating screw
as the internal suspension part of the valve structure, and is hung on the top
of the valve hall through the high temperature resistant composite insulator.
Made of silicone rubber.
2.1.1.3 The Lahore converter station consists of two complete monopoles, ie two
12-pulse converter units. A 12-pulse converter unit consists of 6 double
valves, one double valve contains 2 single valves, and each single valve
includes 7 valve assemblies. The thyristor in each valve assembly is a 5-inch
electric trigger thyristor, with a rated current of 3200A and a rated voltage
of 8.5kV; the damping loop value is 40Ω/1.8uF; the DC voltage equalizing
resistance value is 88kΩ. Each valve assembly mainly includes a frame, a
thyristor valve section, a damping capacitor, a damping resistor, a DC voltage
equalizing resistor, a saturable reactor, a TCE and a cooling water pipe.
2.1.1.4 The role of saturable reactor
(1) When the thyristor is subjected to steep wave impulse voltage, the voltage
stress generated on the thyristor is limited.
(2) Limit the turn-on current of the thyristor.
(3) Make the voltage distribution in the valve uniform.
2.1.1.5 Function of RC damping circuit
(1)Make the valve voltage evenly distributed across each thyristor.
(2)Provides operating power for the gate unit.
(3)Limits reverse recovery voltage overshoot when the thyristor is turned off.
(4)Enables the valve to withstand stress under normal and abnormal load
conditions.
2.1.1.6 Function of equalizing circuit
(1)Small asymmetries in the forward and reverse leakage currents of the
thyristors can cause uneven distribution of voltage when the valve is blocked,
7
and the DC grading resistors are used to limit this unevenness.
(2)The thyristor voltage is measured, and the measurement results will be
provided to the TCE board for control and protection of the valve body.
2.1.1.7 Each thyristor stage has an independent TCE board for thyristor control
and protection.
2.1.2 Technical Specifications and Instructions
2.1.2.1 The main configuration of the converter valve is shown in the table2.1-
1
Table 2.1-1 Converter valve configuration
Basic parameters Lahore Station (seventh floor)
Number of double valves 12
Number of single valves twenty four
Number of components in each single valve 7
Thyristors per module 14/15
The number of reactors in each single valve 14
Number of thyristor stages per single valve 100
Redundant thyristor stages per single valve 5
2.1.2.2 See Table 2.1-2 for the operating conditions of the converter valve
Table 2.1-2 Conditions of use of the converter valve
content technical parameter
Outdoor ambient temperature (maximum temperature,
52.5/-5
minimum temperature) (℃)
Sunlight intensity (kW/m2) 0.7
Altitude (m) 25
filth level -
Valve hall (calculated according to the highest DC
Environmental 14mm/kV
operating voltage)
condition requirements
Ice Thickness (mm) 0
Wind speed (m/s) (10-minute average maximum wind
31.1
speed at a height of 10 meters above the ground)
Average relative humidity (%) 58.8
Earthquake intensity (seismic intensity, 0.14g
acceleration) (g) Designed by 0.2g
System steady state operating voltage range 470kV-550kV
50±0.5Hz (steady
System frequency range
state)
AC system conditions
Frequency deviation 10 minutes after the fault is
49.4~50.6Hz
cleared
Frequency Deviation in Accident Situations 49~51Hz
Conditions of use in Long term/maximum operating air temperature +50/+60℃
the valve hall Long term/minimum operating temperature +10/+5℃
(Totally enclosed
indoor, slightly
positive pressure, Long term/maximum operating humidity 60%/70% RH
with ventilation and
air conditioning)
Operating temperature (max/min) 45/0℃
Valve Control Operating relative humidity <65%
Conditions of Use storage temperature -25~55℃
transport temperature -40~70℃
8
5%~95% (non-
Relative humidity condensing on the
surface)
2.1.2.3 The technical parameters of the converter valve are shown in Table 2.1-
3
Table 2.1-3 Technical parameters of converter valve
Rated DC current (A) 3030
Minimum continuous operating DC current (A) 256
Current parameters Maximum continuous operating DC current (A) 3077
(Single cycle/3 cycles) Fault current (kA) 36
Peak off-state voltage with subsequent blocking (kV) 456.7
Rated DC voltage, pole-to-neutral (UdRN) (kV) 660
Maximum continuous DC voltage (kV) 680
Maximum continuous DC voltage on neutral bus (kV) 85
No-load DC voltage
Voltage parameters
- Rated no-load DC voltage (UdioN) (kV) 378.5
- Maximum no-load DC voltage (Udioabsmax) (kV) 396
- Minimum no-load DC voltage (Udiomin) (kV) 342.4
Temporary overvoltage load rejection factor (pu) 1.3
Firing angle a during commutation operation
- Rated value (aN) 15
- minimum value at rated power 15-2.5
- maximum value at rated power 15+2.5
- minimum value 5
control angle
Arc extinction angle g during inverter operation
- Rated value (gN) 17
- minimum value at rated power 17-1
- maximum value at rated power 17+1
- minimum value 12
cross valve
- SIPL/SIWL 683.2/752
- LIPL/LIWL 660.7/727
Insulation level of neutral bus to ground
- SIPL/SIWL 422/490
- LIPL/LIWL 451/545
Insulation level The insulation level of the high-voltage end connected to the secondary
winding of the YY converter transformer to the ground
- SIPL/SIWL 1384/1600
- LIPL/LIWL 1380/1660
6-pulse bridge DC bus-to-ground insulation level
- SIPL/SIWL 1104/1270
- LIPL/LIWL 1112/1335
Maximum continuous voltage peak on single valve arrester
CCOV V1/V2 413.6
PCOV V1/V2 492.2
The highest residual voltage at 1/2μS steep wave V1 716.1/2
lightning arrester impulse current V2 726.8/2
The highest residual voltage under 8/20μS lightning V1 651/2
impulse current V2 660.7/2
>30μS maximum residual voltage under operating V1 677.2/5
inrush current V2 683.2/4
9
V1 15
Arrester energy requirements
V2 10
2.1.2.4 The electrical parameters of the converter valve are shown in Table
2.1-4 to Table 2.1-9
Table 2.1-4 Withstand Voltage
Pressure capacity technical parameter
Surge arrester operating surge protection level SIPL 683.2kV
Uneven pressure coefficient ks of the valve during operating
1.07
shock
Lightning surge protection level of arrester LIPL 660.7kV
Uneven pressure coefficient kl of valve during lightning
1.1
strike
Operating shock withstand level of the valve
864.5kV (26.5%)
without redundancy (margin)
Net margin after taking into account the
Reverse blocking 18.30%
voltage distribution inhomogeneity factor
voltage
Lightning impulse withstand level of the
capability: 883.5kV (33.7%)
valve without redundancy (margin)
Net margin after taking into account the
21.60%
voltage distribution inhomogeneity factor
Minimum protection trigger level for valve
Forward blocking 747.7kV
with redundancy
voltage
Minimum protection trigger level of the
capability: 710.3kV
valve without redundancy
Table 2.1-5 Short-circuit current value
short circuit current technical parameter
System short circuit capacity MVA 57288
With subsequent blocking, peak
kApeak 36
current per cycle
Three-cycle peak current without
kApeak 36
subsequent latching
Peak off-state voltage with
kV 456.7
subsequent blocking
Recovery time with subsequent
ms 2
blocking
Table 2.1-6 Uneven pressure coefficient
DC withstand voltage 1.05
comminicate 1.05
operate 1.07
thunderbolt 1.1
Steep waves 1.2
Table 2.1-7 Overload capacity
without redundant with redundant
Maximum outdoor Maximum valve hall overload cooling cooling
temperature °C temperature °C time Current Current
load (pu) load (pu)
(A) (A)
3s 1.4 4538 1.4 4538
52.5 60 2 hours 1.1 3427 1.15 3605
long 1 3077 1.1 3427
3s 1.4 4538 1.4 4538
25 60
2 hours 1.15 3605 1.2 3786
10
Maximum outdoor Maximum valve hall overload without redundant with redundant
temperature °C temperature °C time cooling cooling
long 1.05 3251 1.1 3427
Table 2.1-8 Large-angle operation capability
Power is sending
Id[kA] UdioR[kV] α[deg]
Sending-end converter
0.426 320.14 43.38
station (rectifier)
3.039 320.14 35.44
Id[kA] Udi0I[kV] γ[deg]
Receiver converter station
0.426 320.14 44.35
(inverter)
3.039 320.14 41.71
reverse run
Id[kA] UdioR[kV] α[deg]
Sending-end converter
0.426 320.14 43.38
station (inverter)
3.039 320.14 35.44
Id[kA] Udi0I[kV] γ[deg]
Receiver converter station
0.426 320.14 44.35
(rectifier)
3.039 320.14 41.71
Table 2.1-9 Loss of converter valve in Lahore Station
serial Lahore converter station thyristor converter valve losses (kW per valve)
number Per unit load (pu) 0* 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.05
1 Thyristor conduction loss 0 33.9 74.8 122.4 179.9 193.3
2 Thyristor turn-on loss 0 5 5 5 5 5
3 Other conduction losses 0 1.6 6.3 14 25.3 28.2
4 Losses related to DC voltage 2.9 5.9 6.1 6.1 6 6
Low frequency damping circuit
5 3.3 5.7 5.9 6.1 6.1 6
losses
High frequency damping circuit
6 0 24.2 34.9 45.7 56.1 58.1
losses
7 Thyristor turn-off losses 0 34.5 48.4 60.9 72.3 74.5
8 Valve reactor loss 0 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.9
9 Valve cooling system losses 3.4 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.7 8.7
10 total valve loss 9.6 120.9 191.6 270.6 361.5 381.9
2.1.2.5 Electrical Design
Xuji converter valve control and protection system mainly includes two
parts: Valve Control Equipment (VCE) and Thyristor Control Equipment (TCE).
Valve Control Equipment VCE
(1) The VCE equipment is configured by pole, 1 set per pole, 2 sets in total.
Each set of VCE consists of 2 sets of mutually redundant valve control systems
and 2 sets of redundant water leakage detection monitoring and arrester
monitoring systems. Each set of VCE equipment includes 6 control cabinets, each
control cabinet corresponds to a double valve, the valve tower water leakage
status monitoring and valve arrester action monitoring are installed in one of
the screen cabinets.
(2) Each set of VCE control cabinet includes 12 FCK213 valve monitoring and
control devices, 4 FCK221 valve control interface devices and 1 FCK215 leakage
arrester monitoring device. Table 2.1-10 shows the configuration of the VCE
cabinet.
Table 2.1-10 VCE cabinet configuration table
11
Number of
Cabin Chassis Device correspond Number of
valve Remark
et number type ing valve thyristors
segments
Valve measurement
VAY 1# FCK213 Y1 100 7
and control device
scree
Valve measurement
n 2# FCK213 Y4 100 7
and control device
cabin
Y valve A Valve Control
et 3# FCK221
system Interface Device
Valve measurement
VBY 1# FCK213 Y3 100 7
and control device
scree
Valve measurement
n 2# FCK213 Y6 100 7
and control device
cabin
Leakage arrester
et 3# FCK215
monitoring device
Valve measurement
VCY 1# FCK213 Y5 100 7
and control device
scree
Valve measurement
n 2# FCK213 Y2 100 7
and control device
cabin
Y valve B Valve Control
et 3# FCK221
Valve measurement
VAD 1# FCK213 D1 100 7
and control device
scree
Valve measurement
n 2# FCK213 D4 100 7
and control device
cabin
D valve A Valve Control
et 3# FCK221
VBD Valve measurement
1# FCK213 D3 100 7
scree and control device
n
Valve measurement
cabin 2# FCK213 D6 100 7
and control device
et
Valve measurement
VCD 1# FCK213 D5 100 7
and control device
scree
Valve measurement
n 2# FCK213 D2 100 7
and control device
cabin
D valve B Valve Control
et 3# FCK221
(3) The water leakage detection alarm of the valve tower is divided into two
alarm levels: first-level leakage and second-level leakage. The valve control
system completes the water leakage state detection by sending and receiving
optical fibers. When the water level of the water leakage detection device in
the valve tower reaches the first-level alarm condition and lasts for more than
30s, the VCE will generate an alarm and report the event "water leakage
detection first-level alarm". When the water level continues to rise and
reaches the second-level alarm condition, and the duration exceeds 5s, the
event "water leakage detection second-level alarm" is reported. If the VCE
directly detects the second-level alarm without generating the first-level
alarm, it will report "water leakage detection fault". After the fault
disappears, the VCE cancels the alarm and generates the event information of
the alarm cancellation.
(4) VCE can monitor the action signal of 12 valve arresters. When the valve
arrester operates, upload the action position and the number of actions to the
12
monitoring background, and count the actions of each arrester at the same time.
The maximum count value is 255, and the count value can be processed by the
processor. The board fault answer button resets the count.
(5) The VCE is equipped with a fault recording function, which can monitor the
control signal state and control sequence, VCE operation state, and converter
valve operation state, and realize 15 times of recording data cyclic storage,
and the length of each recording is 800ms.
(6) The VCE can control the system through the external switch in the test
mode. In this mode, the bypass, voltage, unlocking, charging and active control
signals can be controlled by pole control or switch control. When the system
control signal is controlled by the external switch, the pole The control
signal state is invalid. In test mode, the valve control system can
independently test the thyristor status and trigger function of the thyristor
stage using the thyristor tester.
(7) VCE has functions such as thyristor status monitoring, protection trigger
monitoring, optical channel monitoring, trigger control signal monitoring, and
system active and standby status monitoring.
(8) VCE monitors the return signal of the thyristor on the converter valve in
real time, and at the same time monitors the control signal from the control
system, the VCE outputs the alarm information and trip request signal, and
applies for the control system to switch the system or lock the converter
valve. The VCE related fault handling mechanism is shown in the table below2.1-
11shown.
surface2.1-11VCE fault handling mechanism
serial
fault phenomenon Treatment measures
number
1 ≤5 thyristor failures in a single valve
2 There are ≤9 thyristor-level B0D actions in a single valve
The water leakage monitoring of each valve tower detects that
3 output alarm event
the water leakage of the valve tower reaches the set value
4 Any power system monitoring signal is abnormal
5 Any laser trigger channel failure
6 > 5 thyristor failures in a single valve System switching
7 There are >9 thyristor-level B0D actions in a single valve output trips
When the VCE monitoring function is enabled, the FCS is lost,
8
and the FCS trigger masquerading is lost for more than 60ms
9 Plugin failed
VCE-RDY invalid
10 VCE internal communication failure
system switch
When the VCE monitoring function is enabled, DBLK, Energized
11 (in pre-check mode), ACTIVE has no signal, or the frequency of
the modulated optical signal exceeds ±20%.
(9)The description of VCE interface information is shown in the table below2.1-
12shown
surface2.1-12VCE interface information
serial interface Signal signal
Signal content
number name medium direction
optical The 10kHZ signal fed back to the PCP by
1 FP VCE→PCP
fiber the VCE after receiving the CP signal
13
serial interface Signal signal
Signal content
number name medium direction
optical
2 VCE_RDY VCE→PCP VCE ready signal
fiber
optical
3 VCE_Trip VCE→PCP Trip request signal sent by VCE to PCP
fiber
FCS modulates the optical signal at an
optical electrical angle of 120° (about
4 FCS PCP→VCE
fiber 6.66ms), 1MHz means that the VCE sends
a trigger pulse to the TCE,
optical Converter valve unlock signal sent by
5 DEBLOCK PCP→VCE
fiber PCP to VCE
optical Main system selection signal sent by
6 ACTIVE PCP→VCE
fiber PCP to VCE
The minimum value of the busbar phase
voltage on the AC side of the converter
is greater than
optical 80% of the rated voltage, the converter
7 Energized PCP→VCE
fiber valve charging modulation signal, 1MHz
represents the converter charging,
10kHz represents the converter power
off
optical Pole control system needs to cast
8 BYPASS PCP→VCE
fiber bypass pair
When the inverter side loses two sets
optical
9 INV_Ind PCP→VCE of PCP at the same time, the emergency
fiber
bypass pair is used.
optical
10 REC_Trig PCP→VCE Start the VCE recording signal
fiber
Thyristor Control Electronics
(1) TCE obtains the energy required for work from the thyristor stage, and
mainly realizes functions such as normal triggering and monitoring of
thyristors, overvoltage protection triggering, current intermittent protection,
and recovery period protection.
(2) Normal triggering and monitoring of TCE: During normal operation, the VCE
sends the polar control system triggering command FCS to the optical
distribution module MSC, which is extended to each stage thyristor on the
single valve through the MSC.
(3) TCE overvoltage protection (BOD): Each thyristor stage TCE of the converter
valve has forward overvoltage protection to prevent excessive voltage from
damaging the thyristor, allowing the thyristor stage to operate under the
condition that the protection triggers continuous action. The protective
trigger value of the single-stage thyristor is 8.1±0.1kV, and the rated
withstand value is 8.5kV.
(4) TCE current intermittent protection: when the current of the converter
valve is small, the converter valve may be interrupted in the interval where it
should be turned on. At this time, the TCE will send a trigger pulse again to
make the thyristor in a conducting state, so as to prevent the thyristor from
being turned off within the time it should be turned on and being damaged by
the forward voltage directly after it is turned off.
(5) TCE recovery period protection: During the recovery period when the
14
thyristor is turned off, if the thyristor is subjected to excessive forward
voltage, it may be damaged. TCE has a recovery period protection function.
During the recovery period of the thyristor, if the forward voltage is higher
than the protection level, the TCE will protect the trigger thyristor and make
it turn on again, thereby avoiding destructive breakdown of the thyristor.
(6) The operating condition of the TCE when the AC system fails: various faults
in the AC system cause the voltage of the AC system to decrease, the TCE can
maintain the triggering of the converter valve, and the converter valve can
still operate normally.
2.2 Converter transformer

2.2.1 Overview
Lahore Converter Station BipolarThere are 14 converter transformers in
total, 6 for each pole and 1 spare for each pole, all produced by China Xidian
Electric Co., Ltd. The main function of the converter transformer is to realize
voltage conversion, so that the AC voltage of the grid side of the converter
transformer and the DC side voltage of the converter bridge conform to the
rated voltage and allowable voltage offset on both sides. Its main structure
includes the body, on-load tap changer, cooler, breathing apparatus, oil
filter, submersible pump and other accessories.
2.2.2.1 Converter body
(1) Refer to Table 2.2-1 for the parameters of the converter body
Table 2.2-1 Parameters of the converter body
Converter transformer name ±660kV converter transformer ±330kV converter transformer
Type ZZDFPZ-400400/500-660 ZZDFPZ-400400/500-330
Rated capacity/MVA 400.4 400.4
Mutually number Simplex Simplex
frequency Rate 50Hz 50Hz
cooling method OFAF OFAF
Conditions of Use outdoor outdoor
link group label Ii0 Ii0
Mesh side: 510/√3 Grid side: 510/√3
Rated AC voltage/kV
Valve side: 280.3/√3 Valve side: 280.3/√3
Voltage regulation range +22/-8×1.25% +22/-8×1.25%
short circuit Rated tap 18±0.75 18±0.75
impedance most positive tap 18±0.75 18±0.75
/ (%) most negative tap 18±0.75 18±0.75
No-load loss (at rated voltage,
195 168
Including DC bias)/kW
Load loss (rated tap, incl.
Harmonics, ambient temperature 888 915
25°C)/kW
Noise level dB(A) <79 <79
Average temperature
<42 <42
rise of coil
temperature Oil surface
<37 <37
L/K temperature rise
Coil hot spot
<55 <55
temperature rise
15
(2) Iron core structure
The interior of the West Transformer adopts a single-phase four-column
structure (two main columns - two side columns), the two main columns are
connected in parallel, and the capacity of each column is half of the rated
capacity. The iron core is made of high-quality low-loss cold-rolled oriented
high-magnetic-conductivity silicon steel, and the iron core is bound with high-
strength straps. The upper and lower clips of the iron core are welded with
strong positioning devices, which are respectively fixed on the bottom and
cover of the fuel tank during assembly to ensure that the transformer body will
not shift during the product transportation.
The core loss calculation is shown in Table 2.2-2
Table 2.2-2Core Loss Calculation
Voltage level ±660kV ±330kV
Core weight 210t 177t
Load loss 167.2kW 144.8kW
(3) Coil structure and parameters
The voltage regulating coil is a cylindrical layer coil (single layer), and
is protected by a zinc oxide valve sheet. The mesh side coil and the valve side
coil are tangled - continuous use of composite copper wires. The basic oil
passage between the main coil cakes is 4mm, and the ±330kV main coil and
±660kV grid-side coil are arranged with axial oil passages, so as to ensure
that the average temperature rise of the coil and the hot spot temperature rise
meet the technical specifications. All coils are optimized to meet the
requirements of lightning impulse resistance and short circuit resistance.
(4) For the weight parameters, see Table 2.2-3
Table 2.2-3 Weight Parameters
Transformer weight Y Δ
Total oil weight (kg) 523000 461000
Oil weight (kg) 143000 118000
Body (kg) 293000 262000
Upper fuel tank (kg) 10000 9500
Nitrogen-filled transport weight
349000 312000
(kg)
2.2.2.2 Cooler
(1) Cooler parameters
Table 2.2-4Cooler parameters
factory Novada
Cooling capacity of each set of coolers (kW) 650
Cooler type CETA
Number of cooler banks (including spares) 4+1
Weight of each set of coolers (t) 1.5
Total Power of Cooler (kW) 72+18 (spare)
Number of cooler fans per group 5
Number of oil pumps for each set of coolers 1
Fan power (kW) per group of coolers 12
Oil pump power of each group of coolers (kW) 6
(2) Cooling system configuration
16
The motor power supply voltage of the cooling system adopts three-phase AC
380/220V, and the control power supply voltage is DC 220V. Each submersible
pump and fan motor in the cooler control circuit is equipped with an
independent power switch.
The cooling device uses a low-noise, outwardly blowing fan. The oil inlet
and outlet pipes are equipped with butterfly valves and oil flow relays. The
three phases of the fan motor and the oil pump motor are equipped with
overload, short circuit and phase failure protection.
The cooling device of the converter transformer automatically switches the
corresponding number of complete machines and fans one by one according to the
load and top oil temperature. When the faulty cooling unit is removed, the
backup cooling unit will automatically be put into operation.
The cooling device is equipped with two sets of mutually backup power
supplies. When the power supply of the cooling device fails or the voltage
drops, the backup power supply is automatically turned on. When the standby
power supply, standby cooling device is switched on, the cooler is cut off and
the motor is damaged, the signal is uploaded.
2.2.2.3 See Table 2.2-5 for casing parameters
Table 2.2-5 Casing parameters
Grid side high Grid side low Valve side star Valve side delta
Casing Type
voltage bushing voltage bushing winding bushing winding bushing
manufacturing Western Electric
Legend Electric HSP Corporation Legend Electric
plant Bushing
GSETF 1890/844- GSETF 1402/500-
model BRDLW-550/2500-4 BRDLW-72.5/2500-4
4800 2000
Rated current
2500 —— 4800 2000
(A)
Rated voltage
550 72.5 800 500
(kV)
tanδ 0.4 —— 0.6 0.6
Diameter (mm) 580 340 708 674
2.2.2.4 See Table 2.2-6 for the parameters of the on-load tap-changer
Table 2.2-6 On-load tap-changer parameters
VRLII
model 1302-72.5/E-1631
1WS
manufacturing plant MR
Rated current 1300/1300
Number of taps 31
Adjustable range+/-(%) -2.75
Voltage span of each level (%) 1.25
Online oil filter With online oil filter
Tap switching speed (gear/min) 11
Time from main tap position to maximum tap
about 2.5 minutes
position (min)
Position of the tap-changer relative to the
Grid side neutral point
winding
breaking capacity 3MVA
Short circuit withstand capability 3 seconds
Thermal stabilization (2 seconds) 15kA
17
Dynamic Stability (Peak) 37.5kA
The highest continuous operating voltage that can
72.5kV
be tolerated (to ground)
Lightning impulse full wave test voltage (peak
350kV
value)
Number of operations and run time without
300,000 times
maintenance
Electrical life Vacuum switch 300,000 times
2.2.2.5 See Table 2.2-7 for bushing current transformer parameters
Table 2.2-7Bushing current transformer parameters
Grid side high Grid side low
Casing Valve side star Valve side delta
voltage voltage
Type winding bushing winding bushing
bushing bushing
Number of
5 4 5+5 5+5
units
Accuracy TPY*5 TPY*4 0.2*1+TPY*4 0.2*1+TPY*4
Current
2000/1 2000/1 3000/1 2000/1
ratio
Secondary
5VA 5VA 5VA 5VA
capacity
2.2.2.6 See Table 2.2-8 for the parameters of the voltage divider at the end of
the valve side bushing
Table 2.2-8 Parameters of the voltage divider at the end of the valve side
bushing
quantity 1+1
Accuracy 3
voltage ratio 280.3kV/110V
Secondary capacity 1VA
2.2.2.7 The parameters of the pressure relief valve are shown in Table 2.2-9
Table 2.2-9 Parameters of pressure relief valve
Manufacturer American Qualitrol
Specifications and number of units 208-60S2 tower
Release pressure (Mpa) (for main fuel tank) 0.085
Release pressure (MPa) (for on-load tap-
0.148
changer)
2.2.2.8 The main components and materials of the converter transformer are
shown in Table 2.2-10
Table 2.2-10 Main components and materials of converter transformers
Produce
device name manufacturing plant quantity
land
1. Transformer body
1 Silicon steel sheet China Western Electric Power Transformer 1 set
Domestic/ 1 unit
Copper conductor: Baosteel
Import usage
660kV for Shenyang Hongyuan & 330kV for 1 unit
Grid side winding domestic
Wuxi Tongli usage
Voltage regulating 660kV for Shenyang Hongyuan & 330kV for 1 unit
domestic
2 winding Wuxi Tongli usage
660kV for Shenyang Hongyuan & 330kV for 1 unit
valve side winding domestic
Wuxi Tongli usage
18
Produce
land
Insulation Materials:
1 unit
insulating cardboard import Sweden Figeholm
usage
1 unit
Insulation molding domestic Jiaxing Weidmann (Y) & Taizhou Xinyuan (D)
usage
Western Electric Power Transformer (using
Grid side outlet device domestic 1 set
the same cardboard as the transformer)
±660kV commutator
domestic Guangzhou Siemens (using the same cardboard 2 sets
as the transformer)
±330kV commutator
Valve side outlet device
3 domestic Western Electric Power Transformer (using 2 sets
the same cardboard as the transformer)
Liaoning Xingqi (using the same cardboard 1 unit
Insulation processing domestic as the transformer) dosage
1 unit
4 Large sheet steel domestic Wugang & Jiugang
dosage
casing:
Grid side high voltage
domestic Legend Electric 1
bushing
Grid side neutral point
domestic Western Electric Suit 1
5 bushing
±660kV valve side
import German HSP 2
bushing
±330kV valve side
domestic Legend Electric 2
bushing
On-load pressure
6 regulating switch and its import German MR 1 set
operating mechanism
On-load tap-changer
7 Supplied with switch -
online oil filter
8 respirator import MESSKO 2
9 Oil level gauge import MESSKO 2
10 gas relay import EMB Corporation 1
11 oil thermometer import MESSKO 2
12 Winding Thermometer import MESSKO 1
13 pressure relief device import Qualitrol 2
Wuxi Nova (Imported oil pump, imported oil
14 cooler domestic flow relay 5th
device, and has DC engineering performance) floor
15 Oil flow relay Compatible with cooler
16 oil pump Compatible with cooler
17 fan Compatible with cooler
Bushing Current 1 unit
18 domestic Nanjing Zhida
Transformer usage
1 unit
19 Control cabinet domestic Western Transformer Components
usage
1 unit
20 valve domestic Western Transformer Components
usage
twenty 1 unit
Transformer oil domestic PetroChina
one usage
The casing penetrates the
twenty 1 unit
valve side blocking domestic Nantong Shenma
two usage
material
twenty Body oil conservator 1 unit
import Masham, France
three capsule usage
19
Produce
land
twenty Oil chromatography online Domestic/ 1 unit
drive a horse
four monitoring Import usage
2.2.2.9Electrical control principle
The cooling system of the PLC control cabinet is controlled by two
completely independent PLC systems (A and B) at the same time. The internal
signals of the system are all transmitted in a dual-signal redundancy mode. The
monitoring signals of the A and B systems are respectively transmitted to the
background systems (A, B). ) protection center, the two systems run side by
side. When a single set of PLC fails, it will not affect the operation of the
cooling system.
The control of the cooling system has three control modes: manual control,
automatic control and remote control, priority: manual mode >> remote mode >>
automatic mode
(1)Cooler manual control function
The manual state is the highest priority for chiller control, regardless of
external control conditions. The manual control steps are as follows:
Switch the transfer switch SA to the manual state.
Switch the 1# cooler switch SC1 to the input state, if the 1# cooler is not
faulty, it will be put into operation directly; when the cooler switch SC1 is
switched to the stop state, the 1# cooler will exit the running state.
Switch the 2# cooler switch SC2 to the input state, if there is no fault in
the 2# cooler, it will be put into operation directly; when the cooler switch
SC2 is switched to the stop state, the 2# cooler will exit the running state.
Switch the 4# cooler switch SC4 to the input state, if the 4# cooler is not
faulty, it will be put into operation directly; when the cooler switch SC4 is
switched to the stop state, the 4# cooler will exit the running state.
Note: When running in the manual state, the 5 sets of cooler transfer
switches need to be switched to the input position respectively; the manual
state is only used in emergency operation or maintenance state.
(2)Cooler automatic control function
The automatic state is the normal operation state of the cooler. When the
starting conditions are met, the 5 groups of coolers will start and stop
correspondingly according to the PLC preset program.
Startup conditions: ①Converter and electrification ②The protection does
not operate ③The transfer switch SA is switched to the automatic position
④The five sets of cooler transfer switches SC1-SC5 are all switched to the
input position.
20
Working condition of the working cooler: When the starting conditions are
met, the 1#-5# coolers will take turns on a weekly basis, one cycle every 5
weeks. The specific operation conditions are shown in Table 2.2-11
Table 2.2-11 Operation of working cooler
cooler 0-7 days 8-14 days 15-21 days 22-28 days 29-35 days
1# run
2# run
3# run
4# run
5# run
Auxiliary cooler operation: start the cooler according to the temperature
of winding and oil surface, see Table 2.2-12-2.2-16
Table 2.2-12 Operation of auxiliary cooler (0-7 days)
Winding/oil surface temperature value Winding/oil surface temperature value
cooler (℃) (℃)
60/45 65/50 70/55 75/60 65&50 60&45 55&40 50&35
start
2# run run run run run run stop
up
start
3# run run run run stop
up
4# start up run run stop
5# start up stop
cooler (℃) (℃)
60/45 65/50 70/55 75/60 65&50 60&45 55&40 50&35
start
up
start
up
1# start up stop
cooler (℃) (℃)
60/45 65/50 70/55 75/60 65&50 60&45 55&40 50&35
start
up
start
up
2# start up stop
cooler (℃) (℃)
60/45 65/50 70/55 75/60 65&50 60&45 55&40 50&35
start
up
start
up
3# start up stop
21
cooler (℃) (℃)
60/45 65/50 70/55 75/60 65&50 60&45 55&40 50&35
start
up
start
up
4# start up stop
Start the cooler according to the load: The control system reads the
current value of the secondary side of the transformer through the current
relay, so as to start the cooler according to the current value of the
secondary side; when the oil surface temperature reaches 45°C and the current
load value reaches (current relay action), A group of auxiliary coolers are
activated in advance at this time.
Standby cooler operating status: The last group of coolers in operation is
also used as a standby cooler. When the working cooler and the auxiliary cooler
fail, the last group of auxiliary coolers will be automatically put into use as
a standby cooler if they are not started. , see the following table for the
specific operation: Table 2.2-17
Table 2.2-17 Operation of backup cooler
cooler 0-7 days 8-14 days 15-21 days 22-28 days 29-35 days
1# run
2# run
3# run
4# run
5# run
Note: The values of winding temperature and oil surface temperature for
starting and stopping the cooler in the above table are for reference only, and
the specific values should be determined according to the actual situation on
site.
When the converter loses power and exits operation, the cooler exits as
follows:
a. The auxiliary cooler stops the corresponding cooler step by step
according to the current temperature information;
b. When the oil surface temperature is lower than 45 ℃, the working cooler
will be delayed for 1 hour to exit operation.
(3)Cooler remote strong throw / strong retreat control function
When the background protection system issues a forced throw or forced
retreat command, the automatic control function of the cooler will fail. At
this time, the cooler completes the control of the cooler through the
start/stop command issued by the background.
When the background sends out the 1# cooler input command, the 1# cooler is
put into operation; when the background sends out the 1# cooler stop command,
the 1# cooler stops running.
When the background sends out the 2# cooler input command, the 2# cooler is
put into operation; when the background sends out the 2# cooler stop command,
22
the 2# cooler stops running.
When the 3# cooler is put into operation in the background, the 3# cooler
will be put into operation; when the 3# cooler is stopped in the background,
the 3# cooler will stop running.
In order to ensure the operation of the converter, when the background
system issues a forced switch/retract command, it must be ensured that at least
one set of coolers is in operation. Exiting the background forced throw/forced
withdrawal function must be completed through the local reset switch SB,
otherwise it will always be in the remote forced throw/forced withdrawal
control function and cannot be restored to the automatic control state.
2.2.2.10Cooler Troubleshooting Function
(1)Protective cut-off cooler
When the converter receives the fire alarm signal or the protection cut off
the cooler command, the Q1 protection action, the cooler exits the operation
control, and the operation of the cooler needs to be restored on-site at this
time (Q1).
(2)Cooler Troubleshooting
When the converter operation cooler (working and auxiliary cooler) fails,
the fault cooler is out of operation, and the standby cooler is put into
operation; when the cooler recovers due to overload failure (the motor starter
needs to be reset locally), the standby cooler The cooler is taken out of
service and the faulty cooler is put into operation.
When the fault is eliminated, the fault signal must be eliminated through
the local reset transfer switch SB, otherwise the fault signal will always
exist and the normal automatic control state cannot be restored.
When the converter-transformer dual PLC control system fails at the same
time, the coolers 1#-5# will be put into operation with a delay of 30s
respectively; when the PLC control system fails to recover, it will
automatically switch to the automatic control state.
2.2.2.11PLC automatic synchronization function
When the PLC controls the coolers out of synchronization due to a fault
(that is, two sets of PLCs control the operation of different coolers
respectively), the asynchronous timing will be performed at this time. After
the asynchronous timing exceeds 2 hours, the dual PLCs will be reset at the
same time. The cycle restarts; when the number of synchronization exceeds 3
times, the PLC will no longer be synchronized. At this time, you need to
manually click the reset number of synchronization on the touch screen, and the
dual PLC will continue to synchronize.
23
2.2.2.12PLC self-check function
A self-test is performed every one week after the coolers have been
running, i.e. all coolers are activated and held for 15 minutes.
After manual reset (turn switch SB for more than 5 seconds), touch screen reset
to factory settings, and automatic synchronization, the cooler will directly
perform self-check.
2.2.2.13Touch screen function introduction
(1)The touch screen displays the operation information of the cooler in the
form of text and pictures through the human-machine interface, which has the
advantages of humanization and visualization.
(2)The touch screen includes eight aspects, including function introduction,
system settings, operation records, temperature information, control
information, cooler information, fault records, and help, to comprehensively
monitor the operation status of the cooler.
Function introduction: Introduce the control method, operation method and
troubleshooting method of this system.
System setting: Oil temperature, winding, load, start and stop fan
parameters can be set.
Control information: monitor the control status of the system in real time.
Operation record: It can record the oil temperature, the winding
temperature, the number of times the fan is started by the load, the historical
temperature and the maximum load value, and reset the above recorded values to
zero.
Temperature information: It can display real-time temperature values of oil
temperature, surrounding temperature and environment.
Cooler information: You can observe the real-time operating status of each
group of coolers and the reasons for participating in the startup.
Fault record: Each fault will display the cause of the fault and record it.
Help: Instructions for emergency handling when the PLC cannot work
normally.
If you do not operate the touch screen for a long time, the touch screen
will go to sleep. At this time, you can wake up by tapping the touch screen.
The HMI time can be set in the system settings.
2.3 DC wall bushing

2.3.1 Overview
The Lahore converter station has 2 valve halls in total. Each valve hall is
equipped with 2 DC through-wall bushings produced by ABB, which are used to
connect the indoor tube mother and outdoor tube mother of the valve hall, which
are used for the pole line respectively. GGFL800 type bushing and GSBL600 type
bushing for neutral.
2.3.2.1 Structural characteristics of GGFL800 casing
(1) GGFL800 wall bushing is an SF6 inflatable bushing for DC transmission.
24
(2) The GGFL bushing is mainly composed of an aluminum flange in the middle
position and two insulators fixed with bolts on both sides of the flange. One
insulator is used indoors and the other is used outdoors. The umbrella skirt is
Large and small umbrella structure.
(3) The integrated design of the flow guide rod is directly connected by the
flanges at both ends, and there is no connection in the middle. The structure
is simple and reliable, and the tooling support is used to ensure its
reliability during transportation.
(4) The terminal has enough contact area to meet the current density
requirements.
(5) The interior is filled with SF6 gas as an insulating medium. The maximum
pressure at 20°C should not be greater than 0.6MPa, the operating temperature
should be between -20°C and 60°C, and the altitude should not be greater than
1000m.
(6) There are 3 wall bushings of GGFL800 type in the station, of which 2 are
running and 1 is standby.
Table 2.3-1 Electrical parameters of the wall bushing in the valve hall
serial Pull station through
project unit
number the wall bushing
1 Voltage kV 660
2 model / GGFL800
3 long-term DC current A 5000
4 2 hours overload current A 5350
5 Temperature rise test current A 5350
6 Short-time withstand current 1s kArms 16
7 Peak withstand current kApeak 40
8 Rated DC voltage, UdN to ground kV 660
9 Maximum continuous DC voltage, Udmax to ground kV 680
The highest voltage Um of the equipment is
10 kVrms 490
relative to the ground
Level 1 test voltage kVrms 250
Tanδ, C measure
Class 2 test voltage kVrms 525
11 voltage:
12 Lightning impulse test voltage kVpeak 1900
13 Operating impulse test voltage kVpeak 1700
14 Power frequency 1min test voltage kVrms 905
15 Power frequency 1h test voltage kVrms 874
16 DC 2h test kV 1238
17 DC polarity reversal test kV -979/+979/-979
18 DC wet state withstand voltage kV 1030
19 Maximum test voltage for partial discharge test kV 905
20 Level 1 test voltage kVrms 250
twenty
Class 2 test voltage kVrms 525
one
twenty
two
twenty Test voltage for radio interference testing,
kVrms 516
three end-to-earth
twenty Minimum creepage outdoor kV/mm 47
four ratio indoor kV/mm 34
25 Rated inflation pressure (20℃) MPa 0.57
26 SF6 alarm pressure MPa 0.53
25
serial Pull station through
project unit
number the wall bushing
27 SF6 alarm pressure MPa 0.52
28 SF6 trip pressure MPa 0.50
29 Manufacturer / ABB
30 Production Date /
31 Delivery date /
2.3.2.2 Structural characteristics of GSBL600 casing
(1) GSBL600 bushing is a dry-type bushing whose inner insulation is wound with
resin impregnated paper. The insulators are composite insulators, grey,
installed horizontally.
(2) There are 3 wall bushings of GSBL600 type in the station, 2 of which are in
operation and 1 is reserved.
Table 2.1 Electrical parameters of valve hall through wall bushing
serial Pull station neutral
project unit
number casing
1 model / GSBL600
2 long-term DC current A 5000
4 Temperature rise test current A 5100
5 Short-time withstand current 1s kArms 16
6 Peak withstand current kApeak 40
7 Maximum continuous DC voltage, Udmax to ground kV 40
The highest voltage Um of the equipment is
8 kVrms 40
relative to the ground
Tanδ, C Level 1 test voltage kVrms 53
9 measure Class 2 test voltage kVrms 113
voltage: Level 3 test voltage kVrms 161
10 Lightning impulse test voltage kVpeak 550
550 (dry)
11 Operating impulse test voltage kVpeak
503 (wet test)
12 Power frequency 1min test voltage kVrms 264
13 Power frequency 1h test voltage kVrms 60
14 DC 2h test kV 60
15 DC polarity reversal test kV NANA
16 DC wet state withstand voltage kV 182
18 Class 2 test voltage kVrms 113
Test voltage for radio interference testing,
20 kVrms NANA
end-to-earth
twenty outdoor kV/mm 47
one Minimum creepage
twenty ratio indoor kV/mm 14
two
Manufacturer / ABB
twenty
Production Date /
three
twenty
Delivery date /
four
2.3.2.3 Electrical Design
1. Functional logic of GGFL800 casing
Equipped with three independent SF6 gas density relays, each relay has
independent alarm and trip signal contacts, and is also equipped with SF6 gas
26
pressure sensor, which can output a current signal of 6.5-20mA, which can be
uploaded to the background for remote monitoring. GGFL800 bushings are
insulated with SF6 gas as required. Gas pressure devices shall be installed on
the casing, requiring three independent trip nodes. Each wall bushing needs to
be equipped with two independent analog outputs, IED equipment and
corresponding sensors, the IED equipment provides DL/T 860 optical fiber
interface, and the local box/cabinet for IED equipment is configured.
2. Protection principle
Gas density is monitored by a density protection device equipped with three
switches, one for each alarm level. The first signal is activated at 0.53Mpa
pressure, the second signal is activated at 0.52Mpa pressure, and the third
signal is activated at 0.50Mpa pressure.
2.4 Smoothing Reactor

2.4.1 Overview
2.4.1.1 The smoothing reactor mainly plays the role of absorbing reactive
power, filtering out harmonics in cooperation with capacitors and other
equipment, preventing DC current from being interrupted, and preventing
harmonics from entering the valve hall.
2.4.1.2 The Lahore converter station is equipped with 4 dry-type smoothing
reactors for each pole, each with an inductance value of 75mH, and adopts the
installation method of "separating the pole busbar and the neutral busbar",
with one standby for the whole station. The smoothing reactor installed on the
pole bus is basically the same as the neutral line. The main difference is that
the insulation support structure is different, the diameter of the pressure
equalizing ring is different, and the installation of the arrester is different
(the high voltage side has the arrester protection, the low voltage side does
not need).
2.4.1.3 The outer diameter of the flat resistance coil body is 4620mm, the
height is 4062mm, and the transportation size (length×width×height) is
5.2m×5.2m×4.6m.
2.4.2.1 The average temperature rise response value of the smoothing reactor
under the maximum continuous DC current is 67K, the hot spot temperature rise
response value is 87K, the overload curve, the maximum temperature is increased
to 60℃, the encapsulation system is H class, and other insulating materials
are heat resistant Not lower than grade F.
2.4.2.2 See Table 2.4-1 for general parameters of smoothing reactor
Table 2.4-1 General parameters of smoothing reactor
serial Reactor important
project unit Remark
number parameters
Can run for 285
minutes
3 seconds overload Can run for 34
2 A 3030
current minutes
3 Composite insulator color / RAL7047
27
serial Reactor important
project unit Remark
number parameters
Uniform color of the
4 / RAL7032
façade
5 Porcelain insulator color / GB R01
2.4.2.3 See Table 2.4-2 and 2.4-3 for technical parameters of smoothing reactor
Table 2.4-2Technical parameters of smoothing reactor
seri
al Pole busbar smoothing Neutral Line Smoothing
project unit
numb reactor Reactor
er
1 Rated inductance mH 75 (0~+5%) 75
2 Rated current A 3030 3030
Maximum continuous
3 A 3077 3077
current
Rated DC voltage (to
4 kV ±660 ±150
ground)
Maximum continuous DC
5 kV ±680 ±200
voltage (to ground)
Lightning impulse full
6 wave between terminals kV 2100 2100
(peak value)
Lightning impulse full-
7 wave end-to-ground kV 1950 600
(peak)
Operating impulse
8 voltage between kV 1675 1675
terminals (peak value)
Operating impulse
9 voltage terminal to kV 1600 550
ground (peak)
10 Installation location —— pole bus Neutral
11 Number of monopoles tower 2 2
12 The total amount tower 4 4
13 weight Ton 45 45
14 model / PKK-660-3030-75G PKK-660-3030-75 D
beijing power equipment beijing power equipment
15 Manufacturer /
factory factory
17 Delivery date /
Table 2.4-3 Technical Parameters of Surge Arrester for Pole Busbar Smoothing
Reactor
seri
al
project unit Pole busbar smoothing reactor arrester
numb
er
1 model / DCR5645-BLQ
2 Rated voltage kV 360
Continuous operating
3 kV 150
voltage
4 DC 1mA reference voltage kV ≥510
Lightning impulse residual
5 kV 760
voltage
6 energy kJ ≥3300
Lightning impulse
7 kV 1260
withstand voltage
28
seri
al
project unit Pole busbar smoothing reactor arrester
numb
er
Operating impulse
8 kV 950
withstand voltage
External insulation
9 mm ≥12220
creepage distance
Pole busbar smoothing reactor side parallel
10 Installation location ——
connection
11 Manufacturer / Pinggao Toshiba (Langfang) Arrester Co., Ltd.
13 Delivery date /
2.5 DC filter
2.5.1 Overview
2.5.1.1 The DC filter is specially installed to reduce the harmonic components
flowing into the DC line and the lead wire of the grounding electrode, and is
installed between the pole busbar and the pole neutral line. It can reduce the
harmonic components on the DC side, make the DC current waveform smooth, keep
the current continuous when the current is small, and filter out the high-order
harmonics on the DC side. Its components include high and low voltage capacitor
towers, reactors, resistors, arresters, CTs, etc.
2.5.1.2 The Lahore converter station is equipped with 4 sets of double-tuned DC
filters in total. Each pole is set with 1 group, and each group of DC filters
includes 2 groups of filters, each group is a double-tuned filter, which are
HP6/42 and HP12/24 type filters.
Table 2.5-1 DC filter configuration table
Schedule Tuning times
group number Device area number Remark
number (n)
=P1.Z11 12/24
P1-Z
=P1.Z12 6/42
=P2.Z11 12/24
P2-Z
=P2.Z12 6/42
Table 2.5-2 Detailed configuration table of HP12/24 DC filter components
seri
al Number quanti
type model unit factory
numb ing ty
er
Guilin Power
1 HP12/24 C1 TDL1058.17-0.8-W 2 seat
Capacitor
Guilin Power
2 HP12/24 C2 TDL102.9-3.619-W 2 seat
Capacitor
3 HP12/24 R1 5000Ω 2 tower Shanghai Jitai
beijing power
4 HP12/24 L1 LKK-115-126.7-29.274 2 tower
equipment factory
beijing power
5 HP12/24 L2 LKK-115-522.1-14.604 2 tower
equipment factory
6 HP12/24 F1 Y75.5W1-177/435W 2 Group Fu porcelain
7 HP12/24 F2 Y10W1-63/125W 2 Group Fu porcelain
29
seri
al Number quanti
numb ing ty
er
Xu Ji (supplied
9 HP12/24 T2 PCS-9250-EAC, 350kV 2 tower
by NARI)
10 HP12/24 T3 LVB-110W3 2 tower Siyuan Hertz
Xu Ji (supplied
13 HP12/24 T6 PCS-9250-EACD, 150kV 2 tower
by NARI)
Table 2.5-3 Detailed configuration table of HP6/42 DC filter components
seri
al Number quanti
numb ing ty
er
Guilin Power
1 HP6/42 C1 TDL1026.58-1.4-W 2 seat
Capacitor
Guilin Power
2 HP6/42 C2 TDL40.2-3.988-W 2 seat
Capacitor
3 HP6/42 R1 200Ω 2 tower Shanghai Jitai
beijing power
4 HP6/42 L1 LKK-115-107.1-5.584 2 tower
equipment factory
beijing power
5 HP6/42 L2 LKK-115-92.3-51.854 2 tower
equipment factory
Xu Ji (supplied
9 HP6/42 T2 PCS-9250-EAC, 350kV 2 tower
by NARI)
Xu Ji (supplied
13 HP6/42 T6 PCS-9250-EACD, 150kV 2 tower
by NARI)
2.5.2.1 Specifications of DC filter capacitors (units).
Table 2.5-4 Technical Parameters of DC Filter Capacitors
ser Model HP12/24 HP6/42
ial capacitor
unit
num tower C1 C2 C1 C2
ber structure
TDL1058.17- TDL102.9- TDL1026.58- TDL40.2-3.988-
1 model /
0.8-W 3.619-W 1.4-W W
Capacitor
external 112 series 2 6 series 4 112 series 2 2 series 2
2 tower
serial parallel parallel parallel parallel
structure
Rated
3 kV 1058.17/680 102.9 1026.58/680 40.02
voltage
Rated
4 A 283.67 405.82 308.61 172.42
current
total
5 kvar 281.568 12.048 463.904 2.004
capacity
Rated
6 μF 0.8 3.619 1.4 3.988
capacitance
30
ser Model unit HP12/24 HP6/42
ial capacitor
Capacitance
7 % ±1 ±1 ±1 ±1
num tower
deviation
ber structure
Use ambient
8 temperature °C -5/55 -5/55 -5/55 -5/55
range
total
9 number of Group 2 2 2 2
groups
Number of
Single
10 branch 224 twenty four 224 6
Tower
Capacitors
Number of
11 running branch 448 48 448 12
devices
Single
12 capacitor / DAM9.45-44.8 DAM17.15-5.43 DAM9.17-78.4 DAM13.34-5.98
model
Rated
capacity of
13 kvar 1257 502 2071 334
a single
capacitor
Capacitor 3 strings
Internal 10 series 6 3 strings and 8 series 6
14 Internal and 21
serial parallel 26 parallels parallel
Structure parallels
Protection Internal
15 Have none Have none
method fuse
Discharg
Protection e
16 Have Have Have Have
method resistan
ce
Installatio P1.Z11 C1 P1.Z11 C2 P1.Z12 C1 P1.Z12 C2
17 /
n location P2.Z11 C1 P2.Z11 C2 P2.Z12 C1 P2.Z12 C2
18 factory / Gui Rong Gui Rong Gui Rong Gui Rong
Production
19 /
Date
Delivery
20 /
date
2.5.2.2 DC Filter Resistor Specifications.
Table 2.5-5 Technical parameters of DC filter resistors
serial
project unit HP12/24 HP6/42
number
1 model /
2 Type flaky flaky
Number of components per
3 indivual 2 6
resistor
Resistance value at rated
4 Ω 5000 200
current
5 DC resistance value Ω 4673 187
6 Rated current A 9.45 113.45
7 Rated voltage kV 66.8 32.1
Average temperature rise at
8 k 401 362
rated current
P1.Z11 R1 P1.Z12 R1
9 Installation location /
P2.Z11 R1 P2.Z12 R1
10 Manufacturer / Shanghai Jitai Shanghai Jitai
31
serial
project unit HP12/24 HP6/42
number
12 Delivery date /
2.5.2.3 Technical specifications for DC filter current transformers.
Table 2.5-6 HP12/24, HP6/42 DC filter current transformer technical parameters
ser HP12/24 HP6/42
ial LV inductor Arrester resistance Arrester resistance
project unit LV inductor
num loop circuit loop circuit loop
loop T3
ber T3 T4 T5 T4 T5
1 model / LVB-110W3 LVB-66W3 LVB-220W3 LVB-110W3 LVB-66W3 LVB-110W3
Electromagne Electromagne Electromagne Electromagne Electromagne Electromagne
2 Type / tic, oil tic, oil tic, oil tic, oil tic, oil tic, oil
immersion immersion immersion immersion immersion immersion
Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless
Expansion steel steel steel steel steel steel
3 /
type corrugated corrugated corrugated corrugated corrugated corrugated
expander expander expander expander expander expander
Rated
4 Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50
frequency
maximum
5 kV DC50 DC24 DC50/AC30 DC50 DC24 DC50
voltage
Rated
6 primary A 500 2500 10 100 2500 50
current
short-term
kA/1
7 thermal 40 40 40 10 40 5
S
current
8
weight kg 250 200 800 250 200 250
Current
ratio, 2500/1A, 2500/1A,
500/1A, 10/1A, 100/1A, 50/1A,
rated 5VA, 5VA,
9 / 5VA, 5VA, 5VA, 5VA,
output, 5PR40/5PR40/ 5PR40/5PR40/
0.5/0.5/0.5 0.5/0.5/0.5 0.5/0.5/0.5 0.5/0.5/0.5
accuracy 5PR40 5PR40
class
towe
10 quantity 2 2 2 2 2 2
r
11 polarity / reduce reduce reduce reduce reduce reduce
Installati
=P1.Z11 =P1.Z11 =P1.Z11 =P1.Z12 =P1.Z12 =P1.Z12
12 on /
=P2.Z11 =P2.Z11 =P2.Z11 =P2.Z12 =P2.Z12 =P2.Z12
location
Manufactur
13 / Siyuan Hertz Siyuan Hertz Siyuan Hertz Siyuan Hertz Siyuan Hertz Siyuan Hertz
er
Production
14 /
Date
Delivery
15 /
date
2.5.2.4 Technical specification of DC filter arrester.
Table 2.5-7 Technical parameters of HP12/24, HP6/42 DC filter arrester
seria HP12/24 HP6/42
l High Reactor High Reactor
project unit Low voltage Low voltage
numbe Voltage parallel Voltage parallel
arrester F2 arrester F2
r Arrester F1 arrester F3 Arrester F1 arrester F3
Y75.5W1- Y10W1- Y7.6W1- Y91W1- Y10W1- Y11.9W1-
1 model /
177/435W 63/125W 186/412W 219/557W 66/134W 219/512W
32
seria project unit HP12/24 HP6/42
l Rated
2 kV 177 63 186 219 66 219
numbe voltage
r Continuou
s
3 kV 142 55 71.3 88.2 45.1 22.6
operating
voltage
Nominal
4 discharge kA 75.5 10 7.6 91 10 11.9
current
DC 1mA
5 reference kV 245 85 265 305 90 310
voltage
Pressure
release
capabilit
6 kA 63 63 63 63 63 63
y/large
current
0.2s
Installat
=P1.Z11 =P1.Z11 =P1.Z11 =P1.Z12 =P1.Z12 =P1.Z12
7 ion /
=P2.Z11 =P2.Z11 =P2.Z11 =P2.Z12 =P2.Z12 =P2.Z12
location
Manufactu Fu Fu Fu Fu Fu Fu
8 /
rer porcelain porcelain porcelain porcelain porcelain porcelain
Productio
9 /
n Date
Delivery
10 /
date
2.5.2.5 Technical specifications for DC filter reactors.
Table 2.5-8 HP12/24, HP6/42 DC filter reactor technical parameters
seri
al HP12/24 Reactor
project unit HP12/24 Reactor L1 HP6/42 Reactor L1 HP6/42 Reactor L2
numb L2
er
LKK-115-126.7- LKK-115-522.1- LKK-115-107.1- LKK-115-92.3-
1 model /
29.274 14.604 5.584 51.854
Rated
2 Hz 50 50 50 50
frequency
Coil
3 Ton 0.8 4.0 0.7 0.5
weight
gross
4 Ton 1.3 4.5 1.1 0.8
weight
at the
resonant
frequency
5 mH 29.274 14.604 5.584 51.854
Rated
inductanc
e
6 current A 126.66 522.10 107.09 92.25
number of towe
7 2 2 2 2
runs r
Installat
=P1.Z11 =P1.Z11 =P1.Z12 =P1.Z12
8 ion /
=P2.Z11 =P2.Z11 =P2.Z12 =P2.Z12
location
Manufactu beijing power beijing power beijing power beijing power
9 /
rer equipment factory equipment factory equipment factory equipment factory
33
seri
al HP12/24 Reactor
project unit HP12/24 Reactor L1 HP6/42 Reactor L1 HP6/42 Reactor L2
numb L2
er
Date of
10 manufactu /
re
Delivery
11 /
date
2.5.2.6 Technical specifications for DC filter photocurrent transformers.
Table 2.5-9 HP12/24, HP6/42 DC filter photocurrent transformer technical
parameters
ser
HP12/24 Filter HP12/24 Filter HP6/42 Filter HP6/42 Filter
ial
project unit High Voltage Low Voltage High Voltage Low Voltage
num
Side Light CT2 Side Light CT6 Side Light CT2 Side Light CT6
ber
PCS-9250-EAC- PCS-9250-EAC-
1 model / PCS-9250-EACD PCS-9250-EACD
350S-1 350S-1
2 Rated frequency HZ 600 600
3 Nominal DC voltage kV 350 150 350 150
Maximum continuous
4 kV 350 150 350 150
operating voltage
Rated primary DC
5 A 3030.3 3030.3 3030.3 3030.3
current
Rated short-time
6 kA 1 twenty four 1 twenty four
thermal current (3S)
Maximum continuous
7 A 8 8
overload current
Dynamic stable
8 kA 20 60 20 60
current
9 measurement accuracy —— 0.2/5P15 0.2/5P15
10 weight kG 200 450 200 450
11 number of runs tower 2 2 2 2
Installation =P1.Z11 =P1.Z11 =P1.Z12 =P1.Z12
12 /
location =P2.Z11 =P2.Z11 =P2.Z12 =P2.Z12
13 Manufacturer / NARI Jibao NARI Jibao NARI Jibao NARI Jibao
14 Date of manufacture /
15 Delivery date /
2.6 AC filter
2.6.1 Overview
2.6.1.1 The AC filter has the functions of providing the required reactive
power for the AC network and the converter; limiting the fault current flowing
into the system when a ground fault occurs; filtering out specific harmonics on
the AC side and stabilizing the AC voltage, Finally, the power factor of the
system is improved, the line loss is reduced, and the stability and
transmission capacity of the system voltage are improved at the same time. Its
components include high and low voltage capacitors and reactors, resistors,
CTs, and arresters.
2.6.1.2 The AC filter field of the Lahore converter station is equipped with 4
groups of 500kV AC filters, each group contains 2 groups of SC and 2 groups of
HP12/24 filters. A total of 16 groups of AC filters, with a total capacity of
34
about 2480Mvar, are respectively connected to the 1st, 2nd, 5th, and 6th
strings of the 3/2 wiring in the 500kV AC field. The 500kV AC filter has 8
groups of HP12/24 type filters, each with a capacity of 150Mvar; 8 groups of SC
filters with a capacity of 160Mvar in each group.
2.6.1.3 Lahore Station AC Filter Bank Configuration
Table 2.6-1 Lahore converter station 500kV AC filter configuration table
Device area Rated capacity
group number Schedule number type
number (Mvar)
=WA.Z1.Z11 F1B1 ACF SC 160
WA-Z1
=WA.Z1.Z13 F1B3 ACF HP 12/24 150
=WA.Z1.Z14 F1B4 ACF HP 12/24 150
WA-Z2
=WA.Z2.Z23 F2B3 ACF HP 12/24 150
=WA.Z2.Z24 F2B4 ACF HP 12/24 150
WA-Z3
=WA.Z3.Z33 F3B3 ACF HP 12/24 150
=WA.Z3.Z34 F3B4 ACF HP 12/24 150
WA-Z4
=WA.Z4.Z43 F4B3 ACF HP 12/24 150
=WA.Z4.Z44 F4B4 ACF HP 12/24 150
2.6.2 Equipment technical specifications and descriptions
2.6.2.1 The technical parameters of 500kV AC filter capacitors are shown in
Table 2.6-2 and Table 2.6-3.
Table 2.6-2 500kV AC filter capacitor technical parameters (HP12/24 C1, HP12/24
C2)
seria
l
project unit HP12/24 C1 HP12/24 C2
numbe
r
1 model / TAL510-121680/585-1QW TAL74.8-6304/394-1W
Capacitor tower Elements
2 52 series 4 parallel 4 series 4 parallel
structure in series
3 Rated voltage kV 460.5843kV 74.8kV
4 Rated current A 285.8279 359.7672
5 total capacity kvar 121680 6304
Rated
6 μF 1.826 3.5915
capacitance
Capacitance
7 % ±1 ±1
deviation
Use ambient
8 temperature °C -40/+45 -40/+45
range
9 total Group 8 8
Number of
10 Single Tower branch 208 16
Capacitors
Number of
11 branch 4992 384
running devices
Single
12 / AAM8.86-23.74 AAM18.7-3.59
capacitor model
35
seria
l
project unit HP12/24 C1 HP12/24 C2
numbe
r
Rated capacity
13 of a single kvar 585 394
capacitor
In-
Capacitor
component 4 strings of 15
14 Internal 12 String 5 Parallel
serial and parallels
Structure
parallel
F1B3ACF/F1B4ACF/F2B3ACF/ F1B1ACF/F1B2ACF/F2B1ACF/F2
Installation
15 / F2B4ACF/F3B3ACF/F3B4ACF/ B2ACF/F3B1ACF/F3B2ACF/F4B1
location
F4B3ACF/F4B4ACF C1 ACF/F4B2ACF C2
16 Manufacturer / Gui Rong Gui Rong
18 Delivery date /
Table 2.6-3 500kV AC filter capacitor technical parameters (SC C1)
seria
l
project unit SC C1
numbe
r
1 model / TBB510-111552/581-1QW
Elements in
2 Capacitor tower structure 48 series 4 parallel
series
3 Rated voltage kV 405.076
4 Rated current A 290.057
5 total capacity kvar 111552
6 Rated capacitance μF 1.9581
7 Capacitance deviation % ±1
8 Use ambient temperature range °C -40 /+45
9 total Group 8
Number of Single Tower
10 branch 192
Capacitors
11 Number of running devices branch 4608
12 Single capacitor model / BAM8.87-581-1W
Rated capacity of a single
13 kvar 581
capacitor
In-
component
14 Capacitor Internal Structure 4 strings of 15 parallels
serial and
parallel
F1B1SC/F1B2SC/F2B1SC/F2B2SC/F3B1SC/F
15 Installation location /
3B2SC/F4B1SC/F4B2SC C1
16 Manufacturer / Gui Rong
18 Delivery date /
2.6.2.2 The technical parameters of the unbalanced electromagnetic current
transformer of the AC filter.
Table 2.6-4 Technical parameters of unbalanced electromagnetic current
transformer of AC filter
serial
device name unit model
number
1 model / LB7-330
2 Rated primary current A 200-6000
3 Rated secondary output VA 5/5
36
serial
device name unit model
number
Rated short-time thermal
4 kA 63 (3s)
current
5 Rated frequency Hz 50
6 ambient temperature °C -40~45
7 precision / 0.5/1A 0.2/0.2
Power frequency
8 kV 510kV, 1min
withstand voltage
Lightning impulse
9 kV 1175
withstand voltage
Operating impulse
10 kV 950
withstand voltage
11 oil weight kg 200
12 weight kg 1000
13 quantity branch 48
F1B1 ACF, F1B2 ACF, F1B3 ACF, F1B4 ACF
14 F3B1 ACF, F3B2 ACF, F3B3 ACF, F3B4 ACF
Tower C1
15 Manufacturer / Jiangsu Siyuan Hertz Transformer Co., Ltd.
17 Delivery date /
2.6.2.3 Technical parameters of AC filter current transformer.
(1) The current transformer of the AC filter factory is single-phase, dry type,
epoxy resin casting, suitable for outdoor use.
Table 2.6-5 Technical parameters of AC filter current transformer
HP12/24 HP12/24 HP12/24
seri
ground loop resistance reactor loop SC current
al
project unit current loop current current transformer
numb
transformer transformer transformer ground loop T2
er
T2 T3 T4
LZZBJ-24W LZZBJ-24W LZZBJ-24W LZZBJ-24W
1 model /
300/1 50/1 500/1 500/1
2 Rated voltage kV 20 20 20 20
Rated
3 Hz 50 50 50 50
frequency
Rated
4 insulation kV 3/50/125 3/50/125 3/50/125 3/50/125
level
Rated primary
6 A 300 50 500 500
current
Rated dynamic
7 stable kA 75 12.5 80 150
current
number of bran
8 twenty four twenty four twenty four twenty four
runs ch
Secondary 300/1, 5, 500/1, 5,
50/1, 5, 5P20 500/1, 5, 5P40
winding 5P20 5P10
parameters: 300/1, 5, 500/1, 5,
50/1, 5, 5P20 500/1, 5, 5P40
current 5P20 5P10
9 /
ratio, 300/1, 5, 0.2 —— —— 500/1, 5, 0.2
capacity
(VA), 300/1, 5, 0.2 —— —— 500/1, 5, 0.2
accuracy
37
HP12/24 HP12/24 HP12/24
seri
ground loop resistance reactor loop SC current
al
project unit current loop current current transformer
numb
transformer transformer transformer ground loop T2
er
T2 T3 T4
F1B3ACF/F1B4A F1B3ACF/F1B4A F1B3ACF/F1B4A
F1B1SC/F1B2SC/
CF/F2B3ACF/F2 CF/F2B3ACF/F2 CF/F2B3ACF/F2
F2B1SC/F2B2SC/
Installation B4ACF/F3B3ACF B4ACF/F3B3ACF B4ACF/F3B3ACF
10 / F3B1SC/F3B2SC/
location /F3B4ACF/F4B3 /F3B4ACF/F4B3 /F3B4ACF/F4B3
F4B1SC/F4B2SC
ACF/F4B4ACF ACF/F4B4ACF ACF/F4B4ACF
T2
T2 T3 T4
Siyuan Hertz Siyuan Hertz Siyuan Hertz Siyuan Hertz
11 Manufacturer / Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer
Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.
Production
12 /
Date
13 Delivery date /
2.6.2.4 See Table 2.6-6 for the technical parameters of the arrester in the AC
filter fence.
Table 2.6-6 Technical parameters of AC filter bus arrester and HP3 high-end
arrester
Lightning
seri
HP12/24 filter HP12/24 filter arrester for SC
al
project unit arrester (high arrester (low parallel high
numb
end) end) voltage capacitor
er
bank
1 model / Y71W1-144/354W Y10W1-48/109.2W Y67W1-144/351W
2 Rated voltage kV 144 48 144
Nominal discharge
3 kA 71 10 67
current
Continuous
4 kV (RMS) 72.1 37.3 6.9
operating voltage
Active leakage
5 mA 4 2.4 3
current
Capacitive leakage
6 mA 16 9.6 12
current
Power frequency
7 mA twenty four twenty four 18
reference current
Minimum energy
8 absorption capacity kJ 2000 1600 2000
(1 pulse)
Lightning impulse
9 withstand voltage kV peak 450 140 450
(1.2/50μs)
b) Power frequency
10 withstand voltage kVrms 215 60 215
(1min)
Four sections in three-section three-section
11 structure type /
parallel parallel parallel
12 number of runs tower twenty four twenty four twenty four
F1B3ACF/F1B4ACF/F2 F1B3ACF/F1B4ACF/F F1B1SC/F1B2SC/F2B1
B3ACF/F2B4ACF/F3B3 2B3ACF/F2B4ACF/F3 SC/F2B2SC/F3B1SC/F
Installation
13 / ACF/F3B4ACF/F4B3AC B3ACF/F3B4ACF/F4B 3B2SC/F4B1SC/F4B2S
location
F/F4B4ACF 3ACF/F4B4ACF C
F1 F2 F1
Fushun Electric Fushun Electric Fushun Electric
14 Manufacturer /
Porcelain Porcelain Porcelain
38
Lightning
seri
HP12/24 filter HP12/24 filter arrester for SC
al
project unit arrester (high arrester (low parallel high
numb
end) end) voltage capacitor
er
bank
16 Delivery date /
2.6.2.5 Technical parameters of AC filter reactor.
Table 2.6-7 Technical parameters of AC filter reactor
serial
project unit HP12/24 Reactor L1 HP12/24 Reactor L2 SC reactor L1
number
LKK-35-391.8-
1 model / LKK-20-495.9-9.762 ZKK-20-290.1-1
19.463
2 Rated frequency Hz 50 50 50
Rated resonance
3 Hz 600 1200 50
frequency
at the resonant
4 frequency mH 19.4629 9.7617 1
Rated inductance
5 current A 391.784 495.8668 290.057
6 number of runs tower twenty four twenty four twenty four
F1B3ACF/F1B4ACF/F2 F1B3ACF/F1B4ACF/F2 F1B1SC/F1B2SC/F2B
B3ACF/F2B4ACF/F3B3 B3ACF/F2B4ACF/F3B3 1SC/F2B2SC/F3B1SC
Installation
7 / ACF/F3B4ACF/F4B3AC ACF/F3B4ACF/F4B3AC /F3B2SC/F4B1SC/F4
location
F/F4B4ACF F/F4B4ACF B2SC
L1 L2 L1
beijing power beijing power beijing power
8 Manufacturer /
equipment factory equipment factory equipment factory
9 Production Date /
10 Delivery date /
2.6.2.6 Technical parameters of AC filter resistors.
Table 2.6-8 AC filter internal resistor (HP12/24)
serial
project unit HP12/24 Internal Resistor
number
1 model / LJ08401
Quantity of each
2 indivual 4
component
3 Rated resistance Ω 600
Power frequency
4 kV 185
withstand voltage
Maximum continuous
5 A 57.2468
running current
6 impact energy kJ 618.93
Installation F1B3ACF/F1B4ACF/F2B3ACF/F2B4ACF/F3B3ACF/F3B4
7 /
location ACF/F4B3ACF/F4B4ACF R1
8 Manufacturer / Shanghai Jitai Resistors Co., Ltd.
9 Production Date /
10 Delivery date /
2.7 Circuit breakers

2.7.1 Overview
2.7.1.1 The main functions of the circuit breaker are control and protection:
the control function means that when the system is in normal operation, part of
the power lines or equipment is put into or out of operation through the
39
circuit breaker according to the operation needs of the power system; Or when
the line fails, the faulty circuit can be quickly removed to ensure the normal
operation of the fault-free part.
2.7.1.2 The AC circuit breakers of Lahore converter station mainly include
550kV circuit breakers and 145kV circuit breakers (used for 35kV station
power), and the manufacturer is Beijing ABB High Voltage Switchgear Co.,
Ltd.The circuit breaker for 132kV external power supply is supplied by Shandong
Electric Power Equipment Factory (the actual manufacturer is Jiangsu Rugao High
Voltage Electric Co., Ltd.). The specific distribution is shown in Table 2.7-1.
Table 2.7-1 Lahore converter station AC circuit breaker
seria
l Closing quant
Circuit breaker type model
numbe resistance ity
r
SF6 porcelain column type (500kV 2
1 none HPL550B2-63-W/C
step-down transformer) teams
7
SF6 porcelain column type (500kV AC With closing
2 group HPL550TB2-63
outlet circuit) resistance 454Ω
s
SF6 porcelain column type (circuit 3
With closing
3 breaker in the incoming circuit of group HPL550TB2-63
resistance 454Ω
the filter group) s
SF6 Porcelain Column Type (Bus-side 4
4 Circuit Breaker for Incoming Lines of none group HPL550B2-63-W/C
Large Groups of Filters) s
SF6 porcelain column type (circuit With closing
5 breaker on the bus side of the resistance 2 HPL550TB2-63
commutator-incoming circuit) 1680Ω
1
SF6 porcelain column type (pole 1 With closing
group
6 commutator into line circuit breaker resistance HPL55OTB2-63
+ 1
in series) 1680Ω
phase
1
SF6 porcelain column type (pole 2 With closing
group
7 commutator into line circuit breaker resistance HPL550TB2-63
+ 1
in series) 1680Ω
phase
16
SF6 porcelain column type (ACF group HPL550B2+ Sync
8 none group
incoming circuit) Controller
s
6
SF6 Porcelain Column Type 145kV
9 / group LTB145D1/B
Circuit Breaker
s
132kV external reference power team
10 / LW36-145/T4000-40
circuit breaker 1
2.7.1.3 The DC transfer switches in the Lahore converter station include: 2
neutral bus transfer switches (NBS) and neutral bus fast grounding switches
(NBGS). The manufacturer is Beijing ABB Sifang Power System Co., Ltd.
(1) Neutral bus transfer switch (NBS) and neutral bus fast grounding switch
(NBGS)
Lahore converter station is equipped with 2 NBS and 1 NBGS.
The main function of the neutral bus circuit breaker is to lock the
converter valve to reduce the DC current of this pole to zero when the single
40
pole is scheduled to be out of service, and the NBS opens the gate when there
is no current to isolate the equipment of this pole from the other pole. If a
ground fault occurs inside the converter valve, the NBS will cut off the fault
current immediately (if the fault current is too large, the NBS will not be
separated). The three parallel branches of NBS are SF6 circuit breaker,
oscillation circuit and nonlinear resistor. Before the NBS starts switching
operation, its operating current is at and below the maximum continuous
operating current.
The main function of the neutral bus grounding circuit breaker is to
prevent the unbalanced current from increasing the voltage of the neutral bus
when the grounding pole line is disconnected. operation to improve the
availability of HVDC transmission systems. The NBGS is equipped with a fast
disconnect switch to achieve fast grounding and avoid the rise of the neutral
bus voltage. The NBGS has the ability to transfer DC current.
(2) The DC transfer switch and its auxiliary circuits and components include
the following:
surface2.7-2 DC transfer switch and its auxiliary circuits and components
NBS NBGS
Auxiliary circuit type Passive Passive
SF6 circuit breaker Have Have
Current measuring device Have Have
Inductance coil optional optional
capacitor Have optional
lightning arrester Have optional
Insulated platform Have optional
High-speed isolating switch none optional
series reactor none Have
(3) Operation sequence and requirements
The rated voltage of the opening and closing control circuit is DC 220V.
The closing coil acts reliably when the rated operating voltage is 85% to 110%,
the opening coil acts reliably when the rated operating voltage is 65% to 110%,
and the opening and closing coils operate reliably when the rated operating
voltage is 30% and below. There is no opening and closing action.
The circuit breaker in the NBS implements the C-0-C operating cycle. This
function ensures that the circuit breaker reaches the closed position in the
event of a transfer failure or motor power failure.
The circuit breaker in NBGS implements a 0-C cycle of operation. This
function ensures that the circuit breaker reaches the closed position in the
event of a transfer failure or motor power failure.
High-speed disconnect switch (used in NBGS) to achieve C-0 operation cycle.
That is, after the high-speed isolating switch is from the off position to the
closed state, the quick isolating switch can be opened.
2.7.1.4 The structure of the DC transfer switch is shown in the figure below:
41
Figure 2.7-1 Schematic diagram of the principle of DC transfer switch
In the figure, B is a SF6 circuit breaker, L is a reactor, C is a
capacitor, R is a nonlinear resistor, and CT is a current measuring device.
Reactors, capacitors and nonlinear resistors are mounted on an insulating
platform. Capacitors, nonlinear resistors, and SF6 circuit breakers are
electrically connected to the insulating platform, the reactor is insulated
from the insulating platform, and the current measuring device is connected in
series with the SF6 circuit breaker.
(1) SF6 circuit breaker
The circuit breaker is an outdoor single-phase type, spring-operated. The
operating mechanism is reliable, and the remote and local closing and closing
operations can be realized through the "remote/local/close" selector switch.
The number of no-load operations of the SF6 circuit breaker is not less than
10,000 times without mechanical adjustment, maintenance or replacement of
parts. The operating mechanism is equipped with a counter to record the number
of closing and breaking operations of the circuit breaker. The operating
mechanism provides two sets of independent opening and closing coils.
(2) Capacitors
The capacitor consists of capacitor units connected in series and parallel,
and the capacitor units are installed on the support frame.
(3) Non-linear resistor
Metal oxide arrester for nonlinear resistor, according to the maximum
energy required, the arrester is composed of multiple columns in parallel, and
the non-uniformity coefficient of arrester current is not more than 10%. The
non-linear resistor configuration has redundancy, its hot spare capacity is
20%, and there are no less than 2 pieces. The bottom terminals of each housing
connect directly to the platform.
(4) Reactor
The inductance coil adopts dry insulation, hollow, air self-cooling type.
(5) Current measuring device
The current measuring device adopts an optical DC current transformer.
surface2.7-3 550kV circuit breaker technical parameters
seria
l
name unit parameter
numbe
r
1 Circuit breaker type or model SF6 porcelain column
2 Number of fractures indivual 2
3 Rated voltage/Maximum operating kV 550
42
voltage
5 Rated current A 4000
6 Main circuit resistance μΩ ≤78
With closing resistance: 0.60;
Sync controller: 0.75;
rated MPa Without closing resistor and
without synchronous controller:
0.70
SF6 gas With closing resistance: 0.52;
pressure Sync controller: 0.67;
7
(20℃ gauge Call the police MPa Without closing resistor and
pressure) without synchronous controller:
0.62
With closing resistance: 0.50;
Sync controller: 0.65;
Minimum (latching) MPa
No closing resistor No
synchronous controller: 0.60
8 Actuator type or model spring
9 Operation method Phase split operation
10 Motor voltage V DC220
Rated operating
V DC220
voltage
Operating voltage
85% to 110%, 30% cannot act
allowable range
Closing
Number of coils per
11 operation Only 1
phase
power supply
Inrush current per
A 2
coil
Steady-state current
A DC220V, 2.5A
of each coil
Rated operating
V DC220
voltage
Operating voltage
65% to 110%, 30% cannot act
allowable range
Open
Number of coils per
12 operation Only 2
phase
power supply
Inrush current per
A 2
coil
A DC220V, 2.5A
of each coil
Table 2.7-4 145kV circuit breaker (used for 35kV station power)technical
parameter
seria
l
name unit parameter
numbe
r
1 Circuit breaker type or model Porcelain column
2 Number of fractures indivual 1
Rated voltage/Maximum operating
3 kV 145
voltage
5 Rated current A 3150
6 Main circuit resistance μΩ ≤40
SF6 gas rated MPa 0.4
7 pressure Call the police MPa 0.35
(20℃ gauge Minimum (latching) MPa 0.33
43
pressure)
8 Actuator type or model spring
9 Operation method Three-phase mechanical linkage
10 Motor voltage V DC220
Rated operating
V DC220
voltage
It operates reliably within the
Closing range of 85%~110% of the rated
Operating voltage
11 operation power supply voltage, and cannot
allowable range
power supply operate at 30% of the rated power
supply voltage.
A DC220V, 1~2.5A
of each coil
Rated operating
V DC220
voltage
It operates reliably within the
range of 65%~110% of the rated
Operating voltage
Open power supply voltage, and cannot
allowable range
12 operation operate at 30% of the rated power
power supply supply voltage.
Number of coils per
Only 1
phase
A DC220V, 1~2.5A
of each coil
Table 2.7-5 132kV external reference power circuit breaker
Jiangsu Rugao
LW36145/T400 High Voltage
model Manufacturer
0-40 Electric Co.,
Ltd.
DH19029193
country of manufacture China Serial number
DH190294-96
Date of manufacture 2019/9/1 product code LW36 series
Rated voltage (kV) 145kV Rated current (A) 4000A
Three-pole
porcelain
Rated frequency(Hz) 50Hz Structure type
bottle pillar
structure
SRCT36E new
spring
Operating mechanism type Arc extinguishing medium SF6 gas
operating
mechanism
Rated short-circuit
Rated insulation level / current breaking times /
(times)
Rated short-circuit making Dynamic stability current
40 100
current (kA) (kA)
Thermal stability duration
Thermal stability current (kA) 40 4
(S)
Bushing creepage
Number of fractures (pieces) / 3.1cm/kV
distance(mm)
Earth leakage ratio
Casing dry arc distance (mm) / /
(cm/kV)
Mechanical life (times) 10000 times Closing resistance (Ω) ≤35 microohms
Closing time 60±8ms Opening time <30ms
Combination time (metal short SF6 gas rated pressure
300ms 0.60Mpa
circuit time) (ms) (Mpa)
SF6 gas locking pressure
SF6 gas alarm pressure (Mpa) 0.55Mpa 0.50Mpa
(Mpa)
44
Closing and blocking operating Opening and locking
0.50Mpa 0.50Mpa
pressure (Mpa) operating pressure (Mpa)
Recloser blocking pressure Maximum allowed number of
0.50Mpa /
(Mpa) trips
Different period of three- Three-phase closing
≤2ms ≤3ms
phase opening (ms) different periods (ms)
Same-phase opening and Same-phase closing and
different periods (ms) different periods (ms)
Rated out-of-step breaking Near fault breaking
10kA 36kA
current (kA) current (kA)
Rated line charging breaking Rated cable charging
50A /
current (A) breaking current (A)
Rated lightning impulse Rated lightning impulse
withstand voltage (to ground) 650kV withstand voltage (phase 650kV
(kV) to phase) (kV)
Rated lightning impulse One minute power frequency
withstand voltage (fracture) 750kV withstand voltage (to 275kV
(kV) ground) (kV)
One minute power frequency One minute power frequency
withstand voltage (phase to 275kV withstand voltage 315kV
phase) (kV) (fracture) (kV)
Auxiliary circuit rated power Fracture leakage ratio
AC220V /
supply voltage (V) (cm/kV)
Operating mechanism - rated Oil weight (single phase)
DC220 /
operating voltage (V) (t)
oil number / oil manufacturers /
HDZ-26005A, AC
SF6 gas weight (kg) 10kg Energy storage motor model
and DC 220V
Energy storage motor voltage
DC220V Energy storage time (S) ≤15s
(V)
Starting pressure (Mpa) / Stop pressure (Mpa) /
Opening and releasing the
Closing and unlocking
0.50Mpa blocking operating 0.50Mpa
operating pressure (Mpa)
pressure (Mpa)
Reclosing lock release Abnormally elevated
0.50Mpa /
operating pressure (Mpa) pressure (Mpa)
Abnormal decrease in pressure Safety valve operating
/ /
(Mpa) pressure (Mpa)
Safety valve action return
/ Fault trip times /
pressure (Mpa)
Rated dynamic stable
Cumulative number of actions / 100kA
current (peak value) (kA)
Rated short-circuit breaking Rated thermal stability
40 40kA
current (kA) current (kA)
Rated working pressure (Mpa) 0.60Mpa
Table 2.7-6 DC circuit breaker and its accessoriestechnical parameter
serial
parameter unit NBS NBGS
number
1. General requirements for switches
Maximum continuous running
1 Adc 5000 /
current
2 Rated voltage kVdc 40 150
3 Maximum switching current Adc 4000 4000
2. SF6 circuit breaker
Maximum switching voltage when
1 opening main contacts at maximum kVpeak 55 55
switching current
45
serial
number
Maximum arcing time for
2 ms 20 20
successful conversion
Integral of arcing current over
3 As 1600 1600
time when conversion fails
Insulation level
The circuit breaker is opened,
and the lightning impulse
kVcrest 84 84
withstand level is applied
between the fractures
4
Ground LIWL, dry test kVcrest 600 600
The circuit breaker is open and
the SIWL value is applied between kVcrest 70 70
the ports
SIWL value to ground, wet kVcrest 500 500
Maximum design recovery voltage
of circuit breaker after current
5 kVpeak 67 67
transfer to capacitors and
arresters
Rise rate of recovery voltage in
6 V/us 277.7 277.7
item 5 above (maximum)
7 Nominal closing time ms ≤100 ≤100
Nominal reclosing (open-close
8 operation from closed position) ms <420 <420
time for transfer failure
9 operating cycle - COC OC
10 Peak withstand current kA 125 125
Short-time withstand current, 2
11 kA 50 50
seconds
3. Commutation capacitors
1 Rated capacitance value uF 60 60
Capacitance value allowable error
2 % ±3 ±3
value
3 Charge peak current Apeak 3.428 3.276
Maximum DC Voltage Stress: End-
4 kVdc 4.900 4.376
to-End, Continuous
Discharge resistance MΩ
Maximum voltage stress during
5
conversion kVpeak 55 55
End-to-end 300ms
Insulation level
Lightning impulse voltage
kVcrest not applicable not applicable
6 withstand capability, end-to-end
Operating impulse voltage
kVcrest 70 70
withstand capability, end-to-end
Basic voltage corresponding to
7 kVdc not applicable not applicable
creepage distance
4. Nonlinear resistors
1 maximum absorbed energy kJ 2589 288
2 Continuous Voltage on Varistor VDC 0 0
Current through varistor during
3 kVpeak 3.279 2.682
conversion
4 Inrush current rise time us 115 112
Discharge voltage at term 3
current
5
Rated value kVpeak 55 55
allowable value s 55-58 55-58
46
serial
number
Minimum time between two
6 not applicable not applicable
conversions
Maximum number of operations that
7 can be performed before the 1 1
varistor cools down
8 Stress Relief Rating kArms 7 7
9 Conversion time ms 33 7
External insulation level
10
Lightning impulse withstand level kVpeak 84 84
5. Reactor
1 Rated inductance value uH not applicable not applicable
2 Inductance value deviation % not applicable not applicable
3 Transient current, 10ms kApeak not applicable not applicable
Lightning impulse withstand level kVpeak not applicable not applicable
4 Lightning impulse withstand level
between terminal and insulating kVpeak not applicable not applicable
platform
Calculate the voltage
corresponding to the creepage
5 kV not applicable not applicable
distance between the terminal
block and the insulating platform
6. Insulation platform
Lightning impulse withstand
1 voltage of insulating struts
kVpeak 600 600
between platform and earth, dry
test
Minimum DC voltage withstand
2 capability
platform to ground, continuous kVdc 150 150
Operating Shock Resistance
3
platform to ground kVrms 500 500
Calculate the voltage
corresponding to the creepage
4
distance
platform to ground kVrms 150 150
7. Current measuring device
1 Rated primary current ld A 5000 5000
5-10% ld 1.5% 1.5%
measuremen 10-134% ld 0.5% 0.5%
2
t accuracy 134-300% ld 1.5% 1.5%
300-600% ld 10% 10%
Response time us <400 <400
Step
Time for response to
Response
3 drop to 1.5% of step ms <5 <5
Requiremen
current
ts
Maximum overshoot 20% 20%
Table 2.7-7 NBGS high-speed isolation switchtechnical parameter
seria
l
name unit technical parameter
numbe
r
1 Rated voltage kVdc 150
2 Calculate the creepage ratio voltage kVrms 150
47
Insulation class
The value of LIWL on the other
terminal of an open circuit breaker
kVcrest 600
or switch when one terminal is
grounded
3 LIWL value to ground, dry test kVcrest 600
The value of SIWL on the other
terminal of an open circuit breaker
kVcrest 500
or switch when one terminal is
grounded
SIWL value to ground, wet test kVcrest 500
4 DC voltage withstand capability kVdc 225
5 normal closing time ms <40
6 operating cycle CO
7 Peak withstand current kA 125
Short-time withstand current, 2
8 kA 50
seconds
2.8 Isolation switch and grounding switch

2.8.1 Overview
2.8.1.1 Lahore converter station DC 680kV, 150kV, AC 550kV, 35kV
isolation/earthing switch and valve hall grounding switch are supplied by Henan
Pinggao Electric Co., Ltd. The isolating switch/earthing switch of the 132kV
power supply outside the station is supplied by Shandong Electric Power
Equipment Factory (the actual manufacturer is Jiangsu Rugao High Voltage
Electric Co., Ltd.).
2.8.1.2 Composition and function
(1)The isolating switch is mainly composed of a conductive part, an insulating
part, a transmission part and a base part.
(2)The role of the isolation switch: as an obvious disconnection point, isolate
the equipment; cooperate with the circuit breaker, perform the switching
operation to change the operation mode.
(3)The function of the grounding switch: to ensure the reliable grounding of
the equipment and personal safety.
2.8.1.3 Configuration
Lahore converter station isolation switches and grounding switches are
distributed in the DC field, valve hall, 500kV AC filter field, 500kV AC field,
and station power consumption. The specific distribution is shown in Table 2.8-
1 and Table 2.8-2.
Table 2.8-1 DC isolating switch and earthing switch of Lahore converter station
seria
l quant
name unit Remark
numbe ity
r
1. Grounding knife gate in valve hall area
1 Valve hall pole line side grounding knife switch tower 2 ZJN2-816
2 Valve hall neutral bus grounding knife switch tower 2 JN6-515
3 YY converter valve side grounding knife switch tower 2 ZJN2-816
4 YD converter valve side grounding knife switch tower 2 ZJN2-816
2. DC field isolating switch, grounding switch
1 Pole line disconnect switch (double ground) tower 2 ZGW6-680
48
seria
l quant
name unit Remark
numbe ity
r
2 Pole disconnector (ungrounded) tower 2 ZGW6-680
DC filter high voltage isolation switch (single
3 tower 4 ZGW6-680
ground)
DC filter low voltage isolating switch (with 1
4 tower 4 ZGW5-100
ground knife)
5 Neutral disconnect switch (without ground knife) tower 3 ZGW5-100
6 Neutral disconnect switch (with 1 ground knife) tower 2 ZGW5-100
7 Disconnect switch (with 2 ground knives) tower 2 ZGW5-100
8 Neutral grounding switch tower 2 ZJW5-100
Table 2.8-2 AC isolating switch and earthing switch of Lahore converter station
seria
l
name Model Specifications unit quantity
numbe
r
single-column vertical Model: GW16B-550 with single Group/Three
1 28
telescopic ground Phase
Single-column vertical Group/Three
2 Model: JW8A-550, 30
opening Phase
Three-column
Model: GW17B-550, with double Group/Three
3 horizontal telescopic 12
static and three grounding Phase
combination
Double column Model: GW17A-550 with single Group/Three
4 6
horizontal telescopic ground Phase
Double column Model: GW17B-550 with dual Group/Three
5 2
horizontal telescopic ground Phase
Double column Model: GW4-40.5 with single Group/Three
6 6
horizontal rotation ground (right ground) Phase
Double column Model: GW4-40.5 with double Group/Three
7 2
horizontal rotation ground Phase
2.8.1.4 Classification of isolating switches and earthing switches
(1)ZGW6-680 type high voltage DC isolation switch
ZGW6-680 isolating switch is used on the bus side of DC field pole. It
adopts double-column and single-arm folding and plug-in structure. It is mainly
composed of voltage equalizing ring, conductive system, insulator, base,
operating mechanism, etc. The operating mechanism of CJ11A motor Perform
opening and closing operations.
(2)ZGW5 series DC isolation switch
ZGW5 series DC isolating switch is used on the neutral bus side of DC
field, and adopts double-column horizontal opening single-break structure; it
is mainly composed of base, column insulator, main conduction system and CJ11A
type motor operating mechanism; equipped with one or two sets of grounding The
switch, the grounding switch adopts the direct-swing structure. A mechanical
interlock device is installed between the isolating switch and the grounding
switch to ensure that the isolating switch or the grounding switch does not
operate incorrectly.
(3)Valve hall grounding switch
The valve hall grounding switch is used for the valve hall pole line side,
neutral bus side and converter transformer valve side. The side wall type
49
installation structure is adopted, which mainly includes the base installed on
the wall of the valve hall, the grounding tool rod, the connecting rod, the
gearbox and the motor operating mechanism, and the static contact installed on
the converter bushing or the tube mother. , its action is operated by the motor
operating mechanism to rotate the gearbox.
(4)GW16B-550 type high voltage AC isolation switch
GW16B-550 isolating switch adopts single-arm folding clamp structure,
mainly composed of porcelain bottle base, porcelain bottle, main conductive
system, operating mechanism, attached grounding switch, etc. Each pole
isolating switch is divided by a CJ11 electric mechanism. , Closing operation.
The attached grounding switch is mainly composed of grounding switch system,
operating mechanism, etc. Each pole grounding switch is opened and closed by a
CJ11 motor mechanism, which can realize pole-separation operation or three-pole
electrical linkage operation.
(5)GW17-550 type high voltage AC isolation switch
GW17-550 isolating switch adopts double-column horizontal fracture single-
arm plug-in structure, mainly composed of insulator base, insulator, conductive
system, operating mechanism, etc. Each pole isolating switch is operated by a
CJ11 electric mechanism for opening and closing operations . The attached
grounding switch is mainly composed of grounding switch system, operating
mechanism, etc. Each pole grounding switch is operated by a CJ11 motor
mechanism for opening and closing operations; it can realize pole-separating
operation or three-pole electrical linkage operation.
(6)JW8A-550 type high voltage AC grounding switch
JW8A-550 AC grounding switch is installed independently with three poles.
Each pole is mainly composed of base assembly, insulating support, conductive
rod assembly, bracket assembly, and operating mechanism. Each pole grounding
switch is equipped with a CJ11 motor mechanism for three-phase electrical
linkage or phase-split operation.
(7)GW4-40.5 type high voltage AC isolation switch
GW4-40.5 AC isolating switch consists of three single-pole assemblies, each
single-pole assembly is fixed by two rod-shaped struts at both ends of a base,
mainly composed of base, terminal block, contacts, strut insulators and other
parts . Equipped with CS17 manual operating mechanism or CJ11 electric
operating mechanism for single-pole or three-pole linkage operation. The CS17
manpower operating mechanism is divided into three structures: single output
shaft, double output shaft and triple output shaft, respectively operating
ungrounded, single grounded and double grounded isolating switches and attached
grounding switches. Mechanical interlocking is carried out through the main
shaft of the mechanism and the interlock plate on the grounding transmission
shaft, and the mechanism is also provided with an electromagnetic lock to
prevent misoperation.
surface2.8-3DC field isolating switch technical parameters
50
680kV DC 100kV DC
Valve hall
device name isolating isolating
grounding
Device parameters switch and switch and
switch
earthing switch earthing switch
ZGW5-100/ ZJN2-816/
1.1model ZGW6-680
ZJW5-100 JN6-515
YY, YD, neutral
Double column bus: side wall
Double column
1.2 Structure type horizontal type
folding plug-in
rotation Polar line:
standing
Isolating switch and grounding switch operating mechanism
2.1 Type or model of operating
CJ11A CJ11A /
mechanism
Electric and Electric and
2.2 Electric or manual /
manual manual
2.3 Motor voltage (V) DC220 DC220 DC220
2.4 Control voltage (V) DC220 DC220 DC220
Isolation switch parameters
3.1 Rated voltage (kVdc) 680 100 /
3.2 Rated current (Adc) 6300 5500 /
3.3 Main circuit resistance (Ω) ≤120 ≤35 /
3.4 Rated lightning Fracture (kV) 1740 574 /
impulse withstand
To ground
voltage peak value 1740 574 /
(kV)
(1.2/50us)
3.5 Rated operating Fracture (kV) 1600 490 /
impulse withstand
To ground
voltage peak 1600 490 /
(kV)
(250/2500us)
Fracture
1020 150 /
3.6 DC withstand (kVdc)
voltage, 1h To ground
1020 150 /
(kVdc)
3.7 Rated short-time withstand current
40/3 25/3 /
and duration (kA/s)
3.8 Rated peak withstand current (kA) 100 63 /
3.9Mechanical stability (times) ≥10000 ≥5000 /
3.10 Auxiliary and control circuit
short-term power frequency withstand 2 2 /
voltage(kV)
3.11 Radio interference voltage (at
≤500 ≤500 /
1.1Ud) (v)
Grounding switch parameters
4.1 Rated voltage (kVdc) 680 100 /
4.2 Rated lightning Fracture (kV) 1740 574 /
impulse withstand
To ground
voltage peak value 1740 574 /
(kV)
(1.2/50us)
4.3 Rated operating Fracture (kV) 1600 490 /
impulse withstand
To ground
voltage peak 1600 490 /
(kV)
(250/2500us)
Fracture
/ 150 /
4.4 DC withstand (kVdc)
voltage, 1h To ground
1020 150 /
(kVdc)
51
680kV DC 100kV DC
Valve hall
device name isolating isolating
grounding
Device parameters switch and switch and
switch
earthing switch earthing switch
4.5 Rated short-time withstand current
40/3 25/3 31.5
and duration (kA/s)
4.6 Rated peak withstand current (kA) 100 63 80
4.7 Radio interference voltage (at
≤500 ≤500 /
1.1Ud) (v)
4.8Maximum operating time (s) / / 24s±2s
surface2.8-4 500kVTechnical parameters of AC field isolating switch
device name
GW16B-550 GW17A-550 GW17B-550 JW8A-550
Device parameters
1.1model GW16B-550 GW17A-550 GW17B-550 JW8A-550
Single column
Three-column
single-column Double column vertical
horizontal
1.2 Structure type vertical horizontal opening
telescopic
telescopic telescopic (straight arm
combination
or crutch arm)
single ground
1.3 Earthing switch single ground three ground /
/ no ground
2.1 Type or model of
CJ11 CJ11 CJ11 /
operating mechanism
Phase split Phase split Phase split Phase split
2.2 How to operate
operation operation operation operation
Electric and Electric and Electric and Electric and
2.2 Electric or manual
manual manual manual manual
2.3 Motor voltage (V) DC220 DC220 DC220 DC220
2.4 Control voltage (V) DC220 DC220 DC220 DC220
Parameters of isolating switch and earthing switch
3.1 Rated voltage/maximum
550 550 500/550 550
operating voltage (kVdc)
3.2 Rated frequency (Hz) 50 50 50 50
3.3 Rated current (Adc) 4000 4000 4000 /
3.4 Main circuit
≤110 ≤110 ≤110 ≤260
resistance (Ω)
3.5 Temperature rise test
1.1Ir 1.1Ir 1.1Ir /
current (A)
3.6 Rated Fracture
740+318 740+318 740+315 /
power (kV)
frequency
1min To ground
740 740 740 740
withstand (kV)
voltage
3.7 Rated Fracture
1675+450 1675+450 1675+450 /
lightning (kV)
impulse
withstand To ground
1675 1675 1675 1675
voltage peak (kV)
(1.2/50us)
3.8 Rated Fracture
1175+450 1175+450 1175+450 /
operating (kV)
impulse
withstand To ground
1300 1300 1300 1300
voltage peak (kV)
(250/2500us)
52
device name
GW16B-550 GW17A-550 GW17B-550 JW8A-550
Device parameters
Isolation
3.9 Rated
switch 63/3 63/3 63/3 /
short-time
(kA/s)
withstand
Earthing
current and
switch 63/3 63/3 63/3 63/3
duration
(kA/s)
3.10 Rated peak withstand
160 160 160 160
current (kA)
Conversion
current 2000 1600 1600 /
3.11
(A)
Switching
Recovery
busbar
voltage 400 400 400 /
transfer
(V)
current
Break
capability
times 100 100 100 /
(times)
3.12 Switching small
2 2 2 /
capacitor current (A)
3.13 Switching small
1 1 1 /
inductor current (A)
3.14 Opening time (s) 12±2 12±2 12±2 12±2
3.15 Closing time (s) 12±2 12±2 12±2 12±2
3.16 Average speed of
0.39 0.39 0.39 0.33
opening (m/s)
3.17 Closing average speed
0.39 0.39 0.39 0.33
(m/s)
3.18Mechanical stability
≥10000 ≥10000 ≥10000 ≥10000
(times)
3.19 Auxiliary and control
circuit short-term power
2 2 2 2
frequency withstand
voltage(kV)
3.20 Radio interference
≤500 ≤500 ≤500 ≤500
voltage (at 1.1Ud) (v)
3.21 Minimum safe clear
distance (mm) between the
upper charged
4550 4550 4550 /
electrostatic contact and
the lower conductive
folding arm (off position)
Creepage
distance 17050 17050 17050 17050
(mm)
3.22 Post
Dry arc
insulators
distance ≥4100 ≥4100 ≥4100 ≥4100
(mm)
S/P ≥0.9 ≥0.9 ≥0.9 ≥0.9
surface2.8-5 35kVTechnical parameters of AC field isolating switch
device name
GW4-40.5
Device parameters
1.1model GW4-40.5
1.2 Structure type Double column horizontal rotation
2.1 Type or model of operating mechanism CJ11
2.2 How to operate Three-phase mechanical linkage
53
2.3 Electric or manual Electric and manual
2.4 Motor voltage (V) DC220
2.5 Control voltage (V) DC220
Parameters of isolating switch and earthing switch
3.1 Rated voltage/maximum operating voltage
40.5
(kVdc)
3.2 Rated frequency (Hz) 50
3.3 Rated current (Adc) 2000
3.4 Main circuit resistance (Ω) ≤0.0001
3.5 Temperature rise test current (A) 2200
3.6 Rated power frequency Fracture (kV) 118
1min withstand voltage To ground (kV) 95
3.7 Rated lightning impulse Fracture (kV) 215
withstand voltage peak
To ground (kV) 185
(1.2/50us)
Isolation switch
3.8 Rated short-time 40/4
(kA/s)
withstand current and
Earthing switch
duration 40/4
(kA/s)
3.9 Rated peak withstand current (kA) 100
3.10 Switching small capacitor current (A) 1
3.11 Switching small inductor current (A) 0.5
3.12 Opening time (s) 6±2
3.13 Closing time (s) 6±2
3.14 Average speed of opening (m/s) 0.12
3.15 Average closing speed (m/s) 0.12
3.16Mechanical stability (times) 10000
3.17 Short-term power frequency withstand
2
voltage of auxiliary and control circuits(kV)
Creepage
≥1256
distance (mm)
3.18 Pillar insulators Dry arc distance
≥400
(mm)
S/P ≥0.9
surface2.8-6145kV AC field isolation switch technical parameters
Jiangsu Rugao High
model GW4A-145 Manufacturer Voltage Electric
Co., Ltd.
KA198435-40,
Serial number Date of manufacture Sep-19
KA198441-46
product code GW4A series country of manufacture China
Rated voltage (kV) 145kV Rated current (A) 2000A
Dynamic stability current
Rated frequency(Hz) 50Hz 104kA
(kA)
Thermal stability Rated short-time withstand
40kA 3s
current (kA) time (s)
Main circuit
≤125 microohms Grounding switch model CJ2
resistance (μΩ)
Main knife electric,
Grounding switch Motor-driven worm Grounding Knife Switch
ground knife
mechanism type gear reducer Configuration
electric
Operating power
Operating Motor Control
supply category of DC220V DC220V
Power Category
operating motor
Speed ratio: Grounding knife motor
Grounding knife
7.5×50; working power supply DC220V
mechanism motor model
mechanism angle category
54
180°, DC220W
Ground Knife Motor
Control Power DC220V Operation type electric
Category
surface2.8-7 145kVAC field grounding switch technical parameters
Jiangsu Rugao High
model JW10-145 Manufacturer Voltage Electric
Co., Ltd.
KJ190164,
Serial number Date of manufacture Sep-19
KJ190165
product code JW10 series country of manufacture China
Rated voltage (kV) 145kV Rated current (A) /
Dynamic stability current
Rated frequency(Hz) 50Hz 104kA
(kA)
Thermal stability Rated short-time withstand
40kA 3s
current (kA) time (s)
Grounding switch Motor-driven worm
Grounding switch model SRCJ3
mechanism type gear reducer
2.9 Current Transformer

2.9.1 Overview
2.9.1.1 The current transformers of the Lahore converter station are divided
into electromagnetic current transformers and photocurrent transformers. For
protection and measurement.
2.9.1.2 See Table 2.9-1 for current transformer manufacturers and applicable
areas.
Table 2.9-1 Current transformer manufacturer configuration table
Applicable area factory
Converter transformer neutral point CT,
500kV AC field oil-immersed CT, 500kV step-
TBEA Kangjia (Shenyang) Transformer Co., Ltd.
down transformer oil-immersed CT, 35kV oil-
immersed CT
DC field light CT, DC field zero flux CT,
Xuji Group Co., Ltd. (supplied by NARI)
electromagnetic CT
DC filter low-voltage CT, AC filter fence
Jiangsu Siyuan Hertz Transformer Co., Ltd.
CT, AC filter group incoming line CT
132kV CT Shandong Electric Power Equipment Co., Ltd.
2.9.2.1 Zero flux transformer
The zero-flux current transformer is a closed-loop Hall sensor. The
principle of the closed-loop is to generate a corresponding current in the
secondary winding, so that the magnetic field completely cancels the magnetic
field generated by the primary winding, and the magnetic flux in the iron core
is equal to zero. Lahore Station has a total of 9 sets of zero-flux current
transformers (including 1 set of spare), which are mainly used for 3 sets of
current measurement at NBGS switch in outdoor DC field and grounding pole line,
and 5 sets of neutral line current measurement. The main parameters are shown
in Table 2.9-2.
Table 2.9-2 Technical parameters of zero-flux transformer
serial
name parameter
number
55
serial
name parameter
number
1 type or model free-standing
2 Nominal DC voltage 150kV
3 Rated primary DC current 3030.3A
A maximum continuous DC current (2
4 3427A
hours)
5 Steady State DC Measurement Limits 4538A DC
6 Transient DC Measurement Limits 24kA DC
Secondary measurement of the number of
7 4
cores and windings
8 Number of electronic modules 3 pieces
weight
Total weight of each DC current
1389kg
9 measuring device (including accessories)
Weight per DC current measuring device
1310kg
excluding accessories
Dimensions
Overall height of the assembled DC
5400mm
10 current measuring device transmitter
Overall width of assembled DC current
880mm
measuring device
11 natural frequency <25Hz
2.9.2.2 Electromagnetic current transformer
Lahore Station has a total of 5 sets of electromagnetic current
transformers (including 1 set of backup), 2 sets of neutral bus capacitor
current transformers, and 3 sets (including 1 set of backup) neutral bus
arrester current transformers. The principle is through electromagnetic
induction. The principle realizes current transformation, and its working
principle is similar to that of a transformer. The main parameters are shown in
Table 2.9-3 below.
Table 2.9-3 Technical parameters of electromagnetic current transformer
serial
name parameter
number
1 type or model Oil-immersed inverted AGU-40.5
2 Rated voltage 24kV
Maximum continuous operating thermal
3 350A
current
4 Rated current ratio 2000/1A
5 Number of cores 4
Rated output and accuracy level of
6 0.8
secondary winding / (COSφ=0.8)
Dimensions
Overall height of the assembled DC current
2140mm
7 measuring device transmitter
860mm
measuring device
8 natural frequency <12Hz
Total weight of each current transformer
9 360kg
(including accessories)
10 polarity Depolarization
2.9.2.3 Optical fiber DC current transformer
(1) A total of 16 sets of fiber-optic DC current transformers in Lahore Station
(including 4 spare parts, 1 of each type), 2 sets of outdoor valve top 660kV
56
polar line fiber-optic current transformers, and 2 sets of outdoor DC field
polar lines Fiber-optic current transformers, 4 sets of fiber-optic current
transformers for high-voltage side loops of outdoor DC filters, and 4 sets of
fiber-optic current transformers for low-voltage side loops of outdoor DC
filters. Fiber optic current transformer is a new type of transformer that uses
optoelectronic technology and optical fiber sensing technology to realize
current measurement.
(2) The fiber-optic DC current transformers of Lahore Station include PCS-9250-
EACD DC current transformers and PCS-9250-EAC DC filter unbalanced current
transformers.
The PCS-9250-EACD DC current transformer uses the shunt to sense the
primary DC current, uses the remote module based on the laser power supply
technology to collect the output signal of the shunt locally, uses the optical
fiber to transmit the signal, and uses the composite insulator to ensure the
insulation. The unit outputs standard protocol data for DC control protection.
The PCS-9250-EAC type DC filter unbalanced current transformer uses a low-
power coil to sense the primary current, uses a remote module based on laser
power supply technology to collect the output signal of the low-power coil
locally, uses optical fiber to transmit the signal, and uses optical fiber
composite The insulator ensures insulation, and the standard protocol data is
output to the DC control protection through the merging unit.
(3) See Table 2.9-4 for the technical parameters of the DC filter unbalanced
current measuring device.
Table 2.9-4 Technical parameters of DC filter unbalanced current measuring
device
serial
name parameter
number
1 type or model suspended
3 Rated frequency 600Hz
5 8.0A
hours)
7 Number of transmission fibers twenty four
8 Number of merged units 3
weight
200kg
measuring device (including accessories)
9
150kg
Shipping weight 500kg
Dimensions
12100mm
600mm
measuring device
11 natural frequency 3.8Hz
(4) See Table 2.9-5 for the technical parameters of the pole line and the high-
57
voltage side loop fiber-optic current transformer of the DC filter.
Table 2.9-5 Technical parameters of pole line and DC filter high-voltage side
loop fiber-optic current transformer
serial
name parameter
number
4 3427A
hours)
weight
650kg
8
600kg
Dimensions
13500mm
9000mm
measuring device
(5) See Table 2.9-6 for the technical parameters of the optical fiber current
transformer in the low-voltage side loop of the DC filter.
Table 2.9-6 Technical parameters of fiber-optic current transformers in low-
voltage side loops of DC filters
serial
name parameter
number
4 3427A
hours)
weight
450kg
8
400kg
Dimensions
5500mm
4600mm
measuring device
2.9.2.4 500kV AC filter group incoming line current transformer
Lahore Station has 48 incoming line current transformers of 500kV AC filter
group, the measurement level is 500/1A, and the main parameters are shown in
58
Table 2.9-7.
Table 2.9-7 500kV AC filter group incoming line current transformer
serial
name guarantee value
number
Electromagnetic, oil immersed, suitable
1 type or model
for outdoor LVB-500W2
2 Q 510kV
Specification 1: 1000A (5P40/TPY)
600A(0.2S)
3 Rated primary current Specification 2:
1000A(5P40/TPY)
500A(0.2S)
Rated current ratio
Specification 1: 600/1A
4 Measurement grade
Specification 2: 500/1A
Protection level 1000/1A
5 Number of cores 6
Combination of grades (ordered from P1 and
6 5P40/5P40/5P40/0.2s/TPY/TPY
P2)
Rated output and accuracy level of secondary winding (COSφ= )
Class 0.2 (Class 0.5 and others) /
7 0.2S class 5VA
5P20 level (10P10 level and others) 5VA(5P40)
TPY grade 5VA
8 Primary winding turns 2
Specification 1: 2000 (5P/TPY): 1200
(0.2S)
9 Secondary winding turns
Specification 2: 2000 (5P/TPY): 1000
(0.2S)
10 Secondary loop time constant 100ms
weight
Total weight of each current transformer
2250kg
(including accessories)
12
Weight per current transformer excluding
2250kg
accessories
Dimensions
Overall height of the assembled current
6200mm
transformer
13
Overall width of the assembled current
1000mm
transformer
Shipping size (L*W*H) 6580*1240*1375mm
14 natural frequency 8Hz
2.9.2.5 Low-voltage current transformers in AC filters
See Table 2.9-8 for the configuration table of low-voltage current
transformers in the AC filter of Lahore Station.
Table 2.9-8 Technical parameters of low-voltage current transformers in AC
filters
serial amoun
device name Specification
number t)
HP12/2 twent
1 4 AC resistance loop 24kV, 50/1A, 5P20/5P20, 5VA y
filter four
59
serial amoun
number t)
twent
LV inductor loop 24kV, 500/1A, 5P10/5P10, 5VA y
four
twent
ground loop 24kV, 300/1A, 5P20/5P20/0.2/0.2, 5VA y
four
twent
Shunt Capacitor Low Voltage
2 24kV, 500/1A, 5P40/5P40/0.2/0.2, 5VA y
Current Transformer
four
2.9.2.6 DC filter low voltage current transformer
The configuration of DC filter low-voltage current transformers in Lahore
Station is shown in Table 2.9-9.
Table 2.9-9 Technical parameters of DC filter low-voltage current transformers
seria
l
numbe
r
LV inductor loop 0.5/0.5/0.5, 500/1A, 5VA
Lahore Station
1 resistance loop 0.5/0.5/0.5, 10/1A, 5VA
12/24
Arrester circuit 5PR40/5PR40/5PR40, 2500/1A, 5VA
LV inductor loop 0.5/0.5/0.5, 100/1A, 5VA
Lahore Station
2 resistance loop 0.5/0.5/0.5, 50/1A, 5VA
6/42
Arrester circuit 5PR40/5PR40/5PR40, 2500/1A, 5VA
2.9.2.7 Unbalanced CT of capacitors in AC filter fence of Lahore Station
The unbalanced CT of capacitors in the AC filter fence of Lahore Station is
produced by Jiangsu Siyuan Hertz Transformer Co., Ltd., the models are LB7-330
and LB7-35, and the configuration is shown in Table 2.9-10.
Table 2.9-10 Unbalanced CT Configuration of Capacitors in the AC Filter Fence
branch road model amount)
Electromagnetic current
HP12/24-C1 twenty four
transformer LB7-330
Electromagnetic current
SC-C1 twenty four
transformer LB7-330
The main technical parameters are shown in Table 2.9-11.
Table 2.9-11 Unbalanced CT configuration of capacitors in AC filter fence
serial
name guarantee value
number
2×100A~2×2000A;
1 Rated primary current 200A~6000A; the secondary winding
is allowed to have a tap
2 Rated secondary current 5A or 1A
2.9.2.8 35kV, 500kV and commutating neutral point oil-immersed current
transformers
The 35kV and 500kV oil-immersed current transformers are produced by TBEA
Kangjia (Shenyang) Transformer Co., Ltd. The specific configuration is shown in
Table 2.9-12.
Table 2.9-12 Configuration of 35kV, 500kV Oil-immersed Current Transformer
60
ser quant
ial mode ity
name parameter
num l (towe
ber r)
Type: outdoor, single-phase, oil-immersed
inverted
Rated transformation ratio: 1500/1A
35kV reactor circuit
1 Level combination: 5P30/5P30/0.2S/0.5S 12
CT
Rated output: 20/20/10/20VA
Rated short-time thermal current and time
(kA/s): 40/4
AGU- Type: outdoor, single-phase, oil-immersed
40.5 inverted
Rated transformation ratio: S1, S2: 600/1A; S3,
7
35kV station S4: 200/1 (0.2S, 0.5S grade tap 100/1) A
(inclu
2 transformer circuit Level combination: 5P40/5P40/0.2S (0.2S)/0.5S
ding 1
CT (0.5S)
spare)
Rated output: 20/20/10(5)/20(10)VA
(kA/s): 40/4
inverted
Rated transformation ratio: 2×2000/1 (0.2S
500kV Non-Converter level tap 2×
Transformer Outgoing 1000/1) A
3 30
Line-side Circuit Level combination: TPY/TPY/5P30/0.2S
Breaker CT (0.2S)/0.2S (0.2S)/TPY/TPY
Rated output: 10/10/20/10(5)/10(5)/10/10VA
(kA/s): 63/3
inverted
level tap 2×
Circuit Breaker CT
1000/1) A
in 500kV Non- AGU-
4 Level combination: TPY/TPY/0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S 12
Converter Outgoing 550
(0.2S)/5P30/0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S (0.2S)/TPY/TPY
Line
Rated output:
10/10/10(5)/10(5)/20/10(5)/10(5)/10/10VA
(kA/s): 63/3
inverted
500kV Converter level tap 2×
7
Transformer Outgoing 1000/1) A
5 (inclu
Line Side Circuit Level combination: TPY/TPY/TPY/0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S
ding 1
Breaker CT (0.2S)/5P30/TPY/TPY
spare)
Rated output: 10/10/10/10(5)/10(5)/20/10/10VA
(kA/s): 63/3
61
ser quant
ial mode ity
name parameter
num l (towe
ber r)
inverted
level tap 2×
Circuit breaker CT 4
1000/1) A
in 500kV pole 1 (inclu
6 Level combination: TPY/TPY/0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S
commutator outgoing ding 1
(0.2S)/5P30/0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S (0.2S)/TPY/TPY/TPY
line spare)
Rated output:
10/10/10(5)/10(5)/20/10(5)/10(5)/10/10/10VA
(kA/s): 63/3
inverted
level tap 2×
Circuit breaker CT 4
1000/1) A
in 500kV pole 2 (inclu
7 Level combination: TPY/TPY/TPY/0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S
commutator outgoing ding 1
(0.2S)/5P30/0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S (0.2S)/TPY/TPY
line spare)
Rated output:
10/10/10/10(5)/10(5)/20/10(5)/10(5)/10/10VA
(kA/s): 63/3
inverted
Rated transformation ratio: 2×2000/1A (TPY,
5P30)
500kV Substation
2×300/1A (0.2S class tap 2×150/1A)
8 High Voltage Side 6
Level combination: TPY/TPY/0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S
Circuit Breaker CT
(0.2S)/5P30/TPY/TPY
Rated output: 10/10/10(5)/10(5)/20/10/10VA
(kA/s): 63/3
inverted
500kV line outlet
class tap 2×1000/1) A
9 side metering 36
Level combination: 0.2S (0.2S)/0.2S (0.2S)
special CT
Rated output: 30(15)/30(15)VA
(kA/s): 63/3
2.9.2.9 132kV Current Transformer
The 132kV current transformer is provided by Shandong Electric Power
Equipment Co., Ltd. The configuration of Lahore Station is shown in Table 2.9-
13.
Table 2.9-13 132kV current transformer configuration
seri
al
name parameter amount)
numb
er
62
seri
al
numb
er
Type: outdoor, single phase, oil immersed
Rated transformation ratio: 300-600-1200/5A
132kV Oil-immersed
Level Combination: 0.5/10P20/10P20/10P20
1 Current Transformer 6
Rated output: 15VA/60VA/30VA/30VA
(outgoing circuit)
(kA/s): 40/1
Type: outdoor, single phase, oil splash
132kV Oil-immersed Rated transformation ratio: 200-100/5A
Current Transformer Level combination: 0.5/10P20/10P20
2 3
(station variable Rated output: 15/A/60VA/30WA
circuit) Rated short-time thermal current and time
(kA/s): 40/1
Type: outdoor, single phase, oil immersed
132kV oil-immersed Rated transformation ratio: 200-100/1A
current transformer Level combination: 0.2S 3 main + 3
3
(station transformer Rated output: 15VA backup
circuit, metering) Rated short-time thermal current and time
(kA/s): 40/1
2.9.2.10 Commutation transformer neutral point current transformer
Lahore station converter neutral point current transformer is produced by
TBEA Kangjia (Shenyang) Transformer Co., Ltd. There are 5 sets in total, the
model is LZZW3-35Q.
See Table 2.9-14 for the configuration.
Table 2.9-14 Configuration of commutation transformer neutral point current
transformer
Type: outdoor, single-phase, electromagnetic
transformer
35kV current
Rated transformation ratio: 2000/1A
transformer with
Level combination: 0.2/5P30/5P30/5P30 5
commutation-to-neutral
Rated output: 5/5/5/5VA
point
Rated short-time thermal current and time (kA/s):
63/3S
The main technical parameters are shown in Table 2.9-15.
Table 2.9-15 Technical parameters of commutator neutral point current
transformer
model name parameter
Rated voltage 35kV
Rated frequency 50Hz
Rated primary current 2000A
LZZW3-35Q Rated secondary current 1A
Rated insulation level 40.5/95/185kV
load power factor COSφ=0.8
weight 90kg
2.10 Voltage transformer

2.10.1 Overview
Lahore converter station voltage transformers mainly include three types of
DC voltage dividers, AC capacitive voltage transformers, and AC electromagnetic
63
voltage transformers. The DC voltage divider is mainly installed on the DC pole
busbar and the neutral line, the AC capacitive voltage transformer is mainly
installed on the 500kV AC field busbar, the 500kV AC inlet and outlet lines,
the 500kV AC filter busbar, and the 35kV AC field busbar area. Electromagnetic
voltage transformers It is mainly installed in the power consumption area of
132kV station.
Table 2.10-1 Lahore Station Voltage Transformer Configuration Table
serial Installation
name amount) factory
number location
1 DC voltage divider Pole busbar area 2 Xu Ji
2 DC voltage divider Neutral area 2 Xu Ji
35kV capacitive
3 35kV AC busbar 6 Gui Rong
voltage transformer
500kV converter
500kV Capacitive
4 transformer 6 Gui Rong
Voltage Transformer
input side
500kV Capacitive
5 500kV filter bus 12 Gui Rong
Voltage Transformer
54 (18 measurement
500kV Capacitive
6 500kV AC outlet protection, 36 Gui Rong
Voltage Transformer measurement)
500kV Capacitive
7 500kV AC busbar 6 Gui Rong
Voltage Transformer
15 (9
132kV external
132kV electromagnetic measurement
8 power lines and Atachi freshman
voltage transformer protection, 6
busbars
measurement)
The function of the voltage transformer is to convert the high voltage
proportionally into a standard secondary voltage of 100V or lower for
protection,metering,Use of instrumentation.
2.10.2.1 DC Voltage Divider
The Lahore converter station is equipped with two types of PCS-9250-EAVD DC
electronic voltage transformers. The main technical parameters are as
follows:Table 2.10-2
Table 2.10-2 Lahore Station DC Voltage Divider Parameters
serial
model PCS-9250-EAVD-660 PCS-9250-EAVD-100
number
1 factory NARI Jibao NARI Jibao
2 Installation location DC field bus DC field neutral bus
3 quantity 2 units 2 units
Outdoor, composite Outdoor, composite
4 structure type
insulation, pillar type insulation, pillar type
5 Rated primary DC voltage 660kV 100kV
6 Rated secondary output ±5V ±5V
High voltage arm
7 600MΩ 100MΩ
resistance
High Voltage Arm
8 238.3pF 1430pF
Capacitor
Low-voltage arm and
9 cable, equivalent 38.9kΩ 38.9kΩ
resistance of A/D system
Low-voltage arm and
10 cable, equivalent 3.68μF 3.68μF
capacitance of A/D
64
system
DC voltage measurement
11 ±1000kV ±400kV
range
a. 10%-120% UdN: ≤0.2% a. 10%-120% UdN: ≤0.2%
12 Measurement accuracy
b. 120%-150% UdN: ≤0.5% b. 120%-150% UdN: ≤0.5%
The DC voltage divider uses electrical signals to output to the control and
protection system. The equipment is mainly composed of a primary body, a
transmission cable, and an analog isolation device.
The primary body of the DC voltage divider divides the large DC voltage,
and the primary body adopts the principle of resistance-capacitance voltage
division, including the high-voltage arm and the low-voltage arm: the high-
voltage arm of the 660kV DC voltage divider is composed of 6 resistance-
capacitor units in series, and the 110kV DC The high-voltage arm of the voltage
divider is composed of a resistance-capacitance unit, and the equivalent
resistance and capacitance of each resistance-capacitance unit are
100MΩ,1430pF. The resistance-capacitance components are all fixed in the
silicone rubber composite insulating cylinder, which is filled with SF6 gas and
the rated pressure is 0.35Mpa.
The electrical signal is connected to the analog isolation device through a
four-core double-layer shielded cable. The analog isolation device is located
in the control room and is installed in a group screen. The function of the
analog isolation device is to divide and isolate the output signal of the DC
voltage divider twice, output a rated ±5V signal for control and protection,
and connect 3 analog isolation devices at the same time.
2.10.2.2 Capacitive voltage transformers
Capacitive voltage transformers are divided by series capacitors, and then
step-down and isolated by electromagnetic transformers for metering.,A voltage
transformer for relay protection, etc. The working principle of capacitive
voltage transformer can be summarized as: coupling capacitor voltage
divider,Intermediate transformer step down,Reactor compensation and damper
protection.
500kV capacitive voltage transformers are divided into two types:
measurement and measurement (protection). The main parameters are as
follows:Table 2.10-3.
Table 2.10-3 Lahore Station 500kV Capacitive Voltage Transformer Parameters
serial
model TYD4 500/√3-0.005HF TYD2 500/√3-0.005HF
number
Guilin Power Capacitor Guilin Power Capacitor
1 factory
Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.
500kV AC busbar, AC
2 Installation location filter busbar, AC inlet 500kV AC outlet
and outlet lines
3 Features measurement (protection) metering
Outdoor, single-phase, Outdoor, single-phase,
5 Type
stackable stackable
6 Rated primary voltage 500/√3kV 500/√3kV
Main secondary winding: Main secondary winding:
7 Rated secondary output
0.1/√3kV 0.11/√3kV
500/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/ 500/√3/0.11/√3/0.11/
8 Rated voltage ratio
0.1/√3/0.1/√3kV √3kV
9 level 0.2/0.5(3P)/0.5(3P)/3P 0.2/0.2
65
or
0.2/0.5(3P)/0.5(3P)/0.5(
3P)
10 Rated capacitance 5000pF 5000pF
High Voltage Capacitor
11 5236pF 5274pF
Capacitance
Intermediate voltage
12 111029pF 96225pF
capacitor capacitance
13 polarity Depolarization Depolarization
35kV capacitive voltage transformer main parameters such asTable 2.10-4
Table 2.10-4 Lahore Station 35kV Capacitive Voltage Transformer Parameters
serial
model TYD4 35/√3-0.02HF
number
1 factory Guilin Power Capacitor Co., Ltd.
2 Installation location 35kV AC busbar
3 quantity 6 units
4 Type Outdoor, single-phase, stackable
5 Rated primary voltage 35√3kV
Main winding: 0.1/√3kV
Residual winding: 0.1/3kV
7 Rated voltage ratio 35√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/3kV
8 level 0.2/0.5(3P)/0.5(3P)/3P
9 Rated capacitance 20000pF
High Voltage Capacitor
10 39594pF
Capacitance
Intermediate voltage
11 40415pF
capacitor capacitance
2.10.2.3 Electromagnetic voltage transformers
The mechanism and principle of the electromagnetic voltage transformer are
similar to those of the power transformer. On the iron core of a closed
magnetic circuit, there are primary windings and secondary windings that are
insulated from each other, and the high voltage is wound.､Convert high current
to low voltage,small current.
The 132kV electromagnetic voltage transformer was purchased by Shandong
Electric Power Equipment Factory. The main parameters are shown in Table 2.10-
5.
Table 2.10-5 Parameter table of 132kV electromagnetic voltage transformer in
Lahore station
serial
model UT-145 UT-145
number
Atachi Dayi Transformer Atachi Dayi Transformer
1 factory
Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.
132kV AC busbar, AC
2 Installation location 132kV AC incoming line
incoming line
3 Features measurement (protection) metering
5 Type outdoor, single phase outdoor, single phase
6 Rated primary voltage 500/√3kV 500/√3kV
Main secondary winding: Main secondary winding:
0.11/√3kV 0.11/√3kV
(132/√3)/(0.11/√3)/(0. (132/√3)/(0.11/√3)/(0
8 Rated voltage ratio
11/√3)kV .11/√3)kV
9 level 0.5 (6p) 0.2
66
2.11 Capacitors
2.11.1 Overview
In the converter station, the capacitors are generally combined with the
reactors to filter out harmonics.､Provide reactive power and help the DC
circuit breaker to extinguish the current.Lahore station capacitors are
provided by Guilin Power Capacitor Co., Ltd. This chapter mainly introduces AC
PLC capacitors, AC RI capacitors, and DC blocking filter capacitors.,Neutral
Bus Bar Impulse Capacitors,Capacitors outside the filter fence such as ground
electrode current injection circuit capacitors and DC electrode line RI
capacitors.filter capacitor see AC filter､Related parts of chapters such as DC
filters.The specific configuration is shown in Table 2.11-1.
Table 2.11-1 Lahore station fence capacitor configuration table
seria
l Quantity
project Installation location
numbe (group)
r
AC field commutation transformer
1 AC PLC capacitor 6
incoming line area
2 AC RI capacitors Change the upper part of the firewall 12
Grounded in series with current
3 DC Polar Line RI Capacitors 2
transformers on bipolar lines
DC Neutral Bus Impulse The neutral bus is grounded in series
4 2
Capacitors with the current transformer
In-station and out-station grounding
Ground Blocking Filter
5 electrodes are connected in parallel 2
Capacitors
with the reactor
Ground Pole Injection Loop The grounding electrode in the station
6 1
Filter Capacitors is grounded in series with the reactor
2.11.2Technical Specifications and Instructions
2.11.2.1 AC PLC capacitor
Lahore station AC PLC filter capacitors are used to filter out harmonic
components from 30kHz to 90kHz. The model of single capacitor is TAM11.16-4,
the model of AC PLC capacitor tower (stand type) is TAL510-6280/157-1W, a total
of 40 capacitors.
For configuration and parameters, see Table 2.11-2, Table 2.11-3, and Table
2.11-4.
Table 2.11-2 AC PLC capacitor configuration table
seria
l
device name model Quantity (group)
numbe
r
AC PLC Parallel TAL510-6280/157-1W type (bracket
1 6
Capacitor type)
AC PLC combined with
2 BU-100 type combined filter 6
filter
Table 2.11-3 Main technical parameters of single capacitor
Rated Rated Rated Discharge
Rated voltage Rated current
capacitance Capacity frequency resistance
4μF 11.16kV 157 Kvar 14.1A 50 Hz 24MΩ
67
Table 2.11-4 Main technical parameters of AC PLC capacitor tower (support
type)
The number of
Installation Rated Rated Rated units in series
Rated voltage
location capacitance Capacity current and parallel
per phase
40 series 1
PLC capacitors 0.1μF 425kV 6.28 Mvar 20A
parallel
PLC shunt
capacitor
81nF 200V —— 0.3A ——
combined with
filter
2.11.2.2 AC RI capacitors
The main function of the AC RI capacitor in Lahore Station is to filter out
the harmonic signals in the frequency range of the carrier communication and
prevent the high-order harmonics from causing noise interference to the PLC
system..The AC RI capacitor model is OAM425-0.0052H, which is installed on the
AC bus side of the converter station and used for AC filtering or carrier wave.
It is a single-column outdoor device. The AC RI capacitor is composed of three
capacitor units stacked in series: the upper and middle capacitor units are
OAM2142-0.0156H; the lower capacitor unit is 0AM142-0.0156H.
Table 2.11-5 Main configuration and technical parameters
The number of
Rated Capacitor unit
Rated Rated serial and quant
capacitance of rated capacity (C1,
voltage Capacity parallel devices ity
each group C2, C3)
per group
12
3 series 1
0.0052μF 0.0156μF 425kV 295Kvar group
parallel
s
2.11.2.3 DC polar line RI capacitor
The main function of the DC polar line RI capacitor is to form a specific
filter together with other devices to provide a low impedance channel for
specific harmonic components; suppress the harmonic voltage on the DC side of
the converter station and limit the harmonic current on the DC line; Reduce
current or voltage fluctuations in HVDC lines and/or ground pole lines. The
model is TDPLC900-0.0028-W, and there are 18 capacitors in each pole. The main
configuration and parameters are shown in Table 2.11-6.
Table 2.11-6 Main configuration and parameters of DC polar line RI capacitors
The whole The number of
Rated
Rated group serial and quant
capacitance of Rated DC voltage
voltage capacitance parallel devices ity
each group
deviation per group
6 series 3 2
0.0028μF 680kV 900kV -5%/﹢10%
parallel teams
2.11.2.4 DC Neutral Bus Surge Capacitors
Lahore station DC neutral bus impulse capacitor single model is DAM16.2-
14.29, capacitor tower model is TNL161.93-20-W, a total of 140 single
capacitors in 5 layers, each layer is double-sided, and 14 single capacitors on
68
one side Capacitors only. The capacitor is installed between the neutral bus
and the ground to absorb the energy released there due to lightning strikes or
other ground faults, and at the same time filter out the low-order anomalous
harmonics flowing there. See Table 2.11-7 and Table 2.11-8 for specific
configuration and parameters.
Table 2.11-7 Main technical parameters of single capacitor
Voltage
Rated
Rated voltage Rated DC voltage Rated current equalizing
capacitance
resistor
14.29μF 16.2kV 3.29kV 34.1 A 3.2MΩ
Table 2.11-8 Main technical parameters of DC neutral bus impulse capacitor
tower
The number of
Rated units in
Rated Rated Rated capacity of
capacitan series and quantity
voltage current each group
ce parallel per
phase
10 strings
20μF 161.93kV 477.18A 180.18Mvar and 14 2 teams
parallels
2.11.2.5 Grounding Pole Blocking Filter Capacitors
The Lahore station grounding electrode blocking filter capacitor model is
TZL40-0.26-W, which is installed in the grounding electrode outlet inside the
station and one in the grounding electrode outside the station, and is
connected in parallel with the reactor. See Table 2.11-9 for specific
parameters.
Table 2.11-9 The main technical parameters of blocking filter capacitors are
shown in the following table:
The number of
Rated Rated Rated Rated capacity units in series
quantity
capacitance voltage current of each group and parallel per
phase
2 series 1
0.26μF 40kV 3.8A 0.13 Mvar 2 teams
parallel
2.11.2.6 Injection loop filter capacitors
The model of the current injection loop filter capacitor in Lahore Station
is DAM180-0.00954, which is used for the neutral bus of the converter station
of the DC transmission system, and is grounded in series with the reactor for
filtering. The capacitor is composed of the upper section DAM₂90-0.01908
capacitor unit and the lower section DAM90-0.01908 capacitor unit. The main
configuration and parameters are shown in Table 2.11-10 and Table 2.11-11.
Table 2.11-10 The main technical parameters of the current injection loop
filter capacitor unit are shown in the following table:
Rated capacitance Rated grading resistance Rated voltage
0.01908μF 216MΩ 90kV
Table 2.11-11 The main technical parameters of the current injection loop
filter capacitor bank are shown in the following table:
69
The number of units
Rated grading
Rated capacitance Rated voltage in series and quantity
resistance
parallel per phase
0.00954μF 180kV 432MΩ 2 series 1 parallel team 1
2.12 Reactors
2.12.1 Overview
The reactor mainly plays the role of absorbing reactive power, filtering
out harmonics with capacitors and other equipment, preventing DC current from
being interrupted, and preventing harmonics from entering the valve hall. This
chapter mainly introduces the DC field PLC reactor of Lahore converter
station,AC PLC reactor, 35kV low reactance, 500kV parallel high voltage
reactor, 500kV high reactance neutral point reactor, grounding electrode
blocking and current injection reactor, and other reactor parameters, please
refer to the relevant parts of the chapters such as DC filter, AC filter,
smoothing reactor, etc.
2.12.2.1 DC field PLC reactor
There are 4 PLC reactors in DC field, including 2 PLC filter reactors for
pole bus and 2 PLC filter reactors for neutral bus, all of which are
manufactured by Beijing Electric Power Equipment General Factory Co., Ltd. The
main parameters are shown in Table 2.12-1.
Table 2.12-1 Main technical parameters of DC field PLC reactor
serial 660kV pole line PLC Neutral bus PLC
project
number reactor reactor
PLC-660-3504-0.5 PLC-90-3504-0.5
1 model
dry, outdoor dry, outdoor
2 Installation location P(1,2).WP.L3 P(1,2).WN.L3
3 Installation method support support
4 Rated voltage (kV) 660 90
Equipment continuous maximum
5 680 90
working voltage (kV)
6 Rated current (A) 3504 3504
7 Rated inductance (mH) 0.5 0.5
The hottest point temperature
8 82 82
rise limit value (K)
2.12.2.2 Earth electrode reactor
There are 3 grounding electrode reactors, including blocking filter
reactors and current injection loop filter reactors, one blocking filter
reactor for each of the grounding electrodes in the station and one for the
grounding electrodes outside the station, and a current injection loop filter
reactor for the grounding electrode in the station. 1 set, all manufactured by
Beijing Electric Power Equipment General Factory Co., Ltd. The main parameters
are shown in Table 2.12-2.
Table 2.12-2 Main technical parameters of ground electrode reactor
seri
al Injection loop filter
project blocking filter reactor
numb reactor
er
70
seri
al Injection loop filter
project blocking filter reactor
numb reactor
er
PKK-330-3030-0.5 PKK-20-3030-0.5R
LKKT-20-1-13.64
1 model dry, hollow, dry, hollow,
dry, hollow, outdoor
outdoor outdoor
Installation
2 WN.L1 WN.L1 WNL2+EL1
location
3 Installation method support support support
4 Rated voltage (kV) 330 20 20
Equipment continuous
5 maximum working 330 20 20
voltage (kV)
6 Rated current (A) 3030 3030 1
Rated inductance
7 0.5 0.5 13.64
(mH)
The hottest point
8 temperature rise 84 84 84
limit value (K)
2.12.2.3 AC PLC reactor
The AC PLC reactors are located in the 500kV AC field commutation and
transformer incoming line area. There are 6 sets of each of the two types, and
a total of 12 sets of AC PLC reactors. They are all manufactured by Beijing
Power Equipment General Factory Co., Ltd. The main parameters are shown in
Table 2.12-3 .
Table 2.12-3 Main technical parameters of AC PLC reactor
serial
project AC PLC parameters
number
XZF-2648-2.0/63-B5 XZF-2648-1.0/63-B5
1 model
Dry, with tuning unit Dry, with tuning unit
2 Installation location P(1,2).WT.PLC.L1 P(1,2).WT.PLC.L2
3 Installation method support support
4 Rated voltage (kV) 550 550
Equipment continuous maximum
5 550/√3 550/√3
working voltage (kV)
7 Rated inductance (mH) 2.0 1.0
The hottest point temperature
8 85 85
rise limit value (K)
9 DC resistance (Ω), 75℃ 0.0034 0.0025
2.12.2.4 35kV Low Voltage Reactor
The 35kV low-voltage reactor is located in the power consumption area of
the station. There are 4 groups of 12 low-voltage reactors in the whole
station, which are produced and provided by China Xidian Electric Co., Ltd. The
main parameters are shown in Table 2.12-4.
Table 2.12-4 Main technical parameters of low voltage reactor
serial
project parameter
number
1 model BKGKL-20000/37W
Power consumption area of 35kV
2 Installation location
station
3 Installation method dry, hollow, supported
71
serial
project parameter
number
4 Rated voltage (kV) 37/√3
Equipment continuous maximum working
5 40.5/√3
voltage (kV)
6 Rated current (A) 936
7 Rated inductance (mH) 72.63
8 Rated capacity (Mvar) 20
The hottest point temperature rise limit
9 62
value (K)
10 DC resistance (Ω), 75℃ 0.059
2.12.2.5 500kV shunt high-voltage reactor
There are a total of 18 parallel high-voltage reactors and 5 neutral point
reactors in the line of Lahore Station, including 1 group of 500kV busbar high
reactance and 5 groups of line high reactance (Shanghai Electric Power Station
outlet 1/2, Tal TEL Power Station outlet, Tal TEL Power Station outlet THAL
NOVA power station outlet, Xinda society outlet), each group of outlet is
equipped with a set of neutral point reactors, of which Xinda society outlet
adopts XKD-990/66 type neutral point reactor, and the other four outlets are
XKD-792/66 The models are all produced and provided by China Xidian Electric
Co., Ltd. The main parameters are shown in Table 2.12-5 and Table 2.12-6.
Table 2.12-5 Main technical parameters of 500kV shunt high-voltage reactor
serial
project high resistance Bus high resistance
number
BKD-30000/500 (oil- BKD-60000/500 (oil-
1 model
immersed) immersed)
2 amount) 15 3
Five groups out 500kV busbar
3 Installation location
WA.W(2,3,4,5,10)-L2 WA.WB2-L1
4 Installation method outdoor outdoor
5 Rated voltage (kV) 550/√3 550/√3
6 Rated current (A) 94.5 188.95
7 Rated reactance (Ω) 3361.1 1680.56
8 Rated capacity (Mvar) 30 60
9 Phase Simplex Simplex
10 three-phase connection YN YN
ONAN (oil-immersed self- ONAN (oil-immersed self-
11 cooling method
cooling) cooling)
12 Loss (kW) 90 120
13 Total weight (t) 63.5 83
14 Oil weight (t) 17.2 21.2
15 Number of radiator groups 8 10
Cooling capacity of each group
16 14 15
of radiators (kW)
17 Radiator weight (t) 4.64 6.5
Legend Electric Oil Legend Electric Oil
18 High voltage bushing
Paper Capacitive Paper Capacitive
Legend Electric Oil Legend Electric Oil
19 Neutral point casing
Current ratio of high voltage
20 side bushing current 300/1 300/1
transformer
twenty Pressure relief valve release
0.055 0.055
one pressure (MPa)
72
Table 2.12-6 Main technical parameters of neutral point reactor
serial
project parameter
number
XKD-792/66 (oil- XKD-990/66 (oil
1 model
immersed) immersed)
2 amount) 4 1
3 Installation location WA.W(2,3,4,5)-L3 WA.W10-L3
4 Installation method outdoor outdoor
5 Rated voltage (kV) 550/√3 550/√3
7 Rated reactance (Ω) 800 1000
8 Tap reactance (Ω) 720/880 900/1100
9 Rated capacity (Mvar) 720 900
10 Phase Simplex Simplex
11 Neutral grounding method direct ground direct ground
ONAN (oil-immersed self- ONAN (oil-immersed self-
12 cooling method
cooling) cooling)
13 Loss (kW) 15 20
14 Total weight (t) 13 14.6
15 Oil weight (t) 7.37 8.58
Shenyang Legend Oil Shenyang Legend Oil
16 High voltage bushing
Nanjing Zhida Pure Nanjing Zhida Pure
17 Neutral point casing
Porcelain Sleeve Porcelain Sleeve
Current ratio of high voltage
18 side bushing current 100/1 100/1
transformer
Pressure relief valve release
19 0.055 0.055
pressure (MPa)
2.13 Lightning arrester

2.13.1 Overview
The main function of the arrester is that when the overvoltage exceeds a
certain limit, it will automatically discharge to the ground to reduce the
voltage..Lahore station is mainly divided into AC arrester, DC arrester, AC
filter arrester, DC filter arrester.
2.13.2Technical Specifications and Instructions
2.13.2.1 AC arrester
The AC arrester is produced and provided by Pinggao Toshiba (Langfang)
Arrester Co., Ltd. The specific configuration is shown in Table 2.13-1, and the
main technical parameters are shown in Table 2.13-2, Table 2.13-3, Table 2.13-
4, Table 2.13-5.
Table 2.13-1 Lahore Station AC Arrester Configuration
seri
al Quantity in Spare
type model
numb shipment quantity
er
Y20W2-396/961B2
1 Inverter line arrester Tianjin Jiahe JCQ-8D (remote 12 0
transmission interface)
Y1WN1-9/25
Converter neutral
2 Tianjin Jiahe JCQ-8D (remote 4 1
point arrester
transmission interface)
73
seri
al Quantity in Spare
type model
numb shipment quantity
er
3
Y20W2-396/961B2
3 ACF busbar arrester 12 (hot
PTA JCQ-1
standby)
500kV step-down
Y20W2-420/1046B2
4 transformer line 6 0
PTA JCQ-1
arrester
500kV Outgoing Y20W2-420/1046B2
5 18 0
Lightning Arrester PTA JCQ-1
Y5W2-51/134
6 35kV arrester 18 0
PTA JCQ-1
Table 2.13-2 The main technical parameters of the converter transformer line
arrester and ACF bus arrester
seri
al
name parameter
numb
er
1 model Y20W2-396/961B2
2 Rated voltage ≥396kV
3 Nominal discharge current 20kA
4 DC 1mA reference voltage 533kV
Maximum residual voltage under 2000A
5 operating inrush current (peak value, not 761kV
greater than)
Maximum residual voltage under 20kA
6 lightning impulse current (peak value, not 961kV
greater than)
Maximum residual voltage under 20kA steep
7 wave impulse current (peak value, not 1020kV
greater than)
8 high 5924mm
9 Section number 3
Table 2.13-3 Main technical parameters of 500kV step-down transformer incoming
arrester and 500kV outgoing arrester
seri
al
name parameter
numb
er
1 model Y20W2-420/1046B2
2 Rated voltage ≥420kV
greater than)
greater than)
greater than)
8 high 5924mm
9 Section number 3
74
seri
al
name parameter
numb
er
9 Section number 3
8 high 1123mm
9 Section number 1
Table 2.13-4 Main technical parameters of 35kV arrester
seri
al
name parameter
numb
er
1 model Y5W2-51/134
2 Rated voltage 51kV
greater than)
more than)
greater than)
8 high 780mm
9 Section number 1
Table 2.13-5 Main technical parameters of commutated neutral point arrester
seri
al
name parameter
numb
er
1 model Y1WN1-9/25
2 Rated voltage 9kV
Maximum residual voltage under lightning
3 25kA
impulse current (waveform is 8/20us)
Short-term high current withstand
4 100kA
capability (4/10μs, 2 pulses)
5 Lightning strike (end-to-end) 185kV
more than)
greater than)
8 high 780mm
9 Section number 1
2.13.2.2 DC arrester
The DC arrester is produced and provided by Pinggao Toshiba (Langfang)
Arrester Co., Ltd. The specific configuration is shown in Table 2.13-8, and the
main technical parameters are shown in Table 2.13-9, Table 2.13-10, Table 2.13-
11, Table 2.13-12, Table 2.13- 13. Table 2.13-14, Table 2.13-15, Table 2.13-16.
Table 2.13-8 Configuration of DC arresters in Lahore Station
Quantity
device Installatio Model Spare
Equipment type unit in
name n location Specifications quantity
shipment
75
Quantity
device Installatio Model Spare
Equipment type unit in
name n location Specifications quantity
shipment
660kV valve
valve hall YH2WCBH1-709/1416 piec
hall DC pole CBH 2 1
P(1,2).U.F3 PTA JSY-3 Counter e
line arrester
outdoor YH20WDL1-680/1448
piec
DL P(1,2).WP.F Nanjing Longhua JCQ- 2 1
660kV outdoor e
3 3 Monitor
DC pole line
outdoor YH20WDB1-680/1448
arrester piec
DB P(1,2).WP.F Nanjing Longhua JCQ- 2 0
e
4 3 Monitor
Valve hall
valve hall YH2WCBN1-230/451 piec
neutral bus CBN1 2 1
P(1,2).U.F2 PTA JSY-3 Counter e
arrester
outdoor 1
Neutral bus YH2WCBN1-207/392 piec
CBN2 P(1,2).WN.F 2 section/pha
arrester PTA JCQ-3 Monitor e
1 se
outdoor
Neutral bus YH5WE1-163/369 piec
E P(1,2).WN.F 2 1
arrester PTA JCQ-3 Monitor e
2
Ground
outdoor YH10WEL1-131/277 piec
electrode EL 2 1
WN.F(2,3) PTA JCQ-3 Monitor e
arrester
Metal circuit Section 2
outdoor YH20WEM1-163/412 piec
transfer bus EM 1 (Hot
WN.F1 PTA JCQ-3 Monitor e
arrester Standby)
6-pulse bridge valve hall YH2WM1-384/754 piec
M 2 1
arrester P(1,2).U.F1 PTA JSY-3 Counter e
Table 2.13-9 Parameters of CBH DC metal oxide arrester
serial
name unit parameter
number
1 Model Specifications YH2WCBH1-709/1416
2 reference voltage kV ≥1002
3 Continuous operating voltage kV 801
4 Nominal discharge current kA 2
Maximum residual voltage under operating inrush
5 kV/kA 1384/1
current (peak value, not greater than)
Maximum residual voltage under lightning impulse
6 kV/kA 1416/2
7 The number of arresters in parallel 1
The maximum temperature rise of the valve plate
8 °C 52
after absorbing the maximum energy
Table 2.13-10 DL, DB DC metal oxide arrester parameters
serial
name unit parameter
number
YH20WDB1-680/1448
1 Model Specifications
YH20WDL1-680/1448
5 kV/kA 1228/1
6 kV/kA 1448/2
76
serial
name unit parameter
number
8 °C 38
Table 2.13-11 Parameters of CBN1 DC metal oxide arrester
serial
name unit parameter
number
1 Model Specifications YH2WCBN1-230/451
5 kV/kA ——
6 kV/kA 451/2
8 °C 70
Table 2.13-12 Parameters of CBN2 DC metal oxide arrester
serial
name unit parameter
number
1 Model Specifications YH2WCBN1-207/392
5 kV/kA 421/8
6 kV/kA 392/2
8 °C 50
Table 2.13-13 Parameters of E DC metal oxide arrester
serial
name unit parameter
number
1 Model Specifications YH5WE1-163/369
5 kV/kA ——
6 kV/kA 369/5
8 °C 44
Table 2.13-14 EL DC metal oxide arrester parameters
serial
name unit parameter
number
1 Model Specifications YH10WEL1-131/277
5 kV/kA 272/6
77
serial
name unit parameter
number
6 kV/kA 277/10
8 °C 53
Table 2.13-15 Parameters of EM DC metal oxide arrester
serial
name unit parameter
number
1 Model Specifications YH20WEM1-163/412
5 kV/kA 365/5
6 kV/kA 412/20
8 °C 46
Table 2.13-16 Parameters of M DC metal oxide arrester
serial
name unit parameter
number
1 Model Specifications YH2WM1-384/754
5 kV/kA 722/0.5
6 kV/kA 754/2
8 °C 62
2.13.2.3 132kV AC lightning arrester
The 132kV AC surge arrester is provided by Shandong Electric Power
Equipment Co., Ltd. and produced by Fushun Electric Porcelain Manufacturing
Co., Ltd. There are 9 sets in Lahore Station. The main technical parameters are
shown in Table 2.13-18.
serial
name unit parameter
number
1 Model Specifications Y10W1-120/300W
2 Rated voltage kV 120
Maximum residual voltage under 2000A operating
5 kV 240
inrush current (peak value, not greater than)
Maximum residual voltage under 10kA lightning
6 kV 300
impulse current (peak value, not more than)
Maximum residual voltage under 10kA steep wave
7 kV 315
impulse current (peak value, not greater than)
9 high mm 2070
78
3 Secondary equipment
3.1 DC control and protection system
3.1.1 Overview
3.1.1.1 Overview of DC Control Protection System
Lahore Converter StationThe control and protection system adopts the
complete set of HCM3000 high-voltage DC control system of Xuji Group Co., Ltd.
The system adopts modular design, layered and distributed structure. The Lahore
converter station control and protection system is used for the control and
protection of the Murrah DC transmission system and the monitoring of the
equipment in the station. The equipment is mainly distributed in the control
building, the 500kV AC filter relay room, the 500kV first relay room, and the
500kV second relay room. The control and protection system is mainly composed
of the DPS3000 system independently developed and produced by Xu Ji, which
includes the HCM3000 DC control and protection platform, the DS3000 operator
control system, the GWS-1 DC special remote control device, and the DFU420
distributed measurement and control device.
The HCM3000 platform adopts oversampling, positive sequence filtering,
digital equalization technology and optimized FPGA pulse unit design for the
needs of DC transmission applications, which can make the theoretical value of
the unbalance of ignition pulses less than 0.02 electrical degrees. The HCM3000
system adopts a standard real-time operating system, the control host adopts a
dual redundant switching design, the protection host adopts a complete triple
design (divided into A, B, and C systems), and the export implements the "three
out of two" logic. Host state switching can be performed on the OWS or locally
on the host panel. The switching logic between the DPS3000 control and
protection systems is realized by the independent switching device RCD400, and
there are status display and manual switching buttons on the switching device.
The DS3000 operator control system adopts the cross-platform design of UNIX
server and Windows workstation. The operator control and monitoring system
includes the main and standby servers, engineer workstations, operator
workstations, webmaster workstations and network switching equipment. The
system structure adopts a distributed network structure based on the
client/server model. The server adopts HP Itanium server and HP-UX operating
system, and the client adopts HP high-performance workstation and Windows
operating system. The system network topology is star Ethernet (Ethernet),
which adopts dual network configuration.
GWS-1 DC special remote control device adopts an embedded industrial
control hardware platform with no fan and no hard disk structure. It has the
function of automatic switching between main and standby machines. The standby
machine automatically monitors the running status of the main machine. If the
main machine fails, it will automatically switch between the main and standby
machines. The DFU420 measurement and control device is used to form the field-
79
level I/O equipment of the DPS3000 DC control and protection system, and
realizes functions such as data acquisition, synchronous interlock control, and
SOE event recording. The DFU420 device is also equipped with a CAN bus
interface, which can realize the networking debugging, local monitoring, state
logic interlocking, third-party CAN equipment access of field-level equipment,
and can realize the bridging function of CAN-ProfiBusDP two buses.
3.1.1.2 Structure of control and protection system
The DC control system provided by this project can be divided into three
layers in the overall structure: bipolar layer, pole layer and converter layer.
In terms of configuration, it includes the DC station control host, the polar
control host and the communication between the hosts related to it. The network
equipment used, the distributed I/O equipment of the host, etc.
The bipolar layer function is realized in the control host of the DC
station. The main function is to provide polar DC power commands for the polar
control host of the two poles in the DC converter station. Factors such as two-
pole current balance control, inter-pole emergency power transfer and other
factors distribute DC power commands to each pole-control host. The DC station
control host also manages the sequence control related to the whole station,
the reactive power control of the whole station and the AC bus voltage control.
The pole layer function is implemented in the pole control control host.
The main function is to calculate the DC steady state operation according to
the unipolar DC current/unipolar DC power command sent by the operator's
control system or the pole DC power command sent by the DC station control
host. DC current and DC voltage reference values for closed-loop control of the
converter layer. The polar control host also undertakes the task of
communicating with the polar control host of the opposite station.
The converter layer function is realized in the pole control control host.
The trigger angle command is converted into trigger pulse to realize the normal
switching on/off sequence control, steady state/transient operation control,
fault emergency switching on/off sequence control and other functions of the
converter.
3.1.2.1 Control and protection system functions
The control equipment at the station control layer is mainly composed of
the AC station control system (ASC), the DC station control system (DSC), the
AC filter protection (AFP), and the station power control system (SPC).
controlling
The main function
device
Complete the monitoring and sequence control interlocking of each series
AC Station
of switches, knife switches, and ground knives of AC GIS, measurement of
Control System
AC voltage, interface with AC field equipment, and interface with fault
(ASC)
recording and protection.
Complete control functions such as bipolar active power, reactive power,
DC Station
DC field sequence control interlock, inter-station communication of
Control System
station control system, AC filter switch, knife gate, ground knife
(DSC)
monitoring and sequence control interlock.
80
controlling
The main function
device
AC Filter
Complete the protection function of the AC filter.
Protection (AFP)
Complete functions such as switch control and interlocking of 35kV, 11kV,
Station Power
and 400V station power consumption, auxiliary power backup function, tap
Control System
control of station transformers, and interface with station power
(SPC)
equipment.
DC Line Fault
Complete DC line fault location and distance measurement functions.
Location (LFL)
Earth Wire
Monitoring Monitor ground wire impedance changes.
Screen (ELIS)
Harmonic Monitor
Monitoring of commutator, incoming line and polar line harmonics.
(OHM)
Bipolar Measure the interface of zero-flux CT, carry out related processing, and
Measurement communicate with the measurement interface system of pole layer and valve
System (BMI) layer through TDM bus.
The pole layer mainly includes the pole control host system (PCP), the pole
protection host system (PPR), the pole measurement system (PMI), the valve
control host system (VCE) and other equipment.
controlling device The main function
Complete the control and monitoring switching functions related to
the pole, complete the start/stop control of the DC system, the tap
control of the pole layer converter transformer, the pole
Pole control host power/current control, the control of the voltage and the trigger
system angle, and the communication between the pole layer stations;
(PCP) Inverter-related control and monitoring switching functions,
inverter-related switch lock, inverter trigger control, control
pulse generator, inverter sequence control, overload limit and
other functional controls.
Extremely protected
Complete the protection function of polar area, bipolar area and DC
host system
line.
(PPR)
It measures the current of the current transformer in the pole area
and the voltage of the DC voltage divider, and accepts the relevant
Pole measuring system
analog quantities from the bipolar measurement system (BMI),
(PMI)
performs related processing, and communicates with the host through
the TDM bus.
Complete the functions of communicating with the CCP system,
valve control system receiving the control pulse of the valve layer control system and
(VCE) converting it into a trigger pulse, and transmitting the valve
equipment monitoring signal.
3.1.2.2 Control protection panel configuration
The Lahore station control and protection system is distributed in the pole
control protection room, the station control protection room, the 500KV #1
relay room, the 500KV #2 relay room, and the 500KV ACF relay room. This list
does not include AC system protection equipment such as GIS switch protection,
line protection and busbar protection.
Device
device name device ID Device function
location
Pole 1 Pole 1 pole control Pole 1 Equipment Control
PCP1 A/B
control and screen System
protection Pole 1 Pole Protection Bipolar Zone, Pole 1, Line
PPR1 A/B/C
equipment Screen Device Protection
81
room in the Pole 1 measurement Pole 1 DC field analog
PMI1 A/B/C
main control interface screen measurement interface
building Pole 1 commutation non-
Pole 1 commutation non-
electrical protection ITFP1 A/B/C
electrical protection
screen
Pole 1 commutation Pole 1 commutation power
TFP1 A/B/C
protection screen protection
Pole 2 Pole Control Pole 1 Equipment Control
PCP2 A/B
Panel System
Main control Pole 2 Pole Protection Bipolar Zone, Pole 1, Line
PPR2 A/B/C
building Screen Device Protection
pole 2 Pole 2 measurement Pole 1 DC field analog
PMI2 A/B/C
control and interface screen measurement interface
protection Pole 2 commutation non-
Pole 1 commutation non-
equipment electrical protection ITFP2 A/B/C
electrical protection
room screen
Pole 2 commutation Pole 1 commutation power
TFP2 A/B/C
protection screen protection
DC station control
DSC A/B DC field control
panel
Exchange station
ASC A/B AC field control
control screen
Bipolar power combined Bipolar public area analog
BMI 1/2
unit screen measurement interface
Local operation and fault
local interface screen LWS
recording
Converter transformer line
Harmonic monitor screen OHM and polar line harmonic
monitoring
Main control Collect the status of related
DC station interface
building DCI equipment in the control room
screen
station of the main control building
control Station electricity
SPC A/B Station power control
protection control panel
room Server screen SCM Process SCADA data
Communicate with background
Communication screen COM A/B machine and station control
layer
Auxiliary system Interfaces with auxiliary
AWS
interface screen systems
Telecontrol With Graphical Alarm Gateway
GWS
communication screen Workstation
DC line fault location DC line fault location and
LFL 1/2
screen distance measurement
Grounding wire
ELIS Earth Wire Monitoring
monitoring screen
3.1.2.3Control and protection board function description
Board light status during normal
module effect
operation
Main processor board in the HCM3000 1~9, a~l, CPU slot number is normally
EPU20B
platform displayed without blinking
ITM11B TDM communication plug-in -
H1 H2
Bright dark
ECM10A Fieldbus communication plug-in H3 H4
Bright Bright
H5 H6
82
Board light status during normal
module effect
operation
Bright Bright
EDI10B Digital interface plug-in Indicator light H1 green
ESP10C digital signal processing plug-ins -
H1 H2
flashing yellow flashing yellow
ETS11A Trigger pulse plugin
H3 H4
flashing yellow flashing yellow
IFC20A Quick communication plugin -
H1 H2
yellow green
EOT10B light distribution plug-in
H3 H4
dark green
H1 H2
Green (flashing) Green (flashing)
EOT11B light distribution plug-in
H3 H4
green dark
ESM10B Shared memory plugin Indicator light H1 green
H1 H2
Bright dark
H3 H4
ENT10B Ethernet bus communication plug-in
Bright Bright
H5 H6
Bright Bright
BEM10A Backplane interface expansion plug-in -
EAI10A Analog interface plug-in Indicator light H1 green
3.1.2.4 State monitoring and switching of control protection system
3.1.2.4.1 Control protection system status
system
name illustrate
status
On
ACTIVE Status input and command output are allowed.
duty
Update important information from the on-duty system, ready to switch
STANDBY spare to on-duty status at any time, and cannot output commands. The
protection host does not have this status.
Control the protection panel cabinet in the test state, all outputs are
TEST test prohibited, protection test, system and interface panel maintenance can
be performed.
(1)When the related work of the control and protection host is required, the
control and protection host shall be switched to the test state. Before the
control host switches to the test state, it needs to confirm that it is in the
standby state, and then press the prohibition system switching button on the
screen of the standby control host, the system will be switched to the test
state; the protection host cannot perform state switching in the background,
only Press the test button on the corresponding protective screen cabinet to
switch the state.
(2)Before the overhaul and maintenance work is completed and the control and
protection host needs to be restored to the running state, the control host
needs to confirm that the switch button is prohibited to be pressed, and the
protection host needs to confirm that the test button is pressed. After
checking that the functions of the host are back to normal and there is no exit
83
signal, it can be restored to normal operation.
3.1.2.4.2 Control protection system fault monitoring level
The monitoring function of the control and protection system is to monitor
all the hardware circuits of the control and protection system and the software
modules closely related to the hardware. All the monitored faults are
classified into three levels: minor, serious and urgent. When the system
detects a fault, the control system will automatically switch to ensure that
the on-duty system is in a good state and shield the system with serious
faults; the protection system only quits operation in case of emergency faults.
(1) Minor faults include faults that do not endanger the normal operation of
the system and do not affect the functions of important control and protection
systems. Generate alarm information. For example: redundant power supply
failure, communication bus failure with a set of protection devices, etc.
(2) Severe faults include faults that affect the function of the control and
protection system, but do not endanger the operation of the power transmission
system. For example: AC/DC PT disconnection, communication failure with two
sets of three-out-of-two devices, communication failure with converter
interface, etc.
(3) Emergency fault (EmergencyFault) includes a fault that endangers the
operation of the power transmission system. For example: TDM bus failure, valve
control system failure, host crash, etc.
3.1.2.4.3 The control host can complete the monitoring function of the system
software and hardware. The following table shows the common faults of the
control system:
monitoring
Monitoring function failure level
location
The TDM bus is monitored through the TDM bus
initialization module TDMI. When the bus
initialization fails, the QF flag is set to
TDM bus
1, and the TCRC is set to 1 when the CRC emergency failure
monitoring
redundancy check error occurs. In both cases,
the system will be switched by setting the
software OK signal to 0.
Each CPU of the host monitors each other by
transmitting square waves. If the square wave
CPU crash
data is not refreshed, it is judged that the emergency failure
monitoring
CPU is dead, and the system is switched by
setting the software OK signal to 0.
The valve control system monitors its own
state, and at the same time monitors the
Valve Control received inverter control system signal, and
System when it is judged to be faulty, the VBE_OK emergency failure
Monitoring signal is set to 0 to perform system
switching, and this signal is directly
connected to the switching device
Monitor the bus of the converter interface
Converter
device through the module DFUCOM. When the
interface
bus communication fails, set CE to 1, and a critical failure
communication
serious fault occurs to perform system
monitoring
switching.
84
monitoring
Monitoring function failure level
location
Through the module TDMR bus receiving module,
AC PT
the AC PT disconnection monitoring is carried
disconnection critical failure
out, and the system is switched if a serious
monitoring
fault occurs.
The communication monitoring of the three-
out-of-two devices is carried out through the
Three out of module ICBR2 bus receiving module. When the
two device bus fails, the flag bit QF is set to 1, and
critical failure
communication the communication with the two sets of three-
monitoring out-of-two devices fails at the same time,
and the control host produces a serious
failure to perform system switching.
When one of the redundant power supplies
Redundant power fails, the power supply is not OK signal will
Minor failure
monitoring be sent to the host through the chassis
monitoring contact for system switching
The communication monitoring of the
protection host is carried out through the
Secure
module ICBR2 bus receiving module. When the
communication Minor failure
bus fails, the flag bit QF is set to 1, and a
monitoring
slight fault occurs to perform system
switching.
3.1.2.4.4 Monitoring and switching functions of DPS3000 system
Each control and protection system of the DPS3000 system is designed as an
independent panel cabinet. The protection system adopts three-out-two
protection export logic. Each protection has independent measurement I/O, and
only the on-duty control system can export; when one of the triple protection
systems When the set exits the duty state, the exit logic will be changed to
two out of one; when there are two sets of exit duty states in the triple
protection system, the exit logic will be changed to one out of one. The
automatic switching logic of the DPS3000 system is as follows:
(1) Automatic switching of the control system (if the standby system has no
fault, the duty system fails)
a. A slight failure occurs in the duty system: the original duty system
automatically switches to the standby state. The original standby system
automatically switches to duty. The yellow indicator in the background of the
faulty host is lit.
b. Serious failure of the on-duty system: the original on-duty system
automatically switches to the standby state, the original standby system
automatically switches to the on-duty state, and the red indicator in the
background of the faulty host lights up.
c. An emergency failure occurs in the duty system: the original duty system
automatically switches to the duty state, the original duty system switches to
the test state, and the fault light on the panel of the host switching device
lights up.
(2) Automatic switching of the control system (in the case of a minor failure
of the standby system, the duty system fails)
85
a. A slight failure occurs in the duty system: the two systems keep the
initial state unchanged, and the yellow indicator in the background of the
faulty host lights up.
b. Serious failure of the on-duty system: the original on-duty system
automatically switches to the on-duty state, and the red indicator in the
background of the faulty host lights up.
c. An emergency failure occurs in the duty system: the original duty system
automatically switches to the duty state, the original duty system switches to
the test state, and the fault light on the panel of the host switching device
lights up.
(3) Automatic switching of the control system (in the standby system test
state, the duty system fails)
a. Minor failure of the duty system
Both systems remain in their initial state. The yellow indicator in the
background of the faulty host is lit.
b. Serious failure of the duty system
The system does not switch, and the power transmission system can operate
normally. An alarm signal is sent, and the red indicator in the background of
the faulty host lights up.
c. Emergency failure of the duty system
The system does not switch, the corresponding pole is blocked, the circuit
breaker switch of the incoming line is jumped, and the fault light on the panel
of the host switching device is lit.
(4) Automatic switching of the control system (failure of the backup system)
a. Minor failure of the backup system
The system does not switch, and the status of the standby system remains
unchanged. The yellow indicator in the background of the faulty host is lit.
b. Serious failure of the backup system
The system does not switch, and the status of the standby system remains
unchanged. The red indicator in the background of the faulty host lights up.
c. Emergency failure of the backup system
The system is not switched, and the standby system is switched to the test
state. The fault light on the panel of the host switching device is on.
(5) Automatic switching of the protection system (there are at least two duty
systems)
If the system is not switched, the yellow indicator in the background of
b. Emergency failure of the duty system
The duty system automatically switches to the test state, and the fault
indicator of the faulty host lights up in the background. A minor fault signal
is generated in the two related control systems, and the two control host
86
background fault indications are illuminated.
(6) Automatic switching of protection systems (only one system is on duty)
If the system is not switched, the yellow indicator in the background of
b. Emergency failure of the duty system
The duty system automatically switches to the test state, and the fault
indicator of the faulty host lights up in the background. Both sets of control
systems have emergency failures, and the duty system remains unchanged. Block
the corresponding pole and jump the incoming circuit breaker switch.
(7) The influence of measurement system (PMI/BMI) failure on the control and
protection system
When the TDM channel of the measurement system fails, an emergency fault
signal is generated in the corresponding control and protection system, and the
corresponding control and protection system will automatically switch the
system.
3.1.2.4.5 Manual switching of control protection system status
Manual switching is performed in the following two ways: through the
background interface and by controlling the switching button on the host
switching device.
(1) Background interface operation: After logging in to the background, click
the corresponding control system switching dialog box on the SCADA interface to
switch the host state.
(2) Operation on the switching device: On the switching device of the
corresponding standby control system panel cabinet, press the system switching
button to switch the master and standby states.
(3) Manual step switching of the control system
Manual switching to the test state is only possible when the same control system
is in standby state. Switch the standby system to the test state by pressing the inhibit
switch button on the standby control panel cabinet.
The current state
The new state of the host
of the host
test spare
spare Test state or on-duty state (the main engine has no emergency failure)
Standby state (provided that there is a redundant system switched to
On duty
duty, otherwise the switchover will not occur)
(4) Manual step switching of the protection system
The current state
The new state of the host
of the host
test On-duty status (the host has no emergency failure)
On duty Test status (at least one protection system is on duty)
3.1.2.6 Sequence control interlock condition
Station level (StationLevel) operation interlock condition (No. 1, No. 2 can
satisfy one item).
serial
Interlock condition
number
1 DC power is not rising or falling
87
serial
Interlock condition
number
system level control
Communication between stations is normal
DC power is not rising or falling
2
Inter-station communication failure
System level (systemlevel) master operation interlock condition.
serial
Interlock condition
number
1 system level master
2 Communication between stations is normal
Converter valve for "grounded" operation Interlock conditions:
serial
Interlock condition
number
1 Pulse not enabled
The Y-side and D-side grounding switches of the converter transformer of this
2
pole are divided into positions
3 Incoming line isolation knife switch of local pole converter transformer
The high-pressure and low-pressure side grounding knife gates of this pole valve
4
hall are divided into positions
The high-voltage and low-voltage side isolation knife switches of this pole are
5
divided into positions
Converter valve for "ungrounded" operation Interlock conditions:
serial
Interlock condition
number
1 Valve hall main door closed
Y-side and D-side grounding switches of the converter transformer of this pole
2
are closed
The high-pressure and low-pressure side grounding knife switches of this pole
3
valve hall are closed
Interlock conditions for "PoleIsolated" operation
serial
Interlock condition
number
1 The pole is locked
2 Pole isolation related knife switches available
Conditions that must be met before a "PoleConnected" operation can be
performed
serial
Interlock condition
number
1 This pole is not connected
2 The other pole is not in the metal return connection state
This pole is already in the earth return line method or the metal return line
3
method
Under normal communication conditions:
No OLT experiment was performed on the same pole of the station
4
The ground knife of the DC line with the same polarity of the station is in the
open state
Metal Return (MR) Operation Mode Operation Interlock Conditions
serial number Interlock condition
station
1 layer Metal loop operation allowed
control
system master station
2
level Communication between stations is normal
88
control Metal loop operation allowed
Metal loop operation is allowed for the station
WNQ1 switch in closed position
The opposite pole is in pole isolation state
This pole is connected in pole and the WGQ10
Lahore knife switch is in the open position
Station The pole metal return line Q10 knife switch is
in the closing position
WN3Q1 switch and WN3Q13 knife switch are in the
Interlock conditions for open position
metal loop operation The opposite pole is in pole isolation state
This pole is connected in pole and the WGQ10
knife switch is in the open position
pull The pole metal return line Q10 knife switch is
station in the closing position
WGQ1 switch and WGQ10 knife switch are in
closed position at the same time or WN3Q13
knife switch is in closed position
Ground return (GR) operation mode operation interlock condition.
station
1 layer Earth return operation is allowed
control
master station
system
Communication between stations is normal
2 level
Earth return operation is allowed
control
Earth return operation is allowed for the station
Operational Interlock Conditions for Buck Operation
1 extremely connected
2 DC line is normal voltage
This station is the master station and is controlled at the system level or
3
this station is controlled at the station level
No Load Test (OLT) Operational Interlock Conditions
1 extremely connected
The DC line switch of the local station or the DC line switch of the
2
opposite station is in the open position
3 No OLT tests were performed on the station
Conditions that must be met for the Ready to Run (RFO) icon to light up
(1) RFO conditions under normal operation (the converter valves are all in a
locked state):
Interlocking requirements for this site:
- The converter has been charged and the tap position is normal and stable
- The converter valve is blocked
-Valve cooling control is normal
- This pole is connected in pole state (connected through one of the in-station
or out-of-station grounding poles)
- No DC blocking signal exists, the corresponding DC control and protection
system is normal
- This pole is not in the process of power rise and fall
89
Requirements for station interlocking:
- OLT is not performed on the station or the communication between stations is
abnormal
- When the communication between stations is normal, the RFO condition of the
station is satisfied
Control modes that must be satisfied during normal operation:
- Two stations are controlled at the system level or each station is controlled
at the station level
-The two stations are a rectifier station and an inverter station respectively
- Absolute minimum AC filter bank can be connected or already connected
(2) Conditions that must be met during OLT:
- This pole meets the RFO conditions during normal operation
- pole connection
- When the communication between stations is normal, there is no pole
connection to the station, or the DC line of the pole is isolated
- When the communication between stations is faulty, whether the opposite
station is connected or not, or the DC line of the current pole is isolated
3.1.2.7 Reactive Power Control
Reactive Power Control (RPC) is a function integrated in the control
system. RPC controls the reactive power exchange of the AC-DC system, the AC
bus voltage and filters the harmonics of the AC system by switching AC filters
or parallel capacitors. The reactive power control functions have different
priorities as shown below.
priorit
Features effect
y
Cut off the filter according to the
1. Over voltage control
overvoltage of the AC filter bus
Turn on the filter according to the
2. Abs min filter (absolute minimum filter)
rating of the device.
U_Maximum/U_Minimum (AC bus voltage
3. Monitors steady state AC bus voltage.
control)
Limit the number of filters you can
4. Q_Maximum (maximum reactive power control)
put in.
Throw in a filter to meet harmonic
5. Min filter
filtering requirements.
Control the reactive power exchange
Q_control/U_control (reactive power
6. with the AC system/AC bus voltage at
control/voltage control)
the reference value.
3.1.2.7.1 AC Overvoltage Control
The AC voltage reference value of the 500kV side of the Lahore converter
station is 510kV.
The AC overvoltage control on the 500kV side of the Lahore converter
station has the following functions:
(1) When the highest steady-state voltage <Uac≤1.1pu, cut off a group of AC
filters every 3s until the absolute minimum filter under the current power, and
finally change from commutation to overexcitation protection action;
(2) When Uac>1.1pu, cut off 3 groups of AC filters every 8s, after reaching
the absolute minimum filter of the current power, if the overvoltage setting is
90
still satisfied, cut off 3 groups of AC filters every 8s until the minimum
power The absolute minimum filter under the AC filter is finally acted by the
overvoltage protection of the AC filter;
(3) When Uac>1.2pu, cut off 3 groups of AC filters every 1s. After reaching
the absolute minimum filter of the current power, if the overvoltage setting is
still satisfied, cut off 3 groups of AC filters every 1s until the minimum
power. The absolute minimum filter under the AC filter is finally acted by the
overvoltage protection of the AC filter;
(4) When Uac>1.3pu, cut off 3 groups of AC filters every 250ms, after
reaching the absolute minimum filter of the current power, if the overvoltage
setting is still satisfied, cut off 3 groups of AC filters every 250ms until
the minimum power The absolute minimum filter below, and finally by the AC
filter overvoltage protection or commutation overvoltage protection action.
In the process of AC filter overvoltage control to cut off the filter,
before reaching the absolute minimum filter, if there are less than 3 groups of
AC filters to be cut in a certain round, the number of groups to cut off the
filter can be based on the actual input AC filter. The number of devices is set
to 2 groups or 1 group.
3.1.2.7.2 Absolute Minimum Filter Control
After the converter is unlocked, the filter grouping that meets the
absolute minimum filter requirements must be put in. The absolute minimum
filter will block the converter if no new filter is put in within 5 seconds.
Lahore converter station settings, power and absolute minimum filter (ABS
Min) configuration are as follows:
Bipolar Unipola Bipolar Bipolar Unipola Bipolar
Bipolar Unipola Bipolar Unipola
full r full Imbalan full r full Imbalan
ACF HP12/24 Buck r Buck Buck r Buck
voltage voltage ce (2p) voltage voltage ce (2p)
(2p) (1p) (2p) (1p)
(2p) (1p) (2p) (1p)
No. A Power is sending power back
1 1 0 590 0 277 431 0 600 0 280 440
2 2 1190 1161 967 927 1082 1200 1200 980 980 1100
3 3 1973 1891 1507 - 1973 2000 2000 1540 - 2000
4 4 2747 - 2039 - 2747 2800 - 2100 - 2800
5 5 3321 - 2520 - 3321 3400 - 2660 - 3400
6 6 3891 - 2820 - 3891 4000 - 2940 - 4000
3.1.2.7.3 AC bus voltage limit
The AC bus voltage limit function will limit or require group switching to
keep the AC bus voltage within the specified range, and the priority is higher
than the minimum filter and reactive power control.
When the AC bus voltage is high, the U_maximun function will cut off or
limit the group input; when the AC bus voltage is low, the U_minimun function
will switch on or limit the group cut off.
Matiari Station Lahore Station
The maximum voltage required to be cut in groups 550kV 550kV
(required)
Limit the maximum voltage of group input 540kV 540kV
91
(forbidden)
The minimum voltage to limit the group cut off (no 480kV 480kV
cut)
Minimum voltage required for group input (required) 470kV 470kV
3.1.2.7.4 Maximum reactive power control
The Q_maximun function will limit the input filter reactive power grouping
to minimize the protection action caused by overvoltage when the power is
rapidly reduced.
3.1.2.7.5 Minimum Filter Control
Under the corresponding transmission power level, operation mode, and DC
voltage level, in order to meet the filter performance requirements, the
combination of filter type and quantity needs to be input as the minimum filter
control.
Lahore converter station station performance, power and minimum filter
(Min) configuration are as follows:
Bipolar Unipola Bipolar Bipolar Unipola Bipolar
Bipolar Unipola Bipolar Unipola
full r full Imbalan full r full Imbalan
ACF HP12/24 Buck r Buck Buck r Buck
voltage voltage ce (2p) voltage voltage ce (2p)
(2p) (1p) (2p) (1p)
(2p) (1p) (2p) (1p)
No. A Power is sending power back
1 1 0 396 0 276 336 0 400 0 280 340
2 2 993 1067 830 737 887 1000 1100 840 770 900
3 3 1583 1530 1230 1111 1379 1600 1600 1260 1120 1400
4 4 2167 2068 1641 1350 1769 2200 2100 1680 1470 1800
5 5 2747 - 2039 - 2747 2800 - 2100 - 2800
6 6 3130 - 2301 - 3130 3250 - 2380 - 3250
7 7 3891 - 2691 - 3891 4000 - 2800 - 4000
3.1.2.7.6 Q_control strategy
When using the Q_control strategy, if the reactive power exchange exceeds
the set limit value, then Q_control will issue a command to switch on or off a
filter or parallel capacitor bank. In order to avoid the frequent switching
operation of the reactive power group, a certain deviation between the actual
reactive power exchange and the planned exchange is allowed, and the deviation
value should be at least half of the output of the maximum reactive power
group.
The filter capacity of the Lahore converter station is 150Mvar, and the
corresponding switching dead zone value is:
Q > Qref + 110Mvar
Q < Qref– 110Mvar
The capacity of the parallel capacitor in the Lahore converter station is
160Mvar, and the corresponding switching dead zone value is:
Q > Qref +110Mvar
Q < Qref –110Mvar
Where Qref is a reference value set by the operator.
3.1.2.7.7 U_control strategy
92
When the U_control strategy is adopted, when the AC bus voltage exceeds the
set limit value, then U_control will issue a command to switch in or out a
filter or parallel capacitor bank. The dead zone of U_control on the 500kV side
of the Mattiari converter station and the Lahore converter station is both 5kV.
3.1.2.7.8 Low-voltage reactor control of converter station
The low reactance of the Lahore converter station always participates in
the "AC bus voltage control" before and after the DC unlocking, and does not
participate in the "reactive power control of the converter station". When the
AC voltage is higher than 532kV, a group of low reactors will be switched on
with a delay of 5s; when the AC voltage is lower than 488kV, a low reactor will
be cut off with a delay of 5s.
3.1.2.8 DC protection system configuration
Murlar DC system protection configuration (DC filter protection is included
in the pole protection device)
protected area Protection system name
Pole 1 Protection PPR1A/PPR1B/PPR1C, Pole 2 Protection
Bipolar DC Field
PPR2A/PPR2B/PPR2C
Pole 1 DC Field Pole 1 Protection PPR1A/PPR1B/PPR1C
Pole 2 DC Field Pole 2 Protection PPR2A/PPR2B/PPR2C
Pole 1 commutation non- Pole 1 commutation non-electrical protection
electrical protection ITFP1A/ITFP1B/ITFP1C
Pole 2 commutation non- Pole 2 commutation non-electrical protection
electrical protection ITFP2A/ITFP2B/ITFP2C
Mura DC AC filter protection system configuration (one out of two, start +
action)
protected area Protection system name
AC filter
protection and 500kV AC filter protects AFP51A/B, AFP52A/B, AFP53A/B, AFP54A/B.
AC filter bus
3.1.2.9 Consequences of DC protection action
System switching: It is mainly a DC protection action caused by a fault
related to the control system. The control system switches first. After the
fault is eliminated, the system continues to run. If the fault still exists,
the relevant area will be shut down.
Phase shift: The rectifier side moves the trigger angle to 120°, and after
the DC current crosses zero, the trigger angle is moved to 160°, and the
converter is changed from the rectification state to the inverter state to
reduce the fault current and speed up the energy release of the DC system ,
easy to lock the converter.
Throw-by-pass pair: The converter will keep the trigger pulse of the last
conducting valve, and at the same time send out the trigger pulse of another
valve in the same phase, block the trigger pulse of other valves, and form a
passage by the two valves of the same phase.
Blocking method: There are three blocking methods for DC protection in this
project, namely X blocking, Y blocking and Z blocking. The difference between
these three locking methods is mainly in the different processing of the
93
control system when locking the system. Please refer to the following table for
the difference:
rectifier station Inverter station
Latch type X-BLOCK X-BLOCK
phase shift direct phase shift direct phase shift
cast bypass pair × ×
jump switch jump switch jump switch
After ID_LOW=1, delay 200ms
seal pulse Directly seal pulse
to seal pulse
Latch type Y-BLOCK Y-BLOCK
phase shift direct phase shift ×
After a delay of 200ms and
cast bypass pair IDL_low≠1 Directly into the bypass pair
input bypass pair
ID_LOW=1 delay 200ms to seal ID_LOW=1 delay 200ms to seal
seal pulse
pulse pulse
Latch type Z-BLOCK Z-BLOCK
phase shift direct phase shift ×
Delay 40ms to turn on the
cast bypass pair ×
bypass pair
ID_LOW=1 delay 200ms to seal ID_LOW=1 delay 200ms to seal
seal pulse
pulse pulse
Jumping the AC switch, start failure: jump off the AC switch of the
converter and charge in the area, remove the converter voltage on the valve,
isolate the AC and DC system, and start the failure protection of the
corresponding switch in order to prevent the switch from not operating.
Lockout switch (LOCKOUT): The AC switch that has been tripped is blocked to
prevent mis-closing.
Reclosing DC switch: It is mainly the grounding switch in the station,
which is used to reclose the grounding switch in the station when there is a
fault related to the neutral grounding pole.
Pole isolation: After the conditions are met, the connecting knife switch
of the corresponding pole is opened to isolate the fault pole.
3.1.2.10 DC protection zone and action logic
Inverter protection
Description of measured values: Uac converter grid side voltage, IVY Y/Y converter converter
valve side current, IVD Y/D converter converter valve side current, IDCP valve tower high
voltage side current, IDCN valve tower low voltage side current, IDNC pole Neutral current,
UDN pole neutral voltage.
Action
protecte protection Protection
Action logic Consequen
d name purpose principle
ces
94
The protection
function
detects and
measures the
current of the
Y winding and
D winding on
The protection criterion is: IacY-
Protect the valve side
MAX(IDP,IDNC) >Δ(Y bridge) or IacD-
the entire of the
MAX(IDP,IDNC) >Δ(D bridge), where IacY
converter converter
and IacD are the Y winding and D on the
valve. It transformer,
valve side of the converter transformer
is used to the DC current
respectively. The rectified value of the
detect on the high
three-phase current of the winding, IDP
valve voltage side
is the DC current on the high-voltage Protectio
short- of the
side of the converter, and IDNC is the n action
circuit converter, and
DC current on the neutral line side of sequence:
fault and the DC current
the converter. -X latch;
phase-to- on the neutral
Protection segment and fixed value -
phase line side of
settings: tripping
valve short- the converter.
Stage 1: Δ=K1 t=0ms, X is blocked; the AC
short circuit During normal
Stage 2: Δ=K2 t=20ms, X lock; circuit
circuit fault on operation,
The first stage of short-circuit breaker;
protecti the these currents
protection is fast protection. When a -
on converter are balanced.
fault is detected, the shutdown command extremely
(VSCP) valve When a valve
is directly sent to the pole control isolated;
side, so is short-
system without delay. - Failure
as to circuited,
The second stage of short-circuit of the
prevent after other
protection is only put into operation on starter
the valves on the
the inverter side, with low setting circuit
converter same side of
value and long delay time, which is used breaker.
valve from the short-
to respond to the short-circuit fault of
being circuit valve
the valve on the inverter side.
overstress are turned on,
Backup protection: overcurrent
ed when a an interphase
protection.
short short-circuit
When the communication between the two
circuit current is
converter stations fails, this
occurs. formed, and
protection function has no effect.
the short-
circuit
current passes
through the
faulty valve
in the reverse
direction.
95
The protection measures the currents
IacY and IacD on the converter valve
side, the DC pole bus current IdP, and
The protection
the neutral bus current IdNC. Id=
function
MAX[IdP, IdNC]
measures the
The protection criterion is:
current of the
Id–IacY>max(0.07, 0.1*Id) and
Y winding and Protectio
IacY<0.65*Id (Y bridge)
D winding of n action
Id–IacD>max(0.07, 0.1*Id) and
the converter sequence:
IacD<0.65*Id (Y bridge)
valve side, as -
Protection settings include:
well as the DC Commutati
Warning section:
pole bus on
Time delay t, when the commutation
current IDP failure
failure alarm is detected, the
and the DC alarm
protection issues a command to increase
neutral bus -Increase
the arc extinguishing angle.
current IDNC. the arc
Trip section:
Used to The obvious extinguis
1) Criteria for single bridge
detect characteristic hing
commutation failure: (extended by 150ms)
commutatio of a 6-pulse angle
Switching delay t=400ms when starting
n failures bridge command
Commutat the pole control system
caused by commutation -Start
ion X blocking delay t=600ms
AC system failure is a the pole
failure Note: When the AC low voltage occurs
failures decrease in control
protecti (Uac < 0.7pu), the blocking commutation
or other the ac phase system
on failure protection.
abnormal current and an switching
(CFP) 2) Criteria for commutation failure of
commutatio increase in command
any bridge (one or two):
n the dc -X/Y
Fast segment: (stretched by 500ms)
conditions current. latch
Switching delay t=1.8s when starting the
. Commutation - trip
pole control system
failure may be the AC
Y blocking delay t=2.6s
caused by one circuit
Slow section: (extend 2s)
or more breaker
Switching delay t=8s for starting the
faults, such - pole
pole control system
as control isolation
Y blocking delay t=10s
pulse - Start
After the protection detects a fault, a
transmission breaker
short delay is performed to confirm the
error, AC failure
occurrence of the fault. When
system protectio
commutation failure occurs, the
failure, etc., n
protection first alarms, and takes
which can
certain measures to prevent continuous
cause
commutation failure. The protection is
commutation
coordinated with the action time of the
failure.
AC system fault backup protection.
Backup protection: 50 and 100Hz
protection.
96
MAX(IacY,IacD,IDNC)>Δ. where IacY and
IacD are the rectified values of the
three-phase currents of the Y winding
and D winding on the valve side of the
converter transformer, respectively.
Protection segment and fixed value
settings:
1 paragraph:
Δ=1.11pu
T1=120 minutes, the polar control system
is switched
T1=125 minutes, forced to run at rated
power
2 paragraphs:
Protectio
Δ=1.515pu
n action
T1=3s, pole control system switching
sequence:
T1=3.5s, forced rated power operation
-Pole
Measure the T1=3.7s, Y blocking
control
current of the 3 paragraphs:
system
Y winding and Δ=2pu
switching
D winding on T3=600ms, Z lock
- Forced
the valve side 4 paragraphs:
rated
of the Δ=3.5pu
Detect power
overcurr converter T4=2ms, Z latch
overcurren operation
ent transformer a) The protection has 4 sections of
t of -Y/Z
protecti and the fixed value and corresponding delay.
converter latch
on neutral bus Different operating values and outlet
equipment. - trip
(DOCP) current IDNC, times are adapted to different failure
the AC
take the possibilities and valve load capacities.
circuit
maximum value b) The 1/2 section of AC overcurrent
breaker
and compare it protection is used to respond to control
- Start
with the faults and long-term overload
breaker
reference characteristics. The determination of
failure
level. the fixed value is based on overload
protectio
research.
n
c) Section 3/4 of AC overcurrent
- pole
protection is used as a backup for
isolation
short-circuit protection, and the fixed
value is determined according to the
dynamic performance test.
Coordination of protection:
a) The 1/2 section of AC overcurrent
protection is used to respond to control
failures and long-term overload
characteristics.
b) Section 3/4 of AC overcurrent
protection is used as a backup for short
circuit protection.
c) Backup protection: none.
97
Protectio
n action
Under normal sequence:
circumstances, Ground
the difference fault
between the occurs:
current on the When a
differential current I_DIFF =
high-voltage fault is
abs([MAX(IDP, 0) + MAX(-IDNC, 0)] +
pole bus and detected,
[MIN(IDP, 0) + MIN(-IDNC, 0)]);
the current on a Y
Alarm section: I_DIFF > 0.03, delay 4s,
the neutral blocking
alarm.
pole is very command
Protection stage I:
small. Once a is sent
I_DIFF>|IDP|*0.2+0.3, delay 5ms, Y
fault occurs, to the
block, rectifier station delay 30ms,
the pole
Detection trip the AC circuit breaker; inverter
Valve DC differential control
of ground station delay 40ms, trip the AC circuit
Differen current system,
faults in breaker.
tial exceeds the and the
12-pulse Protection stage II:
Protecti set value and AC
converters I_DIFF>|IDP|*0.2+0.07, delay 200ms, Y
on the protection circuit
. block, rectifier station delay 30ms,
operates. The breaker
trip the AC circuit breaker; inverter
protection is
station delay 40ms, trip the AC circuit
measures the tripped.
breaker.
DC current IDP -Y latch
Backup protection: DC pole differential
on the high - trip
protection, DC low voltage protection.
voltage side the AC
of the circuit
converter and breaker
the DC current - Start
IDNC on the breaker
neutral line failure
side of the protectio
converter. n
- pole
isolation
98
Activated when
the valve is
closed.
Measure the
voltage of the
terminal
screen on the
secondary side
of the
converter
When the transformer. data and typical setting principles
converter Under normal Three-phase voltage vector sum (zero
Protectio
valve is conditions, sequence voltage)>1.8pu, tripping,
n action
locked, the vector sum unlocking prohibited;
sequence:
the of the three- - Trip delay: 6s
Converte - Issue a
protection phase voltages When the three-phase voltage vector sum
r prohibiti
is used to is zero. If a is greater than the set value, and the
neutral on valve
detect the single-phase single-phase voltage is less than the
point unlocking
ground grounding or alarm set value, a single-phase alarm
offset command;
fault of phase-to-phase signal is issued
protecti -Call the
the AC short-circuit Coordination of protection:
on police;
connection fault occurs, When the valve is unlocked, this
(TNSP) - Trip
on the the zero- protection function is invalid.
the AC
side of sequence Backup Protection: None.
circuit
the component of When the communication between the two
breaker.
converter the three- converter stations fails, this
valve. phase voltage protection function has no effect.
is not zero
and exceeds
the
predetermined
reference
value, and the
protection is
prohibited.
Valve
unlocked.
99
protective fit
Match with the converter valve equipment
parameters and the voltage maximum value
The
of the voltage regulator.
protection
Criteria and Principles of Setting
scope is The protection
Values
the entire detects pole-
|UDL| > 1.04*UDL_NOM, the delay is 20s,
pole, to-earth
and it is not in the OLT, then the
including overvoltage
control system is switched; overvoltage
the (UDL) and also
I stage: |UDL-UDN|> 1.1*UDL_NOM and Protectio
converter detects
UDL_FIL>1.05*UD_NOM, the rectifier n action
and the DC overvoltage
station delays 50s, and Z is blocked , sequence:
line. It across pole
trip the AC circuit breaker; the - Control
detects DC anode and
inverter station delays 60s, Z is system
overvoltag cathode (UDL-
blocked, and the AC circuit breaker is switching
DC e UDN). In order
tripped; ;
overvolt conditions to select the
Overvoltage stage II: |UDL_FIL -X/Z
age caused by appropriate
|>1.1*UD_NOM, and IDNC< 0.05*ID_NOM; latch;
protecti DC open blocking
delay 400ms, switch the system; delay -
on circuit, action, the
700ms, X block, trip the AC circuit extremely
inverter protection
breaker; isolated;
lock-up or distinguishes
Overvoltage stage III: |UDL_FIL - Trip
control between the
|>1.06*UD_NOM, and IDNC< 0.05*ID_NOM, the AC
system forward
and not in OLT mode, delay 4s, switch circuit
failure, blocking
control system; delay 5s, X lock, trip breaker.
and voltage and
AC circuit breaker;
protects the reverse
Overvoltage stage IV: | UDL_FIL
DC blocking
| >1.3*UD_NOM, and IDNC < 0.05*ID_NOM,
equipment voltage of the
delay 500ms, X-block, trip the AC
from DC valve.
circuit breaker; delay 600ms, X-block,
overvoltag
trip the AC circuit breaker.
e damage.
This protection function is not affected
in the event of a communication failure
between the two converter stations.
Extreme protection
Description of measured values: IDP valve tower high-voltage side current, IDNC pole neutral
line current, UDN pole neutral line voltage, IDL DC line current, UDL DC line voltage, ICN
neutral line capacitor ride-through current, IAN neutral bus arrester current, IDNE DC
switch current, IZT1-1, IZT1-2 DC filter high-voltage side current, IZT2-1, IZT2-2 DC filter
low-voltage side current.
Action
ces
100
or IDL(100Hz) >.
settings:
50Hz Protection:
IDL(50Hz) >0.03*IDL + 0.01
t1=350ms, start system switching
t2=1s, drop current
Protectio
t3=2s, Y blocking
n action
100Hz Protection:
sequence:
Detect IDL(100Hz) > 0.03*IDL + 0.01
- start
abnormal Detect the t1=350ms, start system switching
system
harmonics 50Hz component t2=2s, drop current
switching
in DC and the 100Hz t3=6s, Y blocking
- drop
current component in a) The setting of the 50Hz protection
current
caused by the DC line should be able to reflect the continuous
50Hz and -Y latch
valve current IDL, commutation failure fault, and the
100Hz - trip
disturbanc if it exceeds setting of the 100Hz protection should
protecti the AC
es, AC the be able to reflect the single-phase
on circuit
system predetermined fault of the AC system.
breaker
disturbanc reference b) The selection of the 50Hz/100Hz
- Start
es or value, the protection delay should be greater than
breaker
control protection the maximum time for clearing the AC
failure
system will act. fault.
protectio
failures. Coordination of protection:
n
When the commutation fails, the pole
- pole
control should first respond to this
isolation
fault situation, and speed up the
recovery of the commutation failure
through the adjustment function of the
pole control.
Backup Protection: None.
101
When the valve anode is grounded:
Differential current I_DIFF=abs([MAX(-
IDP,0)+MAX(IDL,0)+MAX(IZT1-
1,0)+MAX(IZT1-2,0)]+[MIN(-IDP,0)
Compare the DC
+MIN(IDL,0)+MIN(IZT1-1,0)+MIN(IZT1- Protectio
current IDP of
2,0)]) n action
the valve hall
When the valve anode is not grounded: sequence:
high-voltage
Differential current I_DIFF=abs([MAX(- - alert;
bus, the high-
IDP,0)+MAX(IDL,0)+MAX(-IZT1-1,0)+MAX(- -Z latch;
voltage side
IZT1-2,0)]+[MIN(-IDP, -
currents IZT1-
Used to 0)+MIN(IDL,0)+MIN(-IZT1-1,0)+MIN(-IZT1- tripping
DC pole 1 and IZT1-2
detect 2,0)]) the AC
busbar of the DC
ground Alarm section: I_PBDP_DIFF>0.05* circuit
differen filter and the
faults in IDL_NOM, delay 10s, alarm; breaker;
tial DC line
DC high Protection stage I: - Start
protecti current IDL.
voltage I_PBDP_DIFF >0.15*(IDL)+0.2* IDL_NOM, circuit
on If the
busbars. delay 150ms, Z-block, trip the AC breaker
difference
circuit breaker. failure
between the
Protection stage II: protectio
currents is
I_PBDP_DIFF >0.2*(IDL)+0.35* IDL_NOM, n;
greater than
delay 10ms, Z block, trip the AC circuit -
the set value,
breaker. Extremely
the protection
Backup protection: DC pole differential isolated.
will trip.
protection, DC low voltage protection.
102
The principle
of DC neutral
bus
differential
I_DIFF=abs([MAX(IDNC,0)+MAX(-
protection is
IDNE,0)+MAX(ICN,0)+MAX(-IZT2-1,0)+MAX(-
to compare the
IZT2-2,0)+MAX(IAN ,
DC current
0)]+[MIN(IDNC,0)+MIN(- Protectio
IdNC of the
IDNE,0)+MIN(ICN,0)+MIN(-IZT2-1,0)+MIN(- n action
neutral bus
IZT2-2,0)+MIN( IAN, 0)]) sequence:
and the DC
When the valve anode is not grounded: - alert;
current IdNE
I_DIFF=abs([MAX(IDNC,0)+MAX(- -Z latch;
of the
IDNE,0)+MAX(-ICN,0)+MAX(IZT2- -
grounding pole
DC Used to 1,0)+MAX(IZT2-2,0)+MAX(-IAN , tripping
line, the
neutral detect 0)]+[MIN(IDNC,0)+MIN(-IDNE,0)+MIN(- the AC
current ICN of
bus ground ICN,0)+MIN(IZT2-1,0)+MIN(IZT2-2,0)+MIN(- circuit
the impulse
differen faults in IAN, 0)]) breaker;
capacitor, the
tial the DC I_NBDP>0.05*ID_NOM, delay 10s, alarm; - Start
current of the
protecti neutral I_NBDP>0.15*|IDNC|+0.06* ID_NOM, the circuit
arrester of
on bus. delay is 300ms, the I stage Z is breaker
the neutral
blocked, and the AC circuit breaker is failure
bus, and the
tripped. protectio
current of the
I_NBDP>0.2*|IDNC|+0.35* ID_NOM, the n;
low-voltage
delay is 25ms, the second stage Z is -
side of the DC
blocked, and the AC circuit breaker is Extremely
filter IZT2-1,
tripped. isolated.
IZT2 -2, if
Backup protection: DC pole differential
the difference
protection.
of current is
greater than
the set value,
the protection
will trip.
103
I_DIFF=abs([MAX(-
Detect the - -
ground [MIN(-
Compare DC
fault in - -
line current
the
(IDL), pole
protection When the valve anode is not grounded:
neutral Protectio
area and I_DIFF=abs([MAX(-
current n action
put the - -
(IDNE), pole sequence:
faulty IT4- -IT4- -IAN, 0)]
neutral -Call the
pole out -
capacitor police
of MIN(- -IT4- -
current (ICN) -Z latch
operation. IT4- -IAN, 0)])
DC pole and pole - trip
The Protection segment and fixed value
differen neutral the AC
protection settings:
tial arrester circuit
area I_DIFF >0.05pu, delay 5s, alarm;
protecti current (IAN), breaker
includes 1 paragraph:
on DC filter - Start
the area I_DIFF >0.2*IDNE+0.2, delay 300ms, Z
arrester breaker
from the block and trip;
current (IT4- failure
converter 2 paragraphs:
1, IT4-2 ), if protectio
valve side I_DIFF >0.2*IDNE+0.4, delay 30ms, Z
the difference n
to the block and trip.
in current is - pole
pole Coordination of protection:
greater than isolation
busbar and The action of protection should be
the set value,
the slower than DC neutral bus differential
the protection
neutral protection, valve DC differential
will trip.
busbar protection, and high-voltage DC bus
outlet. differential protection.
104
Stage 1, Stage 2|UdN|>;
Section 3|UdN|>and IDNE <
settings:
1 paragraph:
In normal operation mode, when UDN>K11
kV, the NBGS switch is closed with a
delay of 60s; Y-block with a delay of
90s;
In the metal loop mode, station A
UDN>K12 kV, delay 60s to close NBGS
switch; delay 90s Y blocking.
Protectio
2 paragraphs:
n action
In normal operation mode, UDN>K21 kV,
sequence:
delay 350ms to close NBGS switch; delay
- NBGS
450ms Y-block;
-Y latch
Ground Protection In the metal loop mode, station A
- trip
electrod is used to UDN>K22 kV, delay 350ms to close NBGS
the AC
e lead detect Protection switch; delay 450ms Y blocking.
circuit
open open principle 3 paragraphs:
breaker
circuit ground In normal operation mode, if UDN>K31kV
- Start
protecti lead and IDNE<75A, then delay 10ms Y
breaker
on faults. blocking;
failure
In the metal loop mode, if station A
protectio
UDN>K32kV and IDNE<75A, then delay 30ms
n
Y blocking.
- pole
Coordination of protection:
isolation
In the case of transient disturbances
during the transition between the metal
return operation mode and the earth
return operation mode, the protection
cannot be malfunctioned.
The setting of the protection value
should be matched with the
characteristics of the arrester on the
low-voltage side.
105
According to
the wave
equation
theory,
voltage and
current can be DC line rated voltage UDL_NOM=660kV
It is used
regarded as (full voltage); UDL_NOM=528kV (0.8 times
to detect
forward and step-down); UDL_NOM=462kV (0.7 times
the fault
reflected step-down); DC line current IDLq-15
of the DC
waves before 15 sampling cycles;
line
propagating Current mutation reference value
between
with a certain CUR_DER_REF=0.1 (two converters are
the two
amplitude and operating normally), CUR_DER_REF=0.05
stations.
speed. When (two converters are not operating
After the
the line normally), the pole wave P_WAVEq-n
fault Protectio
DC fails, a peak before n sampling cycles
current is n action
travelin fault current Pole wave threshold value
cleared by sequence:
g wave will be POLE_THRESHOLD=100kV (one inverter
the Line
protecti generated, and operates normally or step down),
control restarted
on the wave will POLE_THRESHOLD=200kV (two inverters
system, if .
propagate on operate normally), ground wave before 17
conditions
the sampling periods COM_MODE_WAVEq-17
permit,
transmission Ground wave
the power
line. COM_MODE_WAVE=[IDEL_SUM*0.5+ICN]*493*0.0
transmissi
According to 01-UDN_SW* 0.5
on will be
the wave Backup protection
resumed
impedance and - Voltage mutation protection
after the
the sampled - DC line longitudinal differential
fault is
voltage and protection
cleared.
current -DC low voltage protection
values, it can
be judged
whether a DC
line fault has
occurred.
106
The protection
detects DC
voltage and DC
current. A
characteristic
of a DC line
ground fault
is that the DC
voltage drops
to a lower
value (abrupt
amount) at a
It is used Criteria and Principles of Setting
relatively
to detect Values
high rate. The
the fault DC line rated voltage UDL_NOM=660kV
mutation part
of the DC (full voltage); UDL_NOM=528kV (0.8 times
is very fast,
line step-down); UDL_NOM=462kV (0.7 times
providing
between step-down);
fault Protectio
the two DC line voltage mutation amount UDL_DER,
detection n action
stations. DC line voltage UDL_SW qn before n
within 2-3ms. sequence:
After the sampling cycles, DC line current IDLq-15
The abrupt - line
DC line fault before 15 sampling cycles
change restart
voltage current is Current mutation reference value
detection Backup
sudden cleared by CUR_DER_REF=0.1 (two inverters are
consists of a protectio
change the operating normally), CUR_DER_REF=0.05
differentiatin n
protecti control (two inverters are not operating
g circuit that - DC line
on system, if normally)
compares with low
conditions UDL_DER<-0.7*UDL_NOM delays 0.1ms and
two reference voltage
permit, then extends 2ms, and
values. The protectio
the power UDL_SW<0.55*UDL_NOM delays 0.2ms, and
smaller n.
transmissi UDL_DER<-0.95*UDL_NOM, and IDL－IDLq-
reference
on will be 15≥4000*CUR_DER_REF, then extends 2ms
value of the
resumed and delays 2ms, at this time, if
mutation
after the UDL_SW<UDL_NOM*0.7, it will be extended
amount is used
fault is by 20ms, and the voltage sudden change
to start the
cleared. protection will be activated.
detection
circuit. If
the mutation
amount exceeds
the larger
reference
value, the
action
standard of
the mutation
amount is
reached.
107
The principle
of this
protection
detects the DC
line voltage
value. The
It is used line restarts
to detect when the
the fault protection
of the DC operates.
line Considering
Values
between the normal and
The value of |UdL| < UdL_set needs to be
the two abnormal
determined by simulation or field test,
stations. situations of
and this set value should be
After the inter-station
automatically adjusted according to the
fault communication, Protectio
DC Line current voltage during buck operation.
current is the protection n action
Low Typical setting: UdL_set=0.35PU (full
cleared by setting is sequence:
Voltage pressure operation)
the set. Start the
Protecti UdL_set=0.25PU (step-down operation)
control protective fit restart
on Action delay: T=80ms (communication is
system, if The protection logic.
normal)
conditions should not
T=200ms (communication failure and the
permit, malfunction
opposite pole voltage is normal)
the power when the
T=700ms (communication failure)
transmissi rectifier side
Backup protection
on will be and inverter
- DC undervoltage protection.
resumed side AC system
after the fails, and the
fault is protection
cleared. will not
malfunction
when the pole
start-stop and
inverter side
commutation
fails.
108
This Criteria and Principles of Setting
protection is Values
used as a Calculate the line current difference
backup between the two stations I_DIFF =
protection for abs(IDLos-IDL)>Δ.
traveling wave Typical setting:
DC Line protection, Δ=0.05
Longitud Used to especially for T=2s, the line is restarted. Protectio
inal detect DC line high- protective fit n action
Differen line impedance The protection delay should consider the sequence
tial ground grounding influence of the communication delay - Line
Protecti faults. faults. The between stations, and cooperate with restart.
on protection is other DC line protection. When the DC
valid when the line current transformer at one end
communication self-checks for fault, it can exit the
between longitudinal differential protection of
stations is the local and opposite ends in time.
normal. Backup protection
-DC low voltage protection
Protectio
AC and Detects the The protection criterion is: n action
DC touch Detect AC 50Hz component UdL (50Hz)>Δ sequence:
line and DC in the DC line Backup protection: 50Hz protection -
protecti line touch current IDL When the communication between the two Latching
on faults. and DC converter stations fails, this line
voltage. protection function has no effect. fault
restart
After
opening
The protection criterion is: after
the
disconnecting the neutral bus switch
neutral
NBS, IDNE >.
bus
Protection section and fixed value
switch,
Neutral setting: The protection has 1 section of Protectio
the
bus fixed value and corresponding delay. n action
protection
switch After disconnecting the neutral bus sequence:
will
protecti switch NBS, IDNE > 0.025pu - Overlap
reclose it
on t=150ms close NBS NBS
if the
switch
does not
transfer
current
properly.
109
Action
Detects the DC
sequence
voltage on the
To protect -Pole
DC pole bus.
DC control
protective fit
equipment system
As backup Criteria and Principles of Setting
under switching
protection for Values
abnormal -Y latch
DC ground set Ud=abs(UdL)
DC low operating - trip
faults. UdL < 0.3pu
voltage conditions the AC
Avoid the t=3s pole control system switching
protecti , this circuit
protection t=4s Y blocking
on protection breaker
malfunction Communication failure between two
is only - Start
when the DC converter stations: no effect on this
valid for breaker
system starts protection function.
the failure
and stops and
rectifier protectio
the operation
side. n
mode is
- pole
changed.
isolation
The principle
of protection
This is to measure
protection the current
is used to ICN flowing
detect through the
whether neutral bus
there is capacitor. If
Neutral Protectio
an the current
bus n action
overcurren exceeds the
capacito Criteria and Principles of Setting sequence
t fixed value 1
r Values - alert;
condition and exceeds
overcurr Segment 1: Δ=0.015pu, T=1s Alarm -Y latch;
in the the delay
ent Stage 2: Δ=0.03pu, T=2s Y-block -
neutral time, an alarm
protecti Extremely
bus will be
on isolated.
capacitor issued; if the
and current
prevent exceeds the
damage to fixed value 2
the and exceeds
capacitor. the delay
time, Y will
be blocked.
Bipolar protection
Action
ces
110
Action
ces
Protectio
n action
sequence
Bipolar
way:
- Bipolar
current
Criteria and Principles of Setting balance
Values - Closed
The protection
Station A: NBGS
principle is
I_DIFF=abs[(IDNE1- -Y latch
to compare all
IDNE2)+IDEL1+IDEL2+IDGND+IDME]>Δ; - trip
the currents
Station B: the AC
(IDNE1, IDNE2,
I_DIFF=abs[(IDNE2- circuit
Used to IDEL1, IDEL2,
IDNE1)+IDEL1+IDEL2+IDGND+IDME]>Δ. breaker
detect IDGND, IDME)
Typical setting: - Start
faults flowing into
Bipolar operation: breaker
Bipolar between the area
I_DIFF >75A, failure
Neutral bipolar according to
t=3s alarm; protectio
Differen conductors different
I_DIFF >150A+0.1*abs(IDNE1-IDNE2) n
tial from the operation
t=200ms Send pole balance command; - pole
Protecti neutral modes. If the
t=1.2s combined with NBGS; isolation
on busbar to difference
t=2s Y blocking. Unipolar
the between the
Unipolar operation: way:
grounding currents is
I_DIFF >75A, - Phase
pole wire. greater than
t=1s alarm; shift
the protection
I_DIFF >150A+0.1*abs(IDNE1-IDNE2) restart
fixed value,
t=150ms Phase shift restart. -Y latch
the action
t=600ms Y-block. - trip
will be
Backup protection the AC
delayed.
-Station grounding overcurrent circuit
protection breaker
- Start
breaker
failure
protectio
n
- pole
isolation
111
Action
ces
Protectio
n action
sequence
Bipolar
operation
:
-Call the
police;
-
extremely
balanced;
-Y latch;
-
The protection tripping
It is used principle is the AC
to protect to detect Criteria and Principles of Setting circuit
the whether the Values breaker;
grounding current Abs(IDGND)>Δ - Start
in the flowing Typical setting circuit
station through the Δ=100A breaker
Station
and grounding in t=1s Alarm failure
groundin
prevent the station is Bipolar operation: protectio
g
excessive greater than Δ=150A n;
overcurr
grounding the protection t=1.5s pole balance -
ent
current fixed value, t=3s Y-block Extremely
protecti
from and the Unipolar operation: isolated.
on
flowing excessive Δ=200A Unipolar
into the grounding t=2s Y-block operation
grounding current in the Backup protection :
grid in station should -Station grounding overcurrent backup -Call the
the make the protection police;
station. running pole -Y latch;
trip. -
tripping
the AC
circuit
breaker;
- Start
circuit
breaker
failure
protectio
n;
-
Extremely
isolated.
112
Action
ces
This Protectio
protection n action
measures the sequence:
DC current of Bipolar
two grounding operation
pole lines :
(IDEL1, -
IDEL2), metal Extremely
return line balanced
(IDME), and -Y latch
neutral bus - trip
Values
It is used (IDNE1, the AC
Station A:
to protect IDNE2), circuit
I_DIFF=abs(IDNE1-
the calculates the breaker
IDNE2+IDME+IDEL1+IDEL2)>Δ
grounding difference of - Start
Station B:
in the the measured breaker
I_DIFF=abs(IDNE2-
Station station currents, and failure
IDNE1+IDME+IDEL1+IDEL2)>Δ
groundin and the difference protectio
Typical setting
g prevent is used as the n
Δ=150A
overcurr excessive current -
t=1s Alarm
ent grounding flowing into extremely
Bipolar operation:
backup current the station isolated;
Δ=150A
protecti from grounding Unipolar
t=1.5s pole balance;
on flowing grid, If the operation
No NBS fault and bipolar operation t=3s
into the preset value :
Y-block;
grounding is exceeded, -Call the
NBS failure and bipolar operation t=12s
grid in the protection police
Y-block
the delay action. -Y latch
Unipolar operation:
station. This - trip
Δ=250A
differential the AC
t=2s Y-block
current flows circuit
into the breaker
station - Start
grounding grid breaker
due to a failure
neutral bus protectio
ground fault n
or through the -
normal path of Extremely
the NBGS. isolated.
Detect the
ground current
Re- IDGND, if the
transform ground switch
Neutral Protectio
when the cannot
bus Criteria and Principles of Setting n action
operation transfer the
earthing Values sequence:
from the current to the
switch Typical setting: -
grounding ground pole
protecti Abs (IDGND) >75A; delay 140ms Coinciden
grid to line, the
on ce NBGS.
the ground protection
fails. will reclose
the ground
switch.
113
Action
ces
When the
conversion
The current
from the
flowing
metal loop
through the
Earth operation
GRTS is sensed Criteria and Principles of Setting
return mode to Protectio
and the GRTS Values
line the earth n action
switch is Abs (IDME)>75A; delay 140ms.
transfer loop sequence:
closed when Backup protection:
switch operation - Overlap
the sensed Earth return line transfer switch backup
protecti mode GRTS
current is not protection
on fails, the
zero when the
conversion
GRTS is
is
already open.
performed
again.
When the
conversion
from the The currents
earth on the two
return ground lines
Metal line are sensed and
Protectio
Return operation the MRTB Criteria and Principles of Setting
n action
Transfer mode to switches are Values
sequence:
Switch the metal closed when Typical setting:
Coinciden
Protecti return the MRTB has Abs(IDEL1+IDEL2)>75A, delay 140ms.
t MRTB.
on line been opened
operation and the sensed
mode current is not
fails, it zero.
is re-
converted.
114
Action
ces
The metal
return line
ground fault
is judged
according to
Protectio
the station
n action
grounding
sequence
current and
- phase-
the grounding
shift
electrode
restart;
current. This
-Y latch;
protection is
Metal -
Detects only valid for Criteria and Principles of Setting
return tripping
ground the grounding Values
wire the AC
faults in station in the Protection Criterion:
groundin circuit
metal metal return abs(IDEL1+IDEL2+IDGND)>max( 0.1*abs(IDNE
g breaker;
return line operation ), 0.02), delay 200ms, phase-shift
protecti - Start
mode. mode, and restart once; delay 450ms, Y block.
on circuit
needs to be
breaker
combined with
failure
the metal
protectio
return line
n;
horizontal
-
difference
Extremely
protection and
isolated.
the metal
return line
longitudinal
difference
protection.
The
differential
current is
calculated Protectio
from the n action
operating pole sequence
Protection Criterion:
Metal neutral -Y latch
Detects Station A pole 1 and station B pole 2:
return current IDNE1 - trip
ground abs(IDME+IDNE)>Δ
line or IDNE2 and the AC
faults on Station A pole 2 and station B pole 1:
transver IDME. This circuit
wires abs(IDME-IDNE)>Δ
se protection is breaker
within a Typical setting:
differen only valid in - Start
metal Δ=max(0.2*abs(IDME), 0.07)
ce the metal loop breaker
return t=1s Alarm
protecti operation failure
station. Δ=0.1*IDNE+0.05pu,
on mode, and protectio
t=750ms Y-block
needs to be n
coordinated - pole
with other isolation
protections in
the protection
zone.
115
Action
ces
The
differential
flow is
calculated
based on the
IDMEs of the
two stations.
This
Protectio
protection is
n action
only valid in
sequence:
the operation
-Call the
mode of the
Criteria and Principles of Setting police
metal return
Values - Phase
Metal line. It needs
I_DIFF= abs(IDMEos+IDME)>Δ shift
return to cooperate
Detects Typical setting: restart
line with the
ground Δ=0.1IDME, and 60A<Δ<150A, -Y latch
longitud horizontal
faults on t=700ms alarm - trip
inal difference
metal Δ=0.2IDME, and 60A<Δ<350A, the AC
differen protection of
return t=250ms phase shift restart circuit
tial the metal
lines. t=500ms Y-block breaker
protecti return line
Backup protection: metal return line - Start
on and the
transverse difference protection, metal breaker
grounding
return line grounding protection failure
protection of
protectio
the metal
n
return line,
- pole
and at the
isolation
same time, it
needs to
compensate the
time delay of
the
communication
between the
stations.
Protectio
n action
sequence:
-Call the
police;
Detects the Criteria and Principles of Setting
Determine - Power
ground Values
Earth if there drop
electrode lead Abs(IDEL1)>Δ
electrod is an during
current, and Abs(IDEL2)>Δ
e lead overload unipolar
the protection Typical setting: Δ= 0.75pu
overload on the operation
has a definite T=0.5s, alarm;
protecti ground ;
time T=120s,
on electrode - The
characteristic Unipolar: power drop;
line. poles are
. Bipolar: The poles are balanced.
balanced
for
bipolar
operation
.
116
Action
ces
Criterion and setting principle of fixed
Measure the value:
Protectio
difference Protection criterion: I_DIFF=abs(IDEL1-
n action
between the IDEL2)>.
Determine sequence:
currents on Typical setting:
whether - alert;
the two ground Δ>0.02*IDL_NOM, delay 1s, alarm;
Ground the Unipolar
electrode For unipolar operation:
electrod current operation
lines. When a Δ>0.1358*IDL_NOM (station A)
e lead distributi - Phase
ground Δ>0.1496*IDL_NOM (station B)
unbalanc on on the shift
electrode line And IDEL1 (IDEL2)>0.02 IDL_NOM, delay
e ground restart
is grounded or 5s, phase-shift restart once;
protecti electrode once;
open, there Delay 6s, Y blocking;
on line is -Y latch.
will be a During bipolar operation:
unbalanced Bipolar
relatively Δ>0.1358*IDL_NOM (station A)
. operation
large Δ>0.1496*IDL_NOM (station B),
-Bipolar
differential And IDEL1 (IDEL2)>0.02 IDL_NOM, delay
balance.
current. 150ms, bipolar operation alarm;
Delay 1.5s, bipolar balance.
3.1.2.11 DC filter protection configuration
For components such as capacitors, reactors and resistors of the DC filter,
configure the necessary protection according to the type of components
supplied. These protections protect all components from overstress due to
excessive harmonic currents or due to overvoltage. Provides monitoring
protection for the DC filter status, that is, protection monitoring for the
unbalanced current of the capacitor, the detuned state of the filter, and the
possible resonance.
Action
ces
Detect the
total harmonic
current of the
resistance in
Monitor the DC filter,
the if it exceeds Protectio
overload the fixed n action
of the DC value, the sequence
Resistor Values
filter protection -Call the
overload Alarm segment: IT5 > (k1*I_XR)^2
resistors will act. The police;
protecti Action segment: IT5 > (k2 * I_XR)^2
to avoid protection -Open the
on Backup protection
overstress action delay DC filter
- DC filter differential protection.
ing the DC should be able high-side
filter to avoid the spacer.
resistors. influence of
transient
overload to
avoid
misoperation.
117
Action
ces
Detect the
total harmonic
current of the
Monitor reactor in the
Protectio
the DC filter, if
n action
overload it exceeds the
sequence
of the DC fixed value, Criteria and Principles of Setting
Reactanc -Call the
filter the protection Values
e police;
reactance will act. The Alarm segment: IT3 > (k1*I_XL)^2
overload -Open the
to avoid protection Action segment: IT3>(k2*I_XL)^2
protecti DC filter
the action delay Backup protection
on high-
overstress should be able DC filter differential protection.
voltage
of the DC to avoid the
side
filter influence of
spacer
reactance. transient
overload to
avoid
misoperation.
Values
Detect the
current I_DIFF > Max[I_ref,k*IZT1] Protectio
difference IZT2 is the outlet current of the low- n action
Monitoring between the voltage side of the DC filter; sequence
of ground high-voltage IZT1 is the outlet current of the high- - Open
Differen
faults in side and the voltage side of the DC filter. the high-
tial
the DC low-voltage Typical setting: voltage
Protecti
filter side of the DC Section I: I_DIFF > Max[ 40A , 0.5 * side
on
protection filter, if it IZT1 ], delay 200ms and IZT1<180A, open partition
zone. exceeds the the high-voltage side divider; of the DC
fixed value, Delay 200ms and IZT1>180A, Y blocking filter;
the protection Stage II: I_DIFF > Max[180A, 0.5*IZT1], -Y latch.
will act. delay 20ms, Y blocking.
Backup protection
DC pole differential protection.
118
Action
ces
Monitor by
comparing the
DC filter
currents of
the 2 poles,
the currents
of the 2 DC
filters should
be equal
during
Monitors symmetrical
Values Protectio
Detuning the bipolar
IZ_DIF=|IZT2-IZT2_OP|, n action
protecti detuning operation. If
IDELSUM=|IDEL1+IDEL2|; sequence
on of the DC the difference
Protection criteria: IDELSUM<0.02pu and -Alerts.
filter. between the
IZ_DIF>0.05pu, delay 10s, alarm.
filter
currents
exceeds the
preset value,
an alarm is
issued.
protective fit
2 redundant
monitors of
the same type.
119
Action
ces
The DC filter
capacitor bank
is composed of
capacitor
units with
internal
fuses, and
each capacitor
unit is
composed of a
large number
of independent
capacitor
elements with
fuse
protection.
When one
High Detect the element is
Voltage fault of shorted, the
Values
Capacito the DC energy stored Protectio
Protection criterion: IZT11/IZT2>Δ;
r filter in the n action
Typical setting: Δ1=0.004545;
Unbalanc high remaining sequence
When Δ>Δ1, the delay is 10s, and the
e voltage cells should -Alerts.
unbalanced high-voltage capacitor C1
Protecti capacitor be sufficient
alarms.
on bank. to blow the
fuse and
isolate the
faulty
element. This
causes small
unbalanced
currents to
flow, and as
the number of
faulty
capacitor
elements
increases, a
larger
unbalanced
current
develops.
120
Action
ces
Values
When the ground fault occurs within the
range of 0-57% from top to bottom inside
the capacitor, the differential
protection action of the DC filter is
performed. This section of protection
adopts the anti-malfunction measure of
simultaneously judging the absolute
value of the differential and unbalanced
currents of the DC filter. The
differential ratio coefficient is 0.5,
the starting value is 80A/50A, the
absolute value of the unbalanced current
is 0.5A/1.5A, and the action delay is
200ms when the conditions are met. If
the high-end CT current is less than
180A, cut off the filter, If the high-
side CT current is greater than 180A,
Protectio
the DC is blocked.
n action
Detects When the ground fault occurs within the
High sequence
ground range of 57%-80% from top to bottom
Voltage -Y latch;
faults in inside the capacitor, the grounding
Capacito - Open
the DC protection of the capacitor determines
r the high-
filter the differential current of the DC
Groundin pressure
high filter, the absolute value of the
g side
voltage unbalanced current and the unbalance
Protecti partition
capacitor ratio. The differential ratio
on knife;
bank. coefficient is 0.5, the starting value
-Call the
is 20A, the absolute value of the
police.
unbalanced current is 0.2A/0.5A, and the
unbalance ratio coefficient is 0.1/0.5.
When the conditions are met, the action
delay is 2 hours. If the high-end CT If
the current is less than 180A, cut off
the filter, if the high-end CT current
is greater than 180A, block the DC.
When a ground fault occurs inside the
capacitor within the range of 80%-100%
from top to bottom, the grounding
protection of the capacitor determines
the absolute value of the balance
current and the unbalance ratio at the
same time. The absolute value of the
difference unbalance current is selected
as the starting value of 20mA, the
unbalance ratio coefficient is selected
as 0.02, and the alarm is delayed for
200ms when the conditions are met.
3.1.2.12 AC filter protection configuration
Action
protecte object of Protection
d name protection principle
ces
121
Action
ces
The protection
phase
separation
detects the
vector sum of
the current
The action equation is as follows:
flowing into
the protection  I op  I op.0 , 当I res  I res.0

area and  I op  I op.0  S1 ( I res  I res.0 ), 当I res.0  I res  I res.1

compares it  I op  I op.0  S1 ( I res  I res.0 )  S 2 ( I res  I res.1 ), 当I res.1  I res  I res.2
I  I op.max , 当I res  I res.2
with the set  op
Jump the
value. The
in,𝐼op is the differential circuit
protection is
breaker
only sensitive current,𝐼op.0 is the differential minimum
of the
to fundamental I filter
current and is operating current setting value, op.max is
Filter group and
Filter stable to the setting value of the differential
bus each
block and ride-through maximum operating current;𝐼res is the
differen group,
busbars in current. The braking current,𝐼res.0 is the minimum
tial lock the
the busbar protection
protecti braking current setting value, res.1 is
I circuit
area. uses the
on the setting value of the first stage of breaker,
differential
and start
current I_DIFF I res.2 is the 2-stage
the braking current, the
and the
S failure
braking setting value of the braking current, 1
protectio
current is the setting value of the first stage
n.
I_STAB. When S
of the ratio braking coefficient, 2 It
I_DIFF>I_STAB,
is the 2-stage setting value of the
the exit is
ratio braking coefficient. Currently,
protected. The
the two ratio braking coefficients are
protection is
set to be the same.
only sensitive
to fundamental
current and is
stable to
ride-through
current.
The bus
voltage of a 1. Alarm section:
large group of Fundamental voltage > Uset1, an alarm is
- alert;
protection issued after Tset1.
- Hop the
detection 2. Trip 1 stage:
Filter breakers
A large filters is Total harmonic voltage > Uset2, delay
bus of all
set of compared with Tset2 to trip the circuit breakers of
overvolt groups in
filters the set value. all groups and all groups and lock the
age all
for all The protection circuit breakers,
protecti groups
devices. is only 3. Trip section 2:
on and lock
sensitive to Total harmonic voltage > Uset3, delay
the
the Tset3 to trip the circuit breakers of
breakers.
fundamental to all groups and all groups and lock the
7th harmonic circuit breakers.
content.
122
Action
ces
- Ratio
Brake
Type
Different
ial
Section:
According
to
The protection
Equation
phase
The action equation is as follows: 1 and
separation
Iop  Iop.0 , 当I res  I res.0 1 Equation
detects the 
 Iop  Iop.0  S ( I res  I res.0 ), 当I res.0  I res  I res.1 2 2 in the
vector sum of  action
the current Iop  Iop.max 3
equation,
flowing into in𝐼op is the differential current,𝐼op.0 is after
the protection the differential minimum operating Tset1,
area and
current setting value,𝐼res is the braking trip the
compares it
current,𝐼res.0 is the minimum braking group
with the set
circuit
value. The I
current setting value, op max is the breaker,
protection is
differential quick-acting current, S is lock the
Ground/pha only sensitive
the ratio braking coefficient, and the circuit
Filter se-to- to fundamental
direction of the current on each side is breaker,
differen phase current. Due
directed towards the filter as the and start
tial faults to
positive direction. the
protecti within the inconsistent
An overview of the ratio braking curve failure
on filter CT
is as follows: protectio
bank characteristic Iop
n.
s, the
-Quick
protection
section:
adopts ratio Iop.max
According
braking
S2 to
differential 动作区
formula 3
protection,
of the
and the S1
action
braking Iop.0
equation,
current takes 0 Ires.0 Ires.1 Ires.2 Ires trip the
the grounding The ratio braking coefficient is group
side current solidified in the program, S=S1=S2. circuit
as a
breaker,
reference.
lock the
circuit
breaker,
and start
the
failure
protectio
n.
123
Action
ces
Damage to one
capacitive
element in the
capacitor bank
will be
accompanied by
a significant
change in the
current
(unbalanced
current) on
the H-bridge
of the 1. Alarm section:
capacitor Iunb/Iearth>Kset1 (different types of
bank. Due to filter groups, high-voltage and low-
manufacturing voltage capacitors have different
variations, settings) An alarm will be issued after
there is an Tset1. - alert;
initial 2. Delay action section: - Trip
Capacito Filter unbalanced Iunb/Iearth > Kset2 (different types of the group
r Panel High current on the filter groups, high voltage and low breaker,
Unbalanc and Low H-bridge, voltage capacitors have different lock the
e Voltage which needs to settings) After Tset2, trip the group breaker,
Protecti Capacitors be initialized circuit breaker, lock the circuit activate
on . when it is breaker, and start failure protection. the
first put into 3. Quick section: failsafe.
service or Iunb/Iearth >Kset3 (different types of
when capacitor filter groups, high voltage and low
elements are voltage capacitors have different
replaced. The settings) After Tset3, trip the group
protection is circuit breaker, lock the circuit
only sensitive breaker, and start failure protection.
to fundamental
current. The
protection
takes the
ground current
as the
reference
current and
adopts the
ratio
unbalance
method.
124
Action
ces
Short The three-
circuit phase current
faults vector sum
within the (zero-sequence
- alert;
filter current) of
1. Alarm section: - Trip
bank the low-
Zero-sequence current > Iset1, and an the group
Zero (usually voltage side
alarm will be issued after Tset1. breaker,
sequence on the low of the
2. Action segment: lock the
current side, not protection
Zero sequence current > Iset2, after breaker,
protecti detected detection team
Tset2, the group circuit breaker is activate
on by is compared
tripped, the circuit breaker is locked, the
differenti with the set
and the failure protection is started. failsafe.
al value. The
protection protection is
); phase only sensitive
difference to fundamental
faults. current.
The three-
phase current
vector sum
(zero-sequence
current) of
the low-
voltage side
of the
protection
detection team
takes the Warning section:
Filter Components
effective The maximum value of the total harmonic
detuning within a
value of the current RMS/three-phase fundamental -Alert
monitori filter
three-phase current RMS > Kset1, and an alarm will
ng group
fundamental be issued after Tset1.
current as the
reference
current and
compares it
with the set
value. The
protection is
sensitive to
harmonic
currents.
125
Action
ces
The protection
detects the
current
1. Alarm section: - alert;
flowing into
Current > Iset1, alarm after Tset1. - Trip
the high
2. Delay action section: the group
voltage side
Overcurr Current > Iset2, after Tset2, trip the breaker,
of the panel
ent filter group circuit breaker, lock the circuit lock the
and compares
Protecti panel breaker, and start failure protection. breaker,
it with the
on 3. Quick section: activate
set value. The
Current > Iset3, after Tset3, trip the the
protection is
group circuit breaker, lock the circuit failsafe.
only sensitive
breaker, and start failure protection.
to the
fundamental
wave.
The protection
is triggered
by the trip of
the group
filter to
protect and
detect the
current on the
high-voltage
side of the
- Trip
group. If the
the group
current is
circuit
still greater
breaker,
than the fixed
1. Re-trip the group circuit breaker: lock the
value after
Current>Iset1, after Tset1, trip the circuit
the group
circuit breaker of this group and lock breaker;
protection
the circuit breaker. - Trip a
circuit triggers the
2. Jump the large group circuit breaker: large
breaker tripping
filter Current > Iset2, after Tset2, the large group of
failure action, the
panel group of circuit breakers will be circuit
protecti incoming
tripped, the circuit breaker will be breakers,
on circuit
locked, and the failure protection will lock the
breaker of the
be activated. circuit
large group
Note: Tset1 = Tset2 in current breakers,
will be
engineering applications. and
tripped, and
activate
all the group
failure
circuit
protectio
breakers of
n.
the large
group will be
tripped at the
same time.
device. The
protection is
only sensitive
to the
fundamental
wave.
126
Action
ces
The
temperature
rise of the
protected
object is
simulated by
integrating
the power
dissipation on
the
resistor/react
or with its
thermal time
constant (this
integrated
value
represents the
thermal
characteristic
s of the
Resistor/R
protected - alert;
eactance 1. Alarm section:
Resistiv object). The - Trip
within the Equivalent thermal current>Iset1, alarm
e/Reacti resistance the group
filter after Tset1.
ve value of the breaker,
bank to 2. Action segment:
Harmonic resistor is lock the
protect Equivalent thermal current>Iset2, trip
Overload constant; the breaker,
them from the group circuit breaker, lock the
Protecti winding loss activate
excessive circuit breaker, start failure
on characteristic the
thermal protection.
of the reactor failsafe.
stress.
is related to
the frequency.
When the
frequency
increases, the
loss of the
reactor will
increase
accordingly.
This is the
skin effect of
the reactor. A
model is
established in
the protection
to simulate
this
characteristic
of the
reactor.
3.2 AC Protection System

3.2.1 Overview
3.2.1.1 The AC system protection of Lahore converter station mainly includes
transformer protection, 500kV and 132kV reactor protection, 500kV busbar, line
127
and circuit breaker protection, and 132kV busbar and line protection.
3.2.1.2 The AC protection devices of Lahore converter station are mainly
supplied by Schneider (all imported), Xuji AC Protection and Automation
Company, and NARI Technology. Among them, NARI only supplies two sets of step-
down transformer protection, which are 500kV No. 1 station uses transformer
protection A and 500kV No. 2 station uses transformer protection A. See Table
3.2-1 for panel cabinet configuration
Table 3.2-1 Panel configuration table
Number of
Lahoreconverter station screen
cabinets
500kV/35kV step-down transformer protection screen 4
Transformer protection screen for 132kV/11kV outsourcing
Transformer 1
station
Protection
35kV/11kV station transformer protection screen 2
11kV station transformer protection device 11
35kV low-resistance protection screen 2
Reactor protection
500kV Reactor Protection Screen 6
500kV line protection screen 10
500kV protection 500kV busbar protection screen 2
500kV circuit breaker protection screen 11
500kV circuit breaker monitoring screen 11
132kV busbar protection screen 1
132kV protection
3.2.1.3 The protection arrangement and power supply configuration of the AC
system are shown in the following table
Table 1 Protection layout and power supply configuration of the first relay
chamber of 500kV
Table 2 Protection layout and power supply configuration of 500kV second relay
chamber
Table 3 500kV AC filter relay protection arrangement and power supply
configuration
Table 4 132kV relay room protection layout and power supply configuration
3.2.2.1 500kV busbar protection
The 500kV busbar protection adopts the GSGB750-F11AG type busbar
differential protection device produced by Schneider. Each busbar adopts two
sets of the same busbar differential protection as the first set of main
protection and the second set of main protection to realize the busbar
differential protection and switching Fail-safe exit function.
Bus differential protection GSGB750-F11AG device description table 3.3-5 to
table 3.3-6
Table 3.3-5GSGB750-F11AG bus differential protection device components
Table 3.3-6GSGB750-F11AG bus differential protection device indicator light
and button description
3.2.2.1.3 See Table 3.3-7 to Table 3.3-8 for the configuration and action
consequences of bus differential protection
128
Table 3.3-7 500kV#1M bus protection configuration
Table 3.3-8 500kV#2M bus protection configuration
3.2.2.2 500kV line protection
3.2.2.3 500kV circuit breaker protection
3.2.2.4 132kV busbar protection
3.2.2.5 132kV Line Protection
3.2.2.6 35kV low-impedance protection
3.2.2.7 500kV reactor protection
3.2.2.8 500kV/35kV step-down transformer protection
3.2.2.9 Transformer protection for 132kV/11.5kV external lead station
3.2.2.10 35kV/11.5kV station transformer protection
3.2.2.11 11kV station transformer protection
3.3 Safety and stability control device
3.4 Clock synchronization system

3.4.1 Overview
The Lahore converter station is equipped with a time synchronization
system, which is supplied by Yantai Hengyu Intelligent Technology Co., Ltd. and
XJ is responsible for the panel installation. See Table 3.4-1 for details of
supplied equipment.
Table 3.4-1 Time synchronization system list of Lahore converter station
serial
device name Device model unit quantity
number
HY-8000
1 master master clock tower 2
(2-way GPS, 2-way Beidou)
500KV 1st Relay Cell Expansion
2 HY-8000 tower 1
Clock 1
500KV 1st Relay Cell Expansion
3 HY-8000 tower 1
Clock 2
500KV Second Relay Cell
4 HY-8000 tower 1
Extended Clock
500KV AC Filter Cell Expansion
5 HY-8000 tower 1
Clock
3.4.2.1 The 2U standard chassis is adopted, and the screen can be grouped
separately.
3.4.2.2 The main clock is input from multiple sources, and each clock is
connected to the second-generation Beidou, GPS, and IRIG-B code reference
interconnection of the main and standby clocks.
3.4.2.3 The slave clock can simultaneously access 2 channels of IRIG-B code
external synchronization signals.
3.4.2.4 The main clock can simultaneously output NTP protocol network port
output, IRIG-B (DC RS-485) time code interface, ST 820nm multimode fiber IRIG-B
output interface, which can be set to PPS/PPM or serial port through internal
jumpers Message (East China Standard or Guangdong Standard) output.
129
3.4.2.5 The slave clock can simultaneously output the IRIG-B (AC) time code,
IRIG-B (DC RS-485) time code interface and ST 820nm multimode fiber IRIG-B
output interface that meet the IEEE STD 1344-1995 standard. Set to PPS/PPM or
serial message (East China standard or Guangdong standard) output through the
internal jumper.
3.4.2.6 The equipment running status can be uploaded to the dispatch center
through the 104 protocol.
3.4.2.7 The technical parameter response of the time synchronization device is
shown in Table 3.4-2:
Table 3.4-2 Technical parameters of time synchronization device
serial
parameter name unit Manufacturer's Guaranteed Value
number
1 Beidou Receive sensitivity dBmW <127.6
Receiver and
2 Timing accuracy ns ≤100 (one-way)
Antenna
Receiver Receive Capture <-160 dBW
3 dBW
Sensitivity Tracking <-163 dBW
During hot start: <2
4 GPS receiver Receiver capture time min
During cold start: <20
and antenna
Better than 1 (1PPS, relative to
5 Receiver Time Accuracy μs
UTC)
6 Receive Antenna Sensitivity dBW ≤－163
7 terrestrial physical interface Meet the G.703 standard
8 wired timing data rate b/s 2.048M
network Device local synchronization/fetch
9 Synchronously
(optional) synchronization (optional)
10 width ms 10～200
TTL level: rising edge, rise time
≤ 100;
RS-422, RS-485: rising edge,
punctual rising time≤100;
11 ns
edge Optical fiber: rising edge, rise
Pulse signal time≤100;
Static empty contact: rising edge,
rise time≤1μs
time TTL level: ≤1;
output RS-422, RS-485: ≤1;
12 Accuracy μs
Fiber: ≤1;
Static empty contact: ≤3
13 IRIG-B (DC) code accuracy μs ≤1
IRIG-B (AC) code time
14 μs ≤20
accuracy
Serial message time
15 ms ≤5
accuracy
16 Network timing NTP, SNTP ms ≤10
17 accuracy PTP μs ≤500
High Precision Timekeeping
18 µs/h ≤1
Accuracy
19 High precision punctuality h ≥12
Ordinary punctuality
20 µs/min ≤1
Punctuality accuracy
twenty
normal punctuality h ≥1
one
twenty Constant temperature crystal
hold time h
two clock: ≥1
130
serial
parameter name unit Manufacturer's Guaranteed Value
number
twenty
Internal battery h ≥6
three
twenty PPS jumps when the clock
µs ≤0.5
four Clock error source signal is switched
prevention Locked and punctual
25 µs ≤0.1
Lower PPS output transition
Voltage: 220V, –20%～+15%;
26 AC power Frequency: 50Hz, ±5%;
Harmonic content is less than 5%
power supply
Voltage: 220V/110V/48V, –20%～+15%
27 DC power supply
Ripple coefficient: less than 5%
28 Power supply Dual power supply
29 Reliability (MTBF) h ≥25000
3.5 Fault recorder

3.5.1 Overview
3.5.1.1 The fault recorder uses Wuhan Zhongyuan Huadian ZH-5 fault
recorder.According to the waveform recorded by the fault recorder, the exact
location, development process and fault type of power system, line and
equipment faults can be correctly analyzed and judged, so as to quickly
eliminate faults and formulate preventive countermeasures.
3.5.2.1 AC fault recording
(1)Basic information of AC fault recording
Table 3.5-1 Basic information of fault recorder
Wuhan Zhongyuan
device name fault recorder Manufacturer Huadian Technology
Co., Ltd.
model ZH-5 Date of manufacture
Rated DC power supply
Rated AC voltage V 220 220 (110)
V
TA secondary rated
Rated frequency Hz 50 5 (1)
current A
100V (line
TV secondary rated voltage),
Printer working power AC 220V, 50Hz
voltage V 100V/ (phase
voltage).
AC power loss ≦0.5VA DC power loss ≦50W
Device storage Equipment operating
-25℃～＋70℃ -5℃～＋45℃
temperature temperature
Atmospheric pressure 86kPa～106kPa Relative humidity 5%～95%
(2) Basic collection volume(Currently incomplete drawings)
Table 3.5-2 Basic collection of 500kV AC fault recorder
Numbering device Collection amount
1
2
3
4
5
6
131
Numbering device Collection amount
7
8
(3) Indication of AC fault recorder running light
Table 3.5-3 Device Indicators
indicato normal
name state meaning
r light operation
blinks every second normal operation
running
green not flickering Device crashes flicker
lights
not bright Device powered down
Bright device failure
Fault light red not bright
not bright device is normal
The device starts
Recording Bright
orange recording not bright
light
extinguished Recording reversion
Every time a GPS timing
flash once
signal is received
time light orange show
No GPS time signal
extinguished
received
Table 3.5-4Software main interface indicator
normal
name indicator light meaning
operation
green +24V power supply is OK
±24V lamp green
red +24V power failure
Storage green Data storage device is OK
green
indicator red data storage device failure
The device does not start wave recording,
grey and does not start steady-state
continuous recording
Recording
The device has not started the wave grey
indicator grey but orange
recording, and has started the steady-
bottom left
state continuous recording
orange The device is recording
DSP plug-in is normal and no waves are
green
recorded
DSP indicator green
red DSP plug-in exception
orange recording
a USB disk is inserted (USB 1.1 and 2.0
green are supported), Bright
USB disk writable
USB indicator
not
grey are supported),
bright
USB disk read only
(4) Description of the power switch of the AC fault recording screen cabinet
Table 3.5-5AC fault recorder screen cabinet power switch description(Currently
incomplete drawings)
screen cabinet open effect
132
3.5.2.2 DC fault recorder
(1) When the DC fault recording is used in the case of DC system failure or
state change, after the system receives the trigger signal, it collects and
records the pre-set system analog and digital quantities, and the sampling rate
is 10kHz. TDM bus for transmission, and record the wave data in the wave
recorder.
(2) DC fault recording data scale
Table 3.5-9DC Troubleshooting Recording Data Scale(Currently incomplete
drawings)
area Record data
DC pole area
(3)DC fault recorder running light instructions

Table 3.5-6 Device Indicators
indicato normal
name state meaning
r light operation
blinks every second normal operation
running
green not flickering Device crashes flicker
lights
not bright Device powered down
Bright device failure
Fault light red not bright
not bright device is normal
The device starts
Recording Bright
orange recording not bright
light
extinguished Recording reversion
Every time a GPS timing
flash once
signal is received
time light orange show
No GPS time signal
extinguished
received
Table 3.5-7Software main interface indicator
normal
operation
green +24V power supply is OK
±24V lamp green
red +24V power failure
Storage green Data storage device is OK
green
indicator red data storage device failure
The device does not start wave recording,
grey and does not start steady-state
continuous recording
Recording
The device has not started the wave grey
indicator grey but orange
recording, and has started the steady-
bottom left
state continuous recording
orange The device is recording
DSP plug-in is normal and no waves are
DSP indicator green green
recorded
133
normal
operation
red DSP plug-in exception
orange recording
green are supported), Bright
USB disk writable
USB indicator
not
grey are supported),
bright
USB disk read only
(4) Description of the power switch of the DC fault recording screen cabinet
Table 3.5-8AC fault recorder screen cabinet power switch description(Currently
incomplete drawings)
screen cabinet open effect
3.6 Fault location device

3.6.1 Overview
3.6.1.1 Lahore converter station is equipped with two sets of DC fault location
systems, a set of XC-2000 transmission line traveling wave fault location
system from Shandong Kehui and a set of WFL2010 transmission line fault
location system from CLP Purui .
3.6.1.2 The fault location screens of the DC lines on both sides of the Lahore
converter station are placed in the control and protection equipment room on
the second floor of the main control building. Each pole is equipped with a
ranging coupling box placed in the DC field, see the table below for details.
Table 3.6-1 Panel table of the traveling wave fault location system of Shandong
Kehui XC-2000 transmission line in Lahore converter station
device name device ID Device model Device location
DC line fault location 2nd Floor, Main
=S1+LFL1 XC-2000
screen 1 Control Building
Pole 1 traveling wave
P1.WP-T2.1 DC field
ranging coupling box
P2.WP-T2.1 DC field
Table 3.6-2 Panel table of CLP Pure WFL2010 transmission line fault location
system in Lahore converter station
device name device ID Device model Device location
DC line fault 2nd Floor, Main
=S1+LFL 2 WFL2010
location screen 2 Control Building
P1.WP-T2.2 DC field
P2.WP-T2.2 DC field
134
3.6.2.1 The DC fault location device uses the global positioning system as the
synchronous time unit, and adopts the double-end traveling wave method for
distance measurement, that is, a set of fault location system cabinets for
fault lines are installed at the converter stations at both ends. The time
difference between the two ends of the line is used to calculate the fault
location.
3.6.2.2 After the ranging system is started, if it is confirmed that the line
to be measured is faulty, a contact signal will be sent from one end of the
line (end A) to the other end (end B) according to the preset settings. Time
information to the traveling wave, etc., after the two ends receive the time
information transmitted by the opposite end, they immediately perform double-
end ranging, and display the ranging results on the device. Then the ranging
results are automatically uploaded to the master station.
3.6.2.3 The ranging system can realize the functions of fault waveform
management, fault type analysis, double-ended fault location, fault data
storage and retrieval.
3.7 Electric energy billing system

3.7.1 Overview
3.7.1.1 The electric energy billing system (sub-meter system) of Lahore
converter station is supplied by Henan Xuji Instrument Co., Ltd. uniformly. The
main table system is designed and supplied by NTDC. This article only
introduces the electric energy billing system device supplied by Xuji.
3.7.1.2 The electric energy billing system of Lahore converter station can
realize functions such as automatic energy collection and time-sharing
metering. It is composed of electric energy remote terminal, electric energy
small master station, gateway meter, 2M communication interface device and
coaxial cable.
Table 3.7-1 Equipment list of sub-meter system of Lahore converter station
seria
l
numbe
r
1. Substation screen of metering system noodle 1
1 Electric energy remote terminal XJT-500/C tower 1
Electric energy small master
2 set 1
station
3 network connected device set 1
4 Pigtail splice box indivual 1
5 Photoelectric converter indivual 1
2. Electric energy meter screen (500kV line) noodle 1
1 0.2S gateway table DTZY568 Only 6
Voltage and current experiment
2 indivual 18
box
3. Electric energy meter screen (Line + converter
noodle 1
transformer side + standby)
135
seria
l
numbe
r
2 indivual 8
box
4. Electric energy meter screen (132kV line) noodle 1
2 indivual 2
box
5. Electric energy meter screen (filter, station
noodle 1
transformer)
1 0.5S table DTZY566 Only 7
2 indivual 14
box
6. Power communication interface screen noodle 1
2M communication interface
1 tower 2
device and coaxial cable
4 Dial Moden indivual 1
3.7.2.1 Each station is equipped with a metering system sub-station screen,
which is located in the 500kV metering room. The sub-station screen of the
metering system includes 1 XJT-500/C electric energy collection terminal,
network connection equipment, pigtails, pigtail connection boxes, photoelectric
converters, data logers and GSM wireless transmission equipment.
3.7.2.2 Each station is equipped with an electric energy meter screen, which is
located in the 500kV metering room for the measurement of the electric energy
of the 500kV AC line. Each screen contains 6 active 0.2s level, reactive 1.0
level gateway energy meters, each meter is equipped with a current and voltage
test box, pigtail, pigtail junction box and photoelectric converter. The
electric energy meter communicates with the substation using the RS485
communication protocol.
located in the 500kV metering room, and is used for the calculation of electric
energy on the side of the converter and the grid. Each screen contains 3 active
0.2s level, reactive 1.0 level gateway electric energy meters, each meter is
equipped with a current and voltage test box, pigtail, pigtail junction box and
photoelectric converter. The electric energy meter communicates with the
substation using the RS485 communication protocol.
located in the 132kV metering room for the measurement of 132kV line electric
energy. Each screen contains one active power 0.2s level, reactive power level
136
1.0 level energy meter, and each meter is equipped with one Current and voltage
test boxes, pigtails, pigtail splice boxes and photoelectric converters, etc.
The electric energy meter communicates with the substation through two-stage
electro-optical-optical-electrical conversion.
located in the 500kV metering room, used for filter and substation energy
measurement. The meter is equipped with a current and voltage test box,
pigtail, pigtail splicing box and photoelectric converter. The electric energy
meter communicates with the substation using the RS485 communication protocol.
3.7.2.5 Each station is equipped with 1 small electric energy main station,
which is stored separately in the main control building. It is connected to the
2M communication interface screen through Ethernet to receive the electric
energy measurement data from the opposite station, and communicates with the
Lahore electric energy measurement center by GSM.
3.7.2.6 XJT-500/C electric energy collection terminal adopts high-performance
32-bit embedded RISC CPU (ARM9 core) hardware platform and real-time embedded
LINUX operating system software platform. It communicates with the meter
through the RS-485 interface, and can use Ethernet (TCP/IP), voice dial MODEM,
analog dedicated line MODEM and upload RS-232/485 to communicate with the
master station.
3.8 Telecontrol communication system

3.8.1 Overview
3.8.1.1 The telecontrol communication system completes data exchange between
the control and protection system of the converter station and the remote
dispatch center. It preprocesses data received locally and remotely, providing
translation and data description between internal and external communication
protocols.
3.8.1.2 The remote control communication device of Lahore converter station
uses the GWS-1 type remote control device supplied by Xuji DC.
3.8.1.3 The Lahore converter station communicates with the Pakistan Electric
Power Dispatching Center, and the dispatching center completes remote
monitoring and control. The Pakistan Power Dispatching Center has monitoring
functions, and control functions are reserved but not authorized. The
connection between the converter station and the dispatch center adopts point-
to-point serial communication and high-speed Ethernet transmission. Point-to-
point serial transmission protocol: IEC60870-5-101; High-speed Ethernet
protocol: IEC60870-5-104.
3.8.1.4 The telecontrol communication system is a redundant system, which
consists of two sets of identical devices, which are hot standby for each
other. They communicate with the local control and protection system via
redundant station LANs.
3.8.2.1 Panel configuration
137
(1) The telecontrol communication system consists of a telecontrol
communication panel, and the panel cabinet is equipped with 2 sets of GWS-1
telecontrol devices. The GWS-1 DC special remote control device adopts an
embedded industrial control hardware platform with no fan and no hard disk
structure to run the remote control service program. GWS-1 is a LINUX operating
system. Please refer to the following table 3.8-1 for panel cabinet
information.
Table 3.8-1 List of telecontrol communication screens of Lahore converter
station
serial
number
1. Telecontrol communication screen noodle 1
1 Remote communication
GWS-1 tower 2
device
2 sharer KVM-IW-1708 tower 1
3 Channel switch box MSCR504 tower 1
(2)The KVM-IW-1708 sharer can share the monitor and keyboard between two
telecontrol workstations, and operate the telecontrol communication system
locally.
(3)The MSCR504 channel switch box is equipped with four switchable modem
boards, which can provide four point-to-point serial communication links.
3.8.2.2 Communication with on-site systems
Each remote control device is connected with the redundant station LAN
through two LAN interfaces. The remote control system and the control and
protection system carry out data communication, and the communication is based
on the TCP/IP protocol. The telecontrol unit is connected to the station LAN
via two 100 Mbit/s network interfaces of the industrial PC.
3.8.2.3 The devices that need to communicate are as follows
(1) DC station control system
(2) Exchange station control system
(3) Pole control system
(4) Station electricity control system
(5) Pole protection system
(6) Filter protection system
3.8.2.4 Redundancy
(1)The telecontrol system is a redundant system composed of two sets of peer
units in hot standby operation. Each unit communicates with the local control
and protection system through a redundant station LAN network.
(2)Each telecontrol communication unit has a built-in self-test function that
constantly monitors all active functions and memory devices of the current
system, so any internal errors are immediately detected. Using this method, the
two units constantly exchange current status information and check each other.
(3)The main difference between a telecontrol communication device in active
operation and in hot standby operation is that the unit in active operation can
send messages to the local control system and the remote link. The unit in the
standby operating state can only receive data, and keep its process data up-to-
138
date to ensure that the active-standby switchover can be performed at any time
to become the active operating state.
(4)For redundant serial connections, two remote communication devices are
connected to the remote communication link through a channel switching device.
When a unit becomes the main operating device, it controls the channel
switching device through electrical signals, so that the external link switches
to this The serial interface corresponding to the unit. The other unit is not
connected to the external link.
4 Auxiliary systems
4.1 Station power system
4.1.1 Overview
4.1.1.1The power supply of this station is powered by three-circuit power
supply. The transformers for 35kV#1 and #2 stations are taken from the 500kV#1
main transformer and the 500kV#2 main transformer in the station respectively,
and the 132kV#0 transformer is taken from outside the station. Among them,
35kV#1 and #2 stations use transformers as the main power source, and 132kV#0
station uses transformers as backup power sources.
4.1.1.2The first power supply of station power is stepped down by the 35kV#1
station transformer and connected to the first section busbar in the 11kV high-
voltage switch cabinet; the second power source is stepped down by the 35kV#2
station transformer and then connected to the 11kV high-voltage switch cabinet
II Section busbar, the third circuit power supply of station electricity is
stepped down by the 132kV#0 station transformer and then connected to the third
section busbar in the 11kV high voltage switch cabinet, and the third section
busbar in the 11kV high voltage switch cabinet is connected to the 141 and 142
two tie switches respectively. Section I and Section II busbars in the 11kV
high-voltage switchgear.
4.1.1.3 The 11kV I-section busbar for station power is stepped down by three
11/0.4kV transformers and then led to the 0.4kV I-section of the pole I 400V
power distribution room, the 0.4kV I-section busbar of the pole II 400V power
distribution room, and the 0.4kV I-section of the station public 400V power
distribution room. Busbar: The 11kV II section busbar for station power is
stepped down by three 11/0.4kV transformers and then led to the 0.4kV II
section of the pole I 400V power distribution room, the 0.4kV II section of the
pole II 400V power distribution room and the 0.4kV II section of the station
public 400V power distribution room. The 800kW diesel generators used in the
station are respectively led to the 0.4kV I section of the pole I 400V power
distribution room, the 0.4kV I section of the pole II 400V power distribution
room and the 0.4kV I section of the station public 400V power distribution
room.
4.1.1.4 The converter station is equipped with 6 sets of DC systems,
includingPole I low-voltage DC system, pole II low-voltage DC system, station
139
public low-voltage DC system, #1 relay room low-voltage DC system, #2 relay
room low-voltage DC system, #3 relay room low-voltage DC system.The DC system
voltage is DC220V, and each set of DC includes two sets of batteries and three
chargers.
4.1.1.5 This converter station is equipped with 2 sets of UPS systems,
including station public UPS and #1 relay room UPS. The main components of the
UPS system include: rectifier, inverter, static switch, and manual maintenance
bypass switch, which are mainly used to supply power to important AC loads such
as computers, monitors, and printers.
Station transformers include 500/35kV station transformers, 35/11kV station
transformers, 11/0.4kV station transformers, and 132/11kV station transformers.
The specific configuration is shown in Table 4.1-1.
Table 4.1-1 Station transformer system configuration table
serial quant
project Manufacturer Installation Location
number ity
500/35kV
500kV AC field B-I busbar, B-II 2
1 station
busbar units
transformer
35/11kV Shandong Electric
35kV AC system BUSBAR-Ⅰ, BUSBAR-Ⅱ 2
2 station Power Equipment
busbar units
transformer Co., Ltd.
132/11kV
3 station Off-site power entry area 1 set
transformer
11/0.4kV
Shenzhen Taion Co., Pole I, Pole II, and station public 6
4 station
Ltd. Procurement 400V equipment room units
transformer
The technical parameters of the related equipment for station substations
are shown in the following table:
Table 4.1-2 500/35kV station transformer
Shandong Electric
model SF-130000/500 Manufacturer Power Equipment
Co., Ltd.
Serial number Date of manufacture
product code country of manufacture China
Rated voltage (kV) 511kV Rated current (A) 147.2
Insulation heat
Rated frequency(Hz) 50
resistance class
Antifouling grade insulating medium insulating oil
Winding type double winding Structure type 3-phase 5-column
No excitation
cooling method ONAN/ONAF Voltage regulation
voltage regulation
join group label YNd11 Rated capacity (MVA) 130
Self-cooling capacity 510 (+4-
voltage ratio
(%) 4×2.5%)/35kV
Rated voltage (medium Rated voltage (low
none 35kV
voltage) (kV) voltage) (kV)
Rated current (medium Rated current (low
none 2144.4
voltage) (A) voltage) (A)
140
Shandong Electric
model SF-130000/500 Manufacturer Power Equipment
Co., Ltd.
Load loss (HV-LV)
395 Load loss (HV-MV) (kW) none
(kW)
Short circuit
Load loss (medium
resistance (high
voltage - low none none
voltage - medium
voltage) (kW)
voltage) (%)
Short circuit Short circuit
impedance (high impedance (medium
12 none
voltage - low voltage - low voltage)
voltage) (%) (%)
≤0.2 at 100% rated
voltage
No-load current(%) No-load loss (kW) ≤88
≤1.2 at 110% rated
voltage
Load loss (full load)
≤395 Total weight (t) 205
(kW)
oil number petro45U Oil weight (t) 51
SF6 gas rated pressure
Oil origin Karamay, Xinjiang none
(Mpa)
SF6 gas alarm
none Body weight (t) 94
pressure (Mpa)
Lightning full wave
1550kV
Operation Shock
Transport weight (t) 120 Insulation level 1175kV
Short-time power
frequency withstand
680kV
Insulation level 100% forced air
direct ground
(neutral point) cooling noise (dB)
Oil pillow capacity Oil pillow sealing
(m3) method
The weight of the fuel
With or without
tank in the last 8
thermosiphon
section (t)
Cooling water weight
Oil pillow structure capsule
(t)
Noise level (db) ≤93
Shandong Electric Power
model S11-8000/35 Manufacturer
Equipment Co., Ltd.
Serial number Date of manufacture
country of
product code China
manufacture
insulating medium insulating oil cooling method ONAN
No excitation
Voltage regulation voltage join group label Yd11
regulation
Rated voltage (kV) 35 Rated current (A) 132
Rated frequency(Hz) 50 Rated capacity (kVA) 8000
voltage ratio 35(3,-1)*2.5%/11 Total weight (t) 16.5
141
model S11-8000/35 Manufacturer
Equipment Co., Ltd.
SF6 gas rated
oil number #25 none
pressure (Mpa)
SF6 gas alarm pressure
none Insulation level HV:LI/AC200/85,LV:75/35
(Mpa)
At rated frequency and
rated voltage, 7.9;
0.77 at 110%
No-load current(%) No-load loss (kW) When the rated frequency
rated voltage
is 1.1 times the rated
voltage, 11.8
Short circuit loss
40.773 Body weight (t) 8.9
(kW)
Karamay,
Oil origin Oil weight (t) 3.3
Xinjiang
SF6 gas weight (kg) none Fan factory name none
Thermostat
Fan model none Fujian Leader, China
manufacturers
Thermostat model BWY-802A/YE
model SZ-10000/132 Manufacturer
Equipment Co., Ltd.
Serial number Date of manufacture 2019/8
country of
product code China
manufacture
insulating medium insulating oil cooling method ONAN
On-load voltage
Voltage regulation join group label Dyn11
regulation
Rated voltage (kV) 132/11 Rated current (A) 43.7/524.9
132±11×0.909%/11
voltage ratio Total weight (t) 52.1
kV
SF6 gas rated
oil number PETRO 45U none
pressure (Mpa)
SF6 gas alarm HV: LI650AC275 LV-LN:
none Insulation level
pressure (Mpa) LI110C38
No-load current(%) 0.3 No-load loss (kW) 13
Short circuit loss
61 Body weight (t) 8.9
(kW)
Oil origin Karamay, Xinjiang Oil weight (t) 18
SF6 gas weight (kg) none Fan factory name none
Thermostat
Fan model none Dalian, China
manufacturers
Thermostat model BWY-804JJ,BWR-04JJ
Table 4.1-511/0.4kV dry-type transformer technical parameters (12 units)
11kV dry-type transformer parameters
Jinan Xidian Special
model SCZB11-2500/11 Manufacturer
Transformer Co., Ltd.
Serial number 19050782-19050793 Date of manufacture 2019.07
product code 1 710 9860 1 country of manufacture China
insulating medium Air cooling method AN (with emergency fan)
On-load voltage
Voltage regulation join group label Dyn11
regulation
142
11kV dry-type transformer parameters
Rated voltage (kV) 11 Rated current (A) 131/3608
voltage ratio 11/0.4 Total weight (t) about 7
SF6 gas rated pressure
oil number / /
(Mpa)
SF6 gas alarm
/ Insulation level LI75-AC35/AC5
pressure (Mpa)
At rated frequency and
0.2 at 100% rated
rated voltage, 3.24;
voltage;
No-load current(%) No-load loss (kW) When the rated
At 110% rated
frequency is 1.1 times
voltage, 0.35
the rated voltage, 4.5
Short circuit loss
17.2 (75℃) Body weight (t) about 5.9
(kW)
Oil origin / Oil weight (t) /
SF6 gas weight (kg) / Fan factory name Jiangsu Juxin
Thermostat
Fan model TH-GFDD590-150 Fujian Leader
manufacturers
Thermostat model LD-BK10-220ELTH
Table 4.1-6 List of Shenzhen Taian 11kV switchgear
seri
al Orig manufact quant
device name unit Remarks (Model)
numb in urer ity
er
#1 11kV incoming
1
cabinet=10K11
Handcart Vacuum Chin
1 ABB tower 1 VD4/P HE 1212-25
Circuit Breaker a
LZZBJ9
Dali Dalian
2 Current Transformer tower 3 600/1A,5P40/5P40/0.2/0.2S,,1
an Erhu
5/15/10/10VA
JDZX11-10
Dali Dalian 11/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/3
3 voltage transformer tower 3
an Erhu 0.2(3P)/0.2(3P)/3P
20VA/20VA/100VA
Zero sequence Dali Dalian
4 tower 1 LXK-Φ240 100/1A,10P10,5VA
current transformer an Erhu
Jian NARI
5 Relay protection tower 1 PCS-9611-EN
gsu Jibao
Intelligent control Hang Hangzhou indiv
6 1 HZYN-5800H
device zhou Yunuo ual
Shaa Liba
7 fuse tower 3 XRNP-12/0.5
nxi Electric
Xi'a Western
8 lightning arrester tower 3 YH5WZ2-17/45Q
n Electric
Microcomputer Zhej Zhejiang
9 tower 1 WNX-Ⅲ-10A
harmonic eliminator iang Huaguang
Primary harmonic Nanj Nanjing
10 tower 1 LXQ(D)II-12
eliminator ing Chuangdi
11 earth switch - - tower 1 JN15-12
indiv
12 pointer ammeter - - 3 6L2-A
ual
indiv
13 pointer voltmeter - - 1 6L2-V
ual
143
seri
numb in urer ity
er
Voltage transfer indiv
14 - - 1 LW8-10-YH3
switch ual
Anhu Tyon
15 Cabinet tower 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
i Energy
Wuhu
16 copper bar Wuhu set 1 TMY1-3×(80×10)
Xinxu
Anhu Tyon Conductors and related
17 Auxiliary material set 1
i Energy accessories (center cabinet)
Section I busbar PT
2
cabinet=10K10
JDZX11-10
Dali Dalian 11/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/3
1 voltage transformer tower 3
an Erhu 0.2(3P)/0.2(3P)/3P
20VA/20VA/100VA
Intelligent control Hang Hangzhou indiv
2 1 HZYN-5800H
device zhou Yunuo ual
Shaa Liba
3 fuse tower 3 XRNP-12/0.5
nxi Electric
Xi'a Western
4 lightning arrester tower 3 YH5WZ2-17/45
n Electric
Microcomputer Zhej Zhejiang
5 tower 1 WNX-Ⅲ-10A
harmonic eliminator iang Huaguang
Primary harmonic Nanj Nanjing
6 tower 1 LXQ(D)II-12
eliminator ing Chuangdi
indiv
7 pointer voltmeter - - 1 6L2-V
ual
Voltage transfer indiv
8 - - 1 LW8-10-YH3
switch ual
Anhu Tyon
9 Cabinet tower 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
i Energy
Wuhu
10 copper bar Wuhu set 1 TMY2-3×(80×10)
Xinxu
Anhu Tyon Conductors and related
11 Auxiliary material set 1
i Energy accessories (center cabinet)
Outlet cabinet
3
M=10K12/13/14
Handcart Vacuum Chin
1 ABB tower 3 VD4/P HE 1206-25
Circuit Breaker a
Dali Dalian LZZBJ9 600/1A, 5P40, 20VA,
2 Current Transformer tower 9
an Erhu 300/1A 0.2/0.2, 10VA/10VA
Zero sequence Dali Dalian
3 tower 3 LXK-Φ120 100/1A,10P10,2.5VA
current transformer an Erhu
4 继电保护江苏南瑞继保台 3 PCS-9671-EN
5 智能操控装置杭州杭州宇诺个 3 HZYN-5800H
6 避雷器西安西电台 9 YH5WZ2-17/45
7 接地开关 - - 台 3 JN15-12
8 指针电流表 - - 个 9 6L2-A
9 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 3 (2320H*800W*1513D)
10 铜排芜湖芜湖鑫旭套 3 TMY1-3×(80×10)
11 辅材安徽泰昂能源套 3 导线及相关附件(中置柜)
4 11KV隔离柜=10K15
1 隔离小车安徽泰昂能源台 1 隔离手车1250A
2 接地开关 - - 台 1 JN15-12
144
seri
numb in urer ity
er
4 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
I段、备用段母联
5
=10K02
1 手车式真空断路器中国 ABB 台 1 VD4/P HE 1212-25
LZZBJ9
2 电流互感器大连大连二互台 3
600/1A,5P40/0.2,20/10VA
5 接地开关 - - 台 1 JN15-12
6 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
6 备用段母线PT柜=10K00
JDZX11-10
11/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/3
1 电压互感器大连大连二互台 3
0.2(3P)/0.2(3P)/3P
20VA/20VA/100VA
3 熔断器陕西力霸电器台 3 XRNP-12/0.5
5 微机消谐器浙江浙江华光台 1 WNX-Ⅲ-10A
6 一次消谐器南京南京创迪台 1 LXQ(D)II-12
7 指针电压表 - - 个 1 6L2-V
8 电压转换开关 - - 个 1 LW8-10-YH3
9 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
7 #0 11kV进线柜=10K01
LZZBJ9
2 电流互感器大连大连二互台 3 600/1A,5P40/5P40/0.2/0.2S,,1
5/15/10/10VA
JDZX11-10
11/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/3
0.2(3P)/0.2(3P)/3P
20VA/20VA/100VA
4 零序电流互感器大连大连二互台 1 LXK-Φ240 100/1A,10P10,5VA
8 避雷器西安西电台 3 YH5WZ2-17/45Q
11 接地开关 - - 台 1 JN15-12
12 指针电流表 - - 个 3 6L2-A
13 指针电压表 - - 个 1 6L2-V
14 电压转换开关 - - 个 1 LW8-10-YH3
15 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
145
seri
numb in urer ity
er
8 出线柜=10K04
LZZBJ9
2 电流互感器大连大连二互台 3 600/1A,5P40,20VA,300/1A
0.2/0.2,10VA/10VA
3 零序电流互感器大连大连二互台 1 LXK-Φ120 100/1A,10P10,2.5VA
7 接地开关 - - 台 1 JN15-12
8 指针电流表 - - 个 3 6L2-A
9 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
II段、备用段母联
9
=10K03
LZZBJ9
2 电流互感器大连大连二互台 3
600/1A,5P40/0.2,20/10VA
5 接地开关 - - 台 1 JN15-12
6 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
10 11KV隔离柜=10K25
1 隔离小车安徽泰昂能源台 1 隔离手车1250A
3 接地开关 - - 台 1 JN15-12
4 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
出线柜
11
=10K22/23/24/26
LZZBJ9
2 电流互感器大连大连二互台 12 600/1A,5P40,20VA,300/1A
0.2/0.2,10VA/10VA
3 零序电流互感器大连大连二互台 4 LXK-Φ120 100/1A,10P10,2.5VA
7 接地开关 - - 台 4 JN15-12
8 指针电流表 - - 个 12 6L2-A
9 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 4 (2320H*800W*1513D)
12 II段母线PT柜=10K20
JDZX11-10
11/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/3
0.2(3P)/0.2(3P)/3P
20VA/20VA/100VA
146
seri
numb in urer ity
er
7 指针电压表 - - 个 1 6L2-V
8 电压转换开关 - - 个 1 LW8-10-YH3
9 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
13 #2 11kV进线柜=10K21
LZZBJ9
2 电流互感器大连大连二互台 3 600/1A,5P40/5P40/0.2/0.2S,,1
5/15/10/10VA
JDZX11-10
11/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/√3/0.1/3
0.2(3P)/0.2(3P)/3P
20VA/20VA/100VA
4 零序电流互感器大连大连二互台 1 LXK-Φ240 100/1A,10P10,5VA
8 避雷器西安西电台 3 YH5WZ2-17/45Q
11 接地开关 - - 台 1 JN15-12
12 指针电流表 - - 个 3 6L2-A
13 指针电压表 - - 个 1 6L2-V
14 电压转换开关 - - 个 1 LW8-10-YH3
15 柜体安徽泰昂能源台 1 (2320H*800W*1513D)
表4.1-7220V蓄电池#1
设备名称 220V直流蓄电池组制造厂家 HOPPECKE
型号 Gridpower VRL 2-960 出厂编号 --
出厂日期 2019年8月投产日期 2019年7月
型号（电池单元） Gridpower VRL 2-960 电池单元终止电压 V 1.8
额定电压（电池单元） V 2 电池单元浮充电压 2.25
电池单元数量 104/组推荐运行温度 ℃ 28
额定电压（电池组） V 220V 额定运行温度 ℃ 25
额定容量 Ah 958
表4.1-8220V蓄电池#2
设备名称 220V直流蓄电池组制造厂家 HOPPECKE
型号 Gridpower VRL 2-420 出厂编号 --
型号（电池单元） Gridpower VRL 2-420 电池单元终止电压 V 1.8
额定电压（电池单元） V 2 电池单元浮充电压 2.25
电池单元数量 104/组推荐运行温度 ℃ 28
额定电压（电池组） V 220V 额定运行温度 ℃ 25
额定容量 Ah 412
表4.1-9蓄电池监测模块
设备名称 220V蓄电池监测模块制造厂家许继电源有限公司
147
设备名称 220V蓄电池监测模块制造厂家许继电源有限公司
型号 FXJ 出厂编号 --
4.2 阀冷却系统
4.2.1 概述
拉合尔换流站双极共两个阀厅，每个阀厅独立配置广州高澜公司生产的闭式循环阀冷
系统。阀冷却系统分为阀内冷循环系统（包括主循环设备、水处理设备和氮气稳压系
统）、阀外冷循环系统（包括闭式冷却塔、喷淋泵组、外冷水处理系统）。
4.2.1.1 阀内冷循环系统
主要由主循环冷却回路、去离子水处理回路、氮气稳压系统等部分组成。
（1）主循环冷却回路主要由主循环泵、主过滤器、电加热器、脱气罐、主管道及连接件等
主要设备组成。
①主循环泵（P01/P02）
提供密闭循环流体所需动力，主循环泵为离心泵，采用机械密封，接液材质为不锈钢
AISI316不锈钢，1用1备，每台为100％容量，且进出口设波纹补偿器减振。主循环泵设计
有检漏罐，罐内装液位开关，及时检测轻微漏水。主循环泵前后设置有阀门，以便在不停
运阀内冷系统时进行主泵故障检修。主循环泵电源馈线开关由站用电设置专用，两台主泵
电源分别取自站用电不同母线。如果运行泵故障或不能提供额定压力或流量，马上切换至
备用泵，并发出报警信号。主泵正常连续运行一段时间（168小时）后将自动切换，切换时
系统流量和压力保持稳定，同时，主泵设有手动切换功能。
冷却介质温度：10℃~65℃；总流量：388m³/h；扬程：67m。
②主过滤器（Z01/Z02）
为防止循环冷却水在快速流动中可能冲刷脱落的刚性颗粒进入阀体，Z01、Z02主过滤
器(精度100mm)置于换流阀进水处，过滤器设置两套，采用不锈钢锥形滤芯，过滤器前后设
置检修阀门、压差表，顶部手动排气阀。过滤器设压差开关（dPS01和dPS02）提示滤芯污
垢程度，提醒操作人员清洗，可在线手动清洗。
③脱气罐（C31）
置于主循环泵进口处，罐顶设自动排气阀，完成冷却水中排气功能。
④电加热器（H01/H02/H03/H04）
电加热器置于主循环冷却水回路脱气罐内，用于冬天温度极低或阀体停运时的冷却水
温度调节，避免冷却水温度过低，当冷却介质温度接近阀厅露点温度，管路及器件表面有
凝露危险时，电加热器开始工作。电加热器运行时阀冷系统不能停运，必须保持管路内冷
却水的流动，以防电加热器干烧导致加热罐水温过高。电加热器根据项目所在地环境温度
设置4台，分2组顺序启动，并设故障报警。电加热器功率15kW/台。
（2）去离子水处理回路由离子交换器、精密过滤器、流量计、电导率仪等串联组成，该回
路并联于主循环回路运行。去离子回路是并联于内冷却主回路的支路，主要由离子交换器
和精密过滤器以及相关附件组成，主要是吸附内冷却回路中部分冷却介质的阴阳离子，通
过对冷却水中离子的不断脱除，从而抑制在长期运行条件下金属接液材料的电解腐蚀或其
它电气击穿等不良后果。
①离子交换器（C01/C02）
用于微量离子的去除，离子交换器由不锈钢离子罐、过滤器、离子交换树脂等组成，
离子交换器设2台，当其中一台的树脂失效时，发出报警信号，提示更换离子交换树脂。更
换时手动切换至另一台运行，更换过程不影响阀冷系统运行。
②精密过滤器（Z11/Z12）
148
精密过滤器设置在离子交换器出口处，以拦截可能破碎流出的树脂颗粒，共2套，1用1
备，精度10μm，采用可更换滤芯方式。
（3）氮气稳压系统用于补充内冷却系统中损失的水，该回路由原水罐、补水泵、原水泵、
膨胀罐、氮气系统等组成。
①膨胀罐（C11/C12）
膨胀罐置于阀冷系统水处理回路，与氮气稳压装置联动以保持管路的压力恒定、与补
充水回路和去离子回路共同完成介质的补给。膨胀罐底部设置曝气装置，增加氮气溶解
度，脱气时更有效的带走介质内氧气。膨胀罐可缓冲阀冷系统因温度变化而产生的体积变
化。
膨胀罐设置3套独立的电容式液位传感器采用三取二原则出口，1套磁翻板式液位传感
器，装在膨胀罐外侧显示膨胀罐中的液位。传感器应具有自检功能，当传感器故障或测量
值超范围时能自动提前退出运行，不会导致保护误动。
当液位到达低点时，发出报警信号，并在报警值前进行自动补水。当液位到达超低点
时，发跳闸信号，并由极控远程停运阀冷系统，提示操作人员检修。同时，膨胀罐的液位
传感器传输线性连续信号，当液位传感器检测到膨胀罐液位下降速率超过整定值，则判断
系统管路或阀体可能有泄漏，并根据液位下降速率，分别发出小泄漏报警（24小时泄漏报
警）或大漏水跳闸信号。
②氮气稳压系统（C41/C42）
膨胀罐的顶部充有稳定压力的高纯氮气，当冷却介质因少量外渗或电解而损失时，氮
气自动扩张，把冷却介质压入循环管路系统，以保持管路的压力恒定和冷却介质的充满。
③补水泵（P11/P12）
当膨胀罐液位降低到补水液位时，补水泵自动启动，补至停泵液位时自动停止，1用1
备。补水泵同时设就地和手动启动功能。
④原水泵（P21）
当原水罐液位降低到补水液位时，发出报警提示手动补水，单一配置，补至停泵液位
时自动停止。
⑤原水罐（C21）
原水罐采用密封式，以保持补充水水质的稳定。原水罐设磁翻板液位计。当原水罐液
位低于设定值时，提示操作人员启动原水泵补水，保持原水罐中补充水的充满。原水罐设
置自动开关的电磁阀，平时关闭，在补水泵和原水泵启动时自动打开，以保持原水的纯净
度。
4.2.1.2 阀外冷系统
主要由闭式冷却塔，喷淋水泵，喷淋泵组、外冷水处理系统组成。
（1）闭式冷却塔
闭式冷却塔作为换流阀冷却系统的室外换热设备，将换流阀的热损耗传递给喷淋水以
及大气。每套设备含3组闭式冷却塔。一般情况下，3组冷却塔均可投入运行，如某台冷却
塔发生故障退出运行，则另两组冷却塔将提高其冷却风机的转速以确保冷却效果。
冷却塔主要设计参数见表4.2-1
表4.2-1 冷却塔参数
名称参数
额定冷却容量 5230kW
室外计算湿球温度 30℃
盘管内冷却介质去离子水
闭式冷却塔处理水量 388m3/h
喷淋水量 233m3/h
闭式冷却塔出水温度（进阀温度） ≤44℃
149
进阀温度高报警值 46℃
进阀温度高跳闸值 49℃
换热冗余量 50%（1台冗余）
闭式冷却塔水阻 75kPa
设计压力 2.0MPa
测试压力 2.5MPa
（2）喷淋水池
为了保证冷却塔喷淋水的稳定性和可靠性，室外设置地下水池，水池的液位传感器设
置在泵坑，当液位低时，及时发出信号联锁启动工业水泵，并启动喷淋水处理系统对水池
进行补充，补至设计液位时自动停止，并发信号停止工业水泵。喷淋水池容量满足24小时
用水量。
（3）喷淋水泵
卧式离心结构，具有工作范围广、结构稳固、高负载的特点。每台冷却塔配置2×100%
容量的喷淋水泵，材质为不锈钢。六台喷淋水泵共用一根进水母管，每个冷却塔喷淋水泵
进口设置蝶阀，出口设置止回阀和蝶阀、压力表，为了减震，水泵与管道采用波纹管连
接，在喷淋水泵至冷却塔的出水管上设置排水支管和阀门。喷淋水管最低点设置排水阀以
便将管道内的水排空，防止冬季停运且室外气温较低时喷淋水结冰。
（4）外冷水处理系统
主要设备由石英砂过滤器、活性炭过滤器、高压泵、反渗透装置、化学清洗装置、喷
淋水加药系统、自循环过滤系统、排污系统等组成。
①石英砂过滤器
石英砂过滤器用于对原水的除浊处理，利用石英砂的截污能力，有效去除水中的较大
颗粒悬浮物和胶体等，以保证后续处理的正常运行。
②活性炭过滤器
活性炭过滤器是利用颗粒活性碳进一步去除石英砂过滤器残余的余氯、有机物、悬浮
物等杂质，进一步净化水质。活性炭过滤器主要采用果壳活性炭、石英砂过滤组合而成，
有效过滤速度为8～12m3/h。
③保安过滤器
保安过滤器作用是截留大于5μm的颗粒，以防止其进入反渗透系统。过滤器压差表示
滤芯污垢程度，清洗或更换，当过滤器进出口压差大于0.07-0.1MPa时，操作人员应当清洗
或更换滤芯。
④高压泵
高压泵的作用是为反渗透本体装置提供足够的进水压力，保证反渗透膜的正常运行。
⑤反渗透装置
采用错流过滤制取纯水的工艺，通过高压泵作用使液体以一定的速度流过膜面，纯水
从垂直方向透过膜，同时大部分截留物被浓缩液带出膜组件。
⑥化学清洗装置
停机时，膜浓水侧的污染物会沉淀在RO膜表面，并且由于RO膜浓水侧的含盐量很高，
RO膜透过水侧的淡水会吸干而造成对膜的严重损害。因此，在高压泵停止运行时应开启冲
洗装置，置换RO膜内的药品及污物来保护膜，本操作过程由控制系统程序控制，自动执
行。
化学清洗装置由清洗水箱、清洗水泵、5μm清洗过滤器和3kW电加热组成，用于RO膜的
定期化学清洗，以延长RO膜的使用寿命。
⑦加药装置
为防止菌藻微生物的大量滋生及闭式冷却塔盘管结垢需向喷淋水池添加缓蚀阻垢剂和
杀菌灭藻剂。缓蚀阻垢剂可抑制和干扰碳酸钙晶体的正常生长，从而使其不能沉积形成水
150
垢而分散在水体中；通过向喷淋水池添加杀菌灭藻剂，防止有机物、菌类、藻类等胶质状
的粘泥生长为活性污泥，粘附在盘管外表面。
⑧排污系统
在喷淋泵坑中设置集水坑，用以收集系统中的各种故障漏水。集水坑中设置高低液位
开关用以检测坑中液位，当液位值达到高值时，坑中配置的潜水泵启动，将坑中的水抽出
排放。到达低液位时潜水泵自动停止，两台水泵递次交替运行。潜水泵也可以手动启动。
4.2.2 技术规范及说明
表4.2-2 阀冷系统主要技术参数表
名称参数名称参数
冷却系统型号 LWW5230-388F 正常（主循环）电导率值 ≤0.5uS/cm
冷却系统额定冷却容量 5230kW 电导率值（报警） >0.5uS/cm
进阀温度（设计值） 44℃ 电导率值（二级报警） ≥0.7uS/cm
进阀温度高报警设定值 46℃ 正常（去离子回路）电导率值 <0.1uS/cm
进阀温度高跳闸设定值 49℃ 阀体额定流量时压降 0.3MPa
进阀温度低设计值 15℃ 阀冷设备设计压力 1.0MPa
进阀温度低报警设定值 10℃ 阀冷设备测试压力 1.5MPa
阀厅进出水温差 ≤12℃ 主循环过滤精度 100μm
冷却介质去离子水去离子回路过滤精度 10μm
进阀额定流量 105L/s 冷却介质总容量约27000L
进阀流量低报警设定值 94L/s 额定功率（内冷） 130kW
进阀流量高报警设定值 115L/s 额定电流（内冷） 500A
去离子水处理回路额定流量 2.78L/s 额定功率（外冷） 120kW
pH值 7±0.25 额定电流（外冷） 220A
表4.2-3 阀冷系统主要设备配置表
序号名称规格数量
一、主要单元设备
1 主循环泵 Q=388m3/h，H=67，110kW，1用1备 2
2 电加热器 15kW，接触式加热，分组启动 4
3 原水泵 Q=4.0m3/h，H=12m，0.46kW，自动补水 1
4 补水泵 Q=2m3/h，H=70m，1.1kW，自动补水，1用1备 2
5 主管道过滤器 ɸ273×1160，100μm 2
6 精密过滤器 10μm 2
7 膨胀罐 ɸ610×2000 2
8 原水罐 ɸ608×2000 1
9 脱气罐 ɸ710×1500 1
10 离子交换器 ɸ408×1500，1用1备 2
11 闭式冷却塔 5230kW，3台冷却单元，共3组 1
12 喷淋泵 Q=233m3/h，H=15m，15kW，3用3备 6
13 自循环过滤器 ɸ900×1150 1
14 自循环泵 Q=30m3/h，H=15m，3kW 2
15 加药装置， 200L 2
16 潜水泵 Q=10m3/h，H=15m，1.5kw 2
17 工业水泵 1用1备 2
18 炭滤装置预处理+自循环 2
19 砂滤装置预处理 1
20 保安过滤器 1用1备 2
21 反渗透装置产水12t/h 2:2:1
22 反洗泵 1用1备 2
23 化学清洗电加热 3kW 1
24 化学清洗水泵 1
25 化学清洗水箱 1
26 控制器 PLC（内冷S7-400系列，水处理S7-300），控制系统冗余配置
27 人机界面 KP1200 2
28 主机通讯对实时性要求较高的远程控制信号和阀冷却水系统报警信号，通过光调
151
制信号与换流阀直流控制与保护系统通讯。
对信息量较大的在线参数、设备状态监测及阀冷却水系统报警信息报
文，系统通过4路PROFIBUS总线与上位机进行通讯，实现与上位机交叉
连接。
二、内冷主要仪表
1 流量变送器 7F2B2F-AAACCA1D1SK+CBLA/7F2B2F-3557/0 1
2 流量变送器 7F2B2F-AAACCA1D1SK+CBCHLA DN250 1
3 流量变送器 3-9900-1+P525-2S 1
4 压力开关 0-16MPa 2
5 压力变送器 A-10G1/4B螺纹0~2.5MPa 2
6 压力变送器 A-10G1/4B螺纹0~1.6MPa 7
8 压力表 0-1.6MPa 7
9 压力表 0-2.5MPa 2
10 压差开关 DPGS40.100-EN-EBE-AA4-2AJ-ZIZZ-ZZZ 2
11 温度传感器 902020/10-402-1001-2-9-120-104 6
主泵电机、轴承温度
12 -100~200℃ 6
传感器
13 温湿度变送器 EE210-HT6XPAXXB/UW-TX002M 2
14 电导率变送器 202565/20+202924/10 2
15 电导率变送器 202565/20+202925/0100 2
16 电容式液位变送器 CLMC-36 1900mm 3
17 磁翻板液位计 EFC31B1H-2-C-C=1800（不含远传液位变送器） 1
18 磁翻板液位计 EFC31B1H-2-C-C=1800 1
19 液位开关 FD-MH50C 2
溶解氧变送器+水质
20 DOG-YJL+DOG-208F 1
分析仪
三、外冷主要仪表
1 温湿度变送器 EE210-HT6XPAXXB/UW-TX002M 2
2 压力变送器 A-10G1/4A螺纹0~1MPa4~20mA 6
3 电容式液位计 CLMC-363000mm 3
4 液位开关 FACCO3微动开关 2
四、水处理主要仪表
1 流量变送器 3-9900-1+P525-2S 5
2 温度变送器 902020/10-402-1001-2-9-120-104/330 2
3 圆形管道流量计 LZT-50S16S 1
4 电导率变送器 202925+202922 4
5 压力表 0~1.6MPa 10
6 压力表 0~2.5MPa 5
7 电导率变送器 202565+202924 2
8 温度变送器 902020/10-402-1001-2-7-50-104/330 1
9 压力变送器 A-10G1/4A螺纹0~1MPa4~20mA 11
表4.2-4 阀冷系统定值
序号报警名称报警级别设定值
1 原水罐液位低，请补液！| 预警 /
2 膨胀罐液位低！预警 15.0%
3 膨胀罐液位超低！跳闸 5.0%
4 膨胀罐液位高！预警 90.0%
5 冷却水流量低！预警 94L/s
6 冷却水流量超低！跳闸 89L/s
7 主泵出水压力高！预警 0.95Mpa
8 主泵出水压力低！预警 0.80MPa
9 进阀压力低！预警 0.53MPa
10 进阀压力超低！预警 0.45Mpa
11 进阀压力高！预警 0.55Mpa
12 进阀压力超高！预警 0.62MPa
13 回水压力低！预警 0.17MPa
14 回水压力超低！预警 0.15MPa
152
15 冷却水进阀温度低！预警 10℃
16 冷却水进阀温度高！预警 46℃
17 冷却水进阀温度超高！跳闸 49℃
18 冷却水进阀温度接近露点！预警当前露点值
19 冷却水进阀温度低于露点！预警当前露点值
20 冷却水出阀温度高！预警 58℃
21 冷却水电导率高！预警 0.5us/cm
22 冷却水电导率超高！预警 0.7us/cm
23 冷却水电导率高！预警 0.3us/cm
24 去离子水电导率高！预警 0.2us/cm
25 冷却水电导率高，不符合直流投运条件！预警 0.5us/cm
26 阀厅室内温度高！预警 60℃
27 阀厅室内湿度高！预警 60%
28 去离子水流量低！预警 30L/min
29 换流阀冷却系统渗漏！预警 /
30 换流阀冷却系统泄漏！跳闸 /
启动 30.0%
31 补水泵启停液位
停止 50.0%
启动 14℃
32 H01、HO2电加热器
停止 16℃
启动 15℃
33 HO3、HO4电加热器
停止 17℃
34 冷却塔风机启动G01/G03/G05 启动/停止 40℃
35 冷却塔风机启动G02/G04/G06 启动/停止 42℃
启动露点预警值
36 露点启停电加热器
停止当前露点值+4℃
表4.2-5 采样仪器一览表
序号名称作用备注
一、阀内冷系统仪表
4~20mA
FTO1 冷却水流量变送器监控出阀流量
单一配置
4~20mA
FTO2、FTO3 冷却水流量变送器监控进阀流量
冗余配置
4~20mA
FT11 去离子水流量变送器监控去离子回路流量
冗余配置
4~20mA
LT11、LT12、LT13 膨胀罐液位变送器监控膨胀罐液位，检漏
三重化配置
LI15 膨胀罐磁翻板液位计现场指示单一配置
4~20mA
LT14 原水罐磁翻板液位计监控原水罐液位，就地显示
单一配置
4~20mA
PTO1、PTO2 主泵出水压力变送器监控主泵出口压力
冗余配置
PTO3、PTO4、PTO5 进阀压力变送器监控系统进阀压力
PTO6、PT07 回水压力变送器监控主泵进口压力
PT11、PT12 膨胀罐压力变送器监控膨胀罐压力
PS11、PS12 氮气瓶压力开关监控氮气瓶压力/更换氮气瓶
QT01、QTO2 冷却水电导率变送器水质监控系统冷却介质水质
QT11、QT12 去离子水电导率变送器监控水处理水质
TTO1、TTO2、TT03 冷却水进阀温度变送器监控系统冷却水进阀温度。
TTO4、TT05、TTO6 冷却水出阀温度变送器监控系统冷却水出阀温度
TRTO1、TRTO2 阀厅温湿度变送器监控阀厅室内温度
TT07、TT08 P01/PO2主泵电机温度变送器监控电机内部温度
PO1/PO2主泵泵体驱动端温度变送
TTO9、TT10 监控电机轴承温度
器
PO1/PO2主泵泵体非驱动端温度变
TT11、TT12 监控泵体轴承温度
送
dPS01、dPS02 主过滤器压差开关现场指示
153
PI01、PI02 P01/PO2主泵出水压力表现场指示
PIO9 溶解氧传感器回路压力表现场指示
PI10 膨胀罐压力表现场指示
PI11、PI12 精密过滤器进水压力表现场指示
PI13、PI14 补水过滤器压力表现场指示
PI15 补水系统压力表现场指示
PI10 膨胀罐压力表现场指示
PI11、PI12 精密过滤器进水压力表现场指示
OI01 溶解氧变送器检测冷却水溶解氧含量
TRT31、TRT32 室外温湿度变送器监测室外温湿度
二、阀内冷处理仪表
TT31、TT32 喷淋水温度变送器检测喷淋水温度
PT31~PT36 喷淋泵压力变送器监控喷淋泵出口压力
PT37、PT38 自循环泵出口压力变送器监控自循环泵出口压力
QT31、QT32 自循环泵出水电导率变送器监测水池电导率，控制排放浓水
FT31 排污流量变送器监测排污流量
LT31、LT32、LT33 喷淋水池液位计监控喷淋水池液位
LS31、LS32 集水坑液位开关监控集水坑液位
LS33~LS36 加药箱液位开关监控加药箱液位
三、阀外冷水处理系统仪表
FT41 反渗透进水流量变送器监测反渗透进水流量
FT40 补充水流量变送器监测原水流量
FT42 反渗透浓水流量变送器监测反渗透浓水流量
FT43 反渗透产水流量变送器监测反渗透产水流量
PT40、PT41 工业补水压力变送器监控工业补水进水压力
PT42、PT43 高压泵进水压力变送器监控高压泵进水压力
PT44、PT45 高压泵出水压力变送器监控高压泵出水压力
PT46、PT47 反洗水泵出水压力变送器监控反洗水泵出水压力
PT48 保安过滤器进水压力变送器监控保安过滤器进水压力
QT40、QT41 反渗透进水电导率变送器监测反渗透进水电导率
QT42、QT43 反渗透产水电导率变送器监测反渗透产水电导率
TT40 化学清洗温度变送器监测清洗液的温度
PI37、PI38 反洗水泵出口压力变现场指示
PI39 工业水泵出口压力表现场指示
PI40 工业补水压力表现场指示
PI41 砂滤器进水压力表现场指示
PI42 砂滤器出水压力表现场指示
PI43 炭滤器出水压力表现场指示
PI46 高压泵出水压力表现场指示
PI47 反渗透进水压力表现场指示
PI48 反渗透第一段压力表现场指示
PI49 反渗透第二段压力表现场指示
PI50 反渗透浓水压力表现场指示
PI51 清洗水泵进水压力表现场指示
PI52 清洗水泵出水压力表现场指示
PI53 清洗过滤器出水压力表现场指示
FI40 清洗流量计现场指示
4.2.2.1 阀水冷系统控制保护
阀冷控制系统选用西门子S7-400H系列PLC，内、外冷控制系统直流电源各设置6路进
线，控制系统CPU及I/O模块均冗余配置。
两个CPU配置同步模板通过光缆连接，实现CPU硬件冗余。S7-400H采用热备用模式的主
动冗余原理，发生故障时，无扰动地自动切换。无故障时两个子单元都处于运行状态，如
果发生故障，正常工作的子单元能独立完成整个过程的控制。
表4.2-6 屏柜清册
屏柜名称屏柜功能描述
154
阀内冷系统AP1动力柜主泵柜
阀内冷系统AP2动力柜主泵柜
阀内冷系统AP3动力柜辅助动力柜
阀内冷系统AP4（CPUA）控制柜内冷控制柜
阀内冷系统AP5（CPUB）控制柜内冷控制柜
阀外冷系统AP6控制柜外冷控制柜
阀外冷系统AP7控制柜外冷控制柜
阀外冷系统AP8动力柜外冷动力柜
外冷水处理AP11控制柜水处理柜
工业水泵AP12控制柜工业水泵柜
（1）主循环泵
阀冷系统配置两台主循环泵，互为备用。当工作泵回路出现故障时将会自动切换到无
故障的备用泵运行。主循环泵电机采用软启动器起动，软启动完成后转入工频运行。
①正常切泵
当前泵工频运行时，当阀冷系统出现以下情况时，系统切换到备用泵软启动转工频运
行，同时当前泵停止。情况包括：
a.两台主循环泵可通过主泵切换周期（可设定）实现主泵周期切换功能。如P01主泵连
续无故障工频运行168小时后，启动主循环泵自动切换逻辑，P02主泵投入软启动转工频运
行同时P01主泵停止。
b.两台主循环泵可通过水冷就地操作面板实现主泵本地切换功能。
②故障切泵
当前泵工频运行时，当阀冷系统出现以下故障时，系统均自动切换到备用泵软启动转
工频运行，同时当前泵停止。故障情况包括：
a.主泵过热报警：主循环泵轴承设置PT100热敏电阻实时进行温度检测，当温度传感器
检测值超过主泵过热保护定值（95）℃时，控制系统报出相应“主循环泵过热”。
b.主循环泵故障报警：主循环泵工频回路设置断路器保护，当断路器脱扣动作时，控
制系统报出相应”主循环泵工频回路故障”。主循环泵工频回路设置控制断路器保护，当
控制断路器脱扣时，控制系统报出相应“断路器未合”。
c.站用电400V电源故障：P01主循环泵接在Ⅰ段母线上，PO2主循环泵接在Ⅱ段母线
上，如：P01泵运行时，Ⅰ段母线电源失电，控制系统报出“AP1柜交流动力电源故障”，
延时500ms后，主循环泵切换至备用泵运行。
备注：主循环泵安全开关未合不参与主泵切换。主循环泵动力回路设置就地检修安全
开关，当检修安全开关被断开时，控制系统报出“主循环泵安全开关未合”报警。当前运
行主循环泵安全开关未合会引起主泵因系统压力低切换至备用泵运行。
③压力低切泵
系统压力低报警：阀冷系统主循环泵出口设置两台压力变送器，进阀压力变送器设置
三台，当任意一台主泵出水压力变送器测量值低于保护定值与任意一台进阀压力变送器测
量值低于保护定值时，延时3秒后，切换备用泵工频直接运行，同时控制系统报出“阀冷系
统压力低切换主泵，请检查并确认”报警。此报警存在时，系统压力低主泵不再执行切
换。
④切泵失败回切
当前主循环泵正常切换至备用泵运行失败时，控制系统检测出相关报警后回切到原运
行主泵运行。
回切情况包括：当前运行主泵过热报警、主循环泵故障报警、站用电400V电源故障、
“主泵出水压力低+进阀压力低”报警。
155
⑤其它控制内容
操作面板具有主循环泵运行时间清零功能。
当主循环泵软启动器故障时，需要在软启动器本体手动复位。
⑥故障报文
序号故障报文故障说明
1 P01主循环泵软启动器故障 QFPO1R断路器分断或软启动器Ur11故障
2 P01主循环泵工频回路故障 QFP01G断路器分断或FRP01热继电器过热动作
3 P02主循环泵软启动器故障 QFP02R断路器分断或软启动器Ur21故障
4 P02主循环泵工频回路故障 QFP02G断路器分断或FRP02热继电器过热动作
5 两台主循环泵软启动器均故障满足以上第1、3两种故障条件
6 两台主循环泵工频回路均故障满足以上第2、4两种故障条件
7 两台主循环泵软启动器与工频回路均故障满足以上第1、2、3、4四种故障条件
8 P01主循环泵过热 P01主循环泵轴承≥P01主泵过热设定值
9 P02主循环泵过热 P02主循环泵轴承≥P02主泵过热设定值
10 P01主循环泵安全开关未合 P01主循环泵QSP01安全开关分断
11 P02主循环泵安全开关未合 P02主循环泵QSP02安全开关分断
12 P01主循环泵渗漏-请检查 P01主循环泵检漏开关动作
13 P02主循环泵渗漏-请检查 P02主循环泵检漏开关动作
14 AP1柜交流动力电源故障站用电400VI段失电
15 AP2柜交流动力电源故障站用电400VⅡ段失电
16 PO1主循环泵QFK01A断路器未合 AP1动力柜QFK01A断路器分断
17 P01主循环泵QFK01B断路器未合 AP1动力柜QFK01B断路器分断
18 P02主循环泵QFK02A断路器未合 AP2动力柜QFK02A断路器分断
19 PO2主循环泵QFK02B断路器未合 AP2动力柜QFK02B断路器分断
（2）补水泵
①自动补水
阀冷系统自动运行时可实现自动补水控制，当膨胀罐液位下降到自动补水启动液位
时，补水泵启动，当膨胀罐液位到达补水停泵液位时，补水泵停止。
自动补水为间断式补水，防止因补水速度过快而导致系统压力迅速增高，间断式补水
方式为自动补水2分钟再停止3分钟循环进行，直到膨胀罐液位到达停泵液位。
自动补水时应确保补水回路阀门在正确位置，去离子水回路阀门应正确开启。V136电
动阀门自动打开，原水罐通气回路相关阀门应处于开启状态。
当膨胀罐液位接近自动补水液位时，运行人员应事先检查原水罐液位是否能满足系统
的补水需求，做好准备以防原水罐储水不足。
自动补水时当原水罐液位到达低液位时，系统会强制停止补水泵。
自动补水时，膨胀罐压力因液位的上升而引起的压力增大时，系统会根据膨胀罐压力
的大小自动进行排气。如果出现排气故障导致压力高报警，应进行手动排气。
两台补水泵采用一用一备的配置方式，自动补水时只启动其中一台补水泵。
②手动补水
阀冷系统在运行和停止状态均可以通过MP操作面板进行手动补水，但膨胀罐液位必须
小于补水停泵液位。
补水前应检查原水罐液位是否能满足系统的补水需求，检查相应阀门状态是否开启正
确。
根据液位的下降情况，如需要对阀冷系统进行手动补水可通过MP操作面板“P11补水泵
启/停”按键来控制P11补水泵的启停，也可以操作“P12补水泵启/停”按键来控制P12补水
泵的启停。
手动补水两台补水泵可同时启动。
手动启动补水泵时补水泵会连续运行直到停泵液位才会自动停止，因此手动补水应时
刻关注系统压力的变化，建议手动补水也采用间断式手动控制，让系统有压力缓解过程。
156
手动补水时当原水罐液位到达低液位时会强制停补水泵。
P21原水泵只有手动控制补水。
原水罐高液位到达时强制停P21原水泵。
③故障报文
1 P11补水泵故障 QFP11断路器分断
2 P12补水泵故障 QFP12断路器分断
3 P21原水泵故障 QFP21断路器分断
补水电动阀需要开启时，开不到限位，需要关闭
4 补水电动阀V136故障
时，关不到限位
5 阀冷系统自动补水失败补水泵腔进气；补水回路阀门状态错误
（3）氮气稳压
①控制保护
补气回路设置两套，分别由V503电磁阀和V504电磁阀控制，可通过MP操作面板选择
V503或V504投入运行。
当膨胀罐压力低于补气电磁阀开启压力设定值时，补气电磁阀开启补气动作，当膨胀
罐压力到达补气电磁阀关闭压力设定值时，补气停止。
当补气电磁阀连续补气达到补气故障延时分钟后，膨胀罐压力仍未到达补气电磁阀关
闭压力时，报出电磁阀故障，切换至另一电磁阀工作。
排气回路设置V511电磁阀，当膨胀罐压力高于排气电磁阀开启压力时，排气电磁阀开
启排气，膨胀罐压力低于排气电磁阀关闭压力时，排气停止。
②故障报文
1 补气电磁阀V503故障补气时间超过补气故障延时设定值，膨胀罐压力仍
2 补气电磁阀V504故障未到达停补气电磁阀压力
排气时间超过排气故障延时设定值，膨胀罐压力仍
3 排气电磁阀V511故障
未到达停排气电磁阀压力
（4）外冷风机
①控制保护
冷却塔风机共6台，G01、GO2、G03、G04、G05、G06号风机；当进阀温度超过风机启动
设定值时，风机启动，根据进阀温度的变化进行PID调节。当进阀温度持续低于风机启动温
度4℃且风机频率达到20Hz，则延时5min停运风机。单台风机变频故障自动切换至工频运
行。
每台风机配置变频回路和工频回路，当前运行风机变频故障时，切换至该台风机工频
运行，同时控制系统报出相应“风机变频故障切换至工频，请就地确认”报警。此报警存
在时，该台风机故障不再执行切换。
②其它控制内容
操作面板具有风机手动切换/选择投入功能。当出现相应“风机变频故障切换至工频，
请就地确认”时，该台风机故障不再执行变频、工频切换。需要在阀冷控制系统就地操作
面板进行手动确认。
③故障报文
1 G01风机变频故障风机断路器QFB01分断
2 G01风机工频故障风机断路器QFG01分断
157
13 G01风机变频故障切换至工频，请就地确认风机变频故障切换至工频运行，需手动确认
（5）外冷喷淋泵
①控制保护
喷淋泵共6台分为3组，其中P31、P32为一组，P33、P34为一组，P35、P36为一组；每
组喷淋水泵并联后对一台冷却塔供水，两台喷淋泵一用一备。阀冷系统启动后，喷淋水泵
自动启动。阀冷系统停运时，喷淋水泵停运。喷淋水泵出水压力低或故障时，切换至备用
泵运行。单台喷淋泵连续运行到达喷淋泵自动切换周期时间（168小时）自动切换。当前喷
淋泵运行，当出现以下情况时，系统切换到同一组的另一台喷淋泵运行，同时当前泵停
止。情况包括：
a.喷淋泵出水压力低：每组喷淋泵出口设置两个冗余压力传感器，当喷淋泵出水压力
低于保护定值时，延时3秒后，切换备用喷淋泵运行，同时控制系统报出相应“喷淋泵压力
低切换，请就地确认”报警。此报警存在时，该组喷淋泵压力低不再执行切换。
b.当前运行喷淋泵故障：切换备用喷淋泵运行，同时控制系统报出相应“喷淋泵故
障”报警。
②其它控制内容
操作面板具有喷淋泵手动切换/选择投入功能。当出现相应“喷淋泵压力低切换，请就
地确认”时，该组喷淋泵压力低不再执行切换。需要在阀冷控制系统就地操作面板进行手
动确认。
故障报文
1 P31喷淋泵故障 QFP31断路器分断
7 第一组喷淋泵出水压力低喷淋泵出水压力低异常
8 第二组喷淋泵出水压力低喷淋泵出水压力低异常
9 第三组喷淋泵出水压力低喷淋泵出水压力低异常
10 第一组喷淋泵压力低切换，请就地确认喷淋泵压力低切换，需手动确认
11 第二组喷淋泵压力低切换，请就地确认喷淋泵压力低切换，需手动确认
12 第三组喷淋泵压力低切换，请就地确认喷淋泵压力低切换，需手动确认
4.2.2.2 阀水冷跳闸保护逻辑
（1）流量压力保护
①保护原理
当有两台流量变送器检测值同时低于流量超低设定值，并且有任意一台进阀压力变送
器检测值低于压力低设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
当有两台流量变送器检测值同时低于流量超低设定值，并且有任意一台进阀压力变送
器检测值高于压力高设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
158
当有一台流量变送器故障，另两台中任一台流量变送器检测值低于流量超低设定值，
并且有任意一台进阀压力变送器检测值低于压力低设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保
护。
当有一台流量变送器故障，另两台中任一台流量变送器检测值低于流量超低设定值，
并且有任意一台进阀压力变送器检测值高于压力高设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保
护。
当有两台流量变送器故障，另一台流量变送器检测值低于流量超低设定值，并且有任
意一台进阀压力变送器检测值低于压力低设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
当有两台流量变送器故障，另一台流量变送器检测值低于流量超低设定值，并且有任
意一台进阀压力变送器检测值高于压力高设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
当两台进阀压力变送器检测值同时低于进阀压力超低设定值，并且有一台流量变送器
检测值低于流量低设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
当有一台进阀压力变送器故障，另一台进阀压力变送器检测值低于压力超低设定值
时，并且有一台流量变送器检测值低于流量低设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
序号动作逻辑动作结果
1 2冷却水流量超低+任1进阀压力低跳闸出口
2 2冷却水流量超低+任1进阀压力高跳闸出口
1流量变送器故障+任1冷却水流量超低+任
3 跳闸出口
1进阀压力低
1流量变送器故障+任1冷却水流量超低+任
4 跳闸出口
1进阀压力高
2流量变送器故障+1冷却水流量超低+任1
5 跳闸出口
进阀压力低
2流量变送器故障+1冷却水流量超低+任1
6 跳闸出口
进阀压力高
7 2进阀压力超低+任1冷却水流量低跳闸出口
1进阀压力变送器故障+1进阀压力超低+1
8 跳闸出口
冷却水流量低
②故障报文
1 冷却水流量低冷却水流量≤冷却水流量低保护值
2 冷却水流量超低冷却水流量≤冷却水流量超低保护值
3 去离子水流量低去离子水流量≤去离子水流量低保护值
4 主泵出水压力高主泵出水压力≥主泵出水压力高保护值
5 主泵出水压力低主泵出水压力≤主泵出水压力低保护值
6 进阀压力低进阀压力≤进阀压力低保护值
7 进阀压力超低进阀压力≤进阀压力超低保护值
8 进阀压力高进阀压力≥进阀压力高保护值
9 进阀压力超高进阀压力≥进阀压力超高保护值
10 回水压力低回水压力≤回水压力低保护值
11 回水压力超低回水压力≤回水压力超低保护值
12 膨胀罐压力低膨胀罐压力≤膨胀罐压力低保护值
13 膨胀罐压力超低膨胀罐压力≤膨胀罐压力超低保护值
14 膨胀罐压力高膨胀罐压力≥膨胀罐压力高保护值
15 膨胀罐压力超高膨胀罐压力≥膨胀罐压力超高保护值
（2）进阀温度保护
①保护原理
三选二原则：计算TT01、TT02、TT03三台冷却水进阀温度变送器之间的偏差，如两个
偏差值不相等，则取偏差值较小的两仪表进行控制；如两个偏差值相等，则取在线值较大
的两仪表再进行控制。当三选二后的二台冷却水进阀温度变送器检测值同时超过进阀温度
超高设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
159
当一台冷却水进阀温度变送器故障，同时另两台中任一台冷却水进阀温度变送器检测
值超过进阀温度超高设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
当二台冷却水进阀温度变送器故障，同时第三台冷却水进阀温度变送器检测值超过进
阀温度超高设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
当三台冷却水进阀温度变送器故障，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。说明：三台温度变
送器能有效的起到防误动和防拒动作用，能准确无误检测到阀冷系统的冷却介质运行温度
状况，阀冷控制系统能够根据冷却介质运行温度状况及时输出相关保护动作。
1冷却水进阀温度变送器故障+任1进阀温
1 跳闸出口
度超高
2冷却水进阀温度变送器故障+1进阀温度
2 跳闸出口
超高
3 3冷却水进阀温度变送器故障跳闸出口
②故障报文
1 冷却水进阀温度低进阀温度≤进阀温度低保护定值
2 冷却水进阀温度高进阀温度≥进阀温度高保护定值
3 冷却水进阀温度超高进阀温度≥进阀温度超高保护定值
4 冷却水进阀温度接近露点进阀温度接近露点1℃范围内
5 冷却水进阀温度低于露点进阀温度低于露点
6 冷却水出阀温度高出阀温度≥出阀温度高保护定值
（3）液位保护
①保护原理
三选二原则：计算LT11、LT12、LT13三台膨胀罐液位变送器之间的偏差，如两个偏差
值不相等，则取偏差值较小的两仪表进行控制；如两个偏差值相等，则取在线值较大的两
仪表再进行控制。当三选二后的二台膨胀罐液位变送器检测值同时超过膨胀罐液位超低设
定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
当一台膨胀罐液位变送器故障，同时另两台中任一台膨胀罐液位变送器检测值超过膨
胀罐液位超低设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
当二台膨胀罐液位变送器故障，同时第三台膨胀罐液位变送器检测值超过膨胀罐液位
超低设定值时，阀冷控制系统发出跳闸保护。
1膨胀罐液位变送器故障+任1膨胀罐液位
1 跳闸出口
超低
2膨胀罐液位变送器故障+1膨胀罐液位超
2 跳闸出口
低
②故障报文
1 膨胀罐液位低膨胀罐液位≤膨胀罐液位低保护值
2 膨胀罐液位超低膨胀罐液位≤膨胀罐液位超低保护值
3 膨胀罐液位高膨胀罐液位≥膨胀罐液位高保护值
（4）泄漏保护
保护原理
冷却系统对膨胀罐液位连续监测，每个扫描周期都对当前值进行计算和判断。扫描周
期为2秒，液位比较周期为10秒，比较周期内泄漏量为0.3%，延时30秒后泄漏保护动作。
CPU开始扫描后每2秒为一个扫描周期。如0为CPU扫描开始，0秒与10秒进行比较，2秒与12
秒进行比较，每隔10秒为一次液位比较。如：”0→10；2→12；4→14；6→16；8-→18；
10→20；12→22；14→24；16→26；18→28；20→30；22→32；24-→34；26→36；
28→38；30→40；”如下图所示，当液位下降在任一时间段大于设定值（0.3%）时，泄漏
160
保护开始动作，延时30秒泄漏保护出口，30秒内任意一次小于设定值，泄漏延时重新开始
计算。
如果在时间段“0→10”之间液位扫描下降大于设定值（0.3%）时，之后的30秒时间段内所
有液位下降均大于设定值（0.3%）时，到了时间段“40”处时，阀冷控制系统发出泄漏保
护信号。
三选二原则：计算LT11、LT12、LT13三台膨胀罐液位变送器之间的偏差，如两个偏差
值不相等，则取偏差值较小的两仪表进行控制；如两个偏差值相等，则取在线值较大的两
仪表再进行控制。两台液位变送器同时检测液位。当一台液位变送器的液位变化满足跳闸
逻辑时，泄漏保护无效。当两台液位变送器的液位变化均满足跳闸逻辑时，泄漏保护动作
出口。
比较周期内进阀温度变化梯度超过0.2℃时，屏蔽泄漏保护。
（5）光调制保护
阀冷控制保护系统与直流极控系统交叉冗余，当A、B两套系统的4路通信回路的光调制
模块同时故障，延时500ms发跳闸信号。
逻辑框图如下：
4.3 空调及通风系统
4.3.1 概述
拉合尔换流站通风空调系统主要由全空气集中空调系统、分体空调通风系统组成。
表4.3-1 拉合尔站通风空调系统配置表
组成部分
序
配置空调区域备注
号 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
全空气集
风冷热泵离心水泵定压补水全自动清洗水处理组合式空气排烟风
1 中空调系阀厅
机组机组成机组水过滤器器处理机组机
统
161
全空气集
风冷热泵离心水泵定压补水全自动清洗水处理组合式空气排烟风
2 中空调系主控楼
机组机组成机组水过滤器器处理机组机
统
#1继电器热泵型防
分体空调热泵型分单冷型分
3 室及11kV 爆分体柜轴流风机 / / /
通风系统体柜机体柜
站用电室机
4 室及计量爆分体柜轴流风机 / / /
小室机
5 室和400V 爆分体柜轴流风机 / / /
站用电室机
表4.3-2 拉合尔站通风空调风冷热泵机组运行设置温度表
拉合尔站空调风冷热泵机组进出水运行设置温度
序号冷热水项目名称温度（℃）备注
1 冷却水设计供水温度 7
2 冷却水设计回水温度 12
3 热水设计供水温度 45
4 热水设计回水温度 40
4.3.2.1 阀厅通风和空调
本站共2个阀厅，每个阀厅设计一套独立的全空气集中空调系统，每套阀厅空调系统主
要由2x100%容量的组合式空调机组、电动三通调节水阀、电动切换/调节挡板、防火阀、管
道系统及电气控制设备等组成。其中组合式空调机组主要模块为风冷热泵机组和组合式空
气处理机组。风冷热泵机组和组合式空气处理机组均一用一备。冷热水送回水按照站内统
一标准执行，风冷热泵、组合式空气处理机组及相关系统设备均布置对应阀厅室外地面。
（1）阀厅应满足基本要求
①阀厅最小新风量为12500m3/h，保证室内微正压（5~10Pa）。
②阀厅设独立的灾后排烟系统，换气次数不小于0.25次/h，排风机设置在阀厅外墙顶部。
③当阀厅内发生火灾时，火灾报警信号将联锁关闭空气处理机组及送、回风总管上的防火
阀，以防止火灾蔓延。
为保证满足以上基本要求，设备配置表如下。
表4.3-3 阀厅通风空调系统设备容量表
区域容量配置房间送风量排风机配置备注
2x100%
极1阀厅风量：50000m3/h/set； 50000 2set14580m3/h 灾后排烟
制冷量：500kW/set；
制热量：550kW/set；
电加热量：150kW/set；
极2阀厅加湿量：150kg/h/set； 50000 2set14580m3/h 灾后排烟
蒸发冷却量：500kg/h/set
（2）阀厅通风空调系统配置
表4.3-4 极1阀厅通风空调系统配置表
极1阀厅通风及空调30-B003701S-N0203
序号名称规格技术及参数单位数量备注
162
LSRF500A，制冷设计工况：室外空气干球温度为
tw=48℃,冷冻水供回水温度为7/12℃；制热设计工
况：室外空气干球温度为tw=3.9℃，热水供回水温
极1阀
1 风冷热泵机组度为45/40℃。台 2
厅外
制冷量：500kW，制热量：520kW，制冷剂：R134a
总功率：243kW/380V,制冷性能系数≥2.70,
外形尺寸：4800x2100x2547(H)mm，重量：6040kg
GLC100-160，流量：94m³/h，扬程：352kPa
极1阀
2 离心水泵转速：2900r/min，功率：15kW，电源：380V/50Hz 台 2
厅外
设计压力:1.0MPa。配减震台座。
SXBY-600，膨胀罐DN600，全容积：0.35m³，补水
箱有效容积：1.25m³,补水泵2台，流量：
2.5m³/h，扬程：200kPa 极1阀
3 定压补水机组台 1
带水位仪，泄水电磁阀，补水电磁阀，配套电控柜厅外
底座尺寸：2800x1100mm，高度：1900mm，重量：
1900kg
设计流量：94m³/h，阻力：0.01MPa
全自动清洗水极1阀
4 连接方式：法兰连接,连接管径：DN150 台 1
过滤器厅外
耐压：1.6MPa
激光负离子智能型水处理器
设计流量：94m³/h，阻力：0.01MPa 极1阀
5 水处理器台 1
连接方式：法兰连接,连接管径：DN150 厅外
耐压：1.6MPa
ZK50型，风量：50000m³/h,制冷量:500kW,电加
热：150kW，
加湿量：150kg/h,蒸发冷却加湿量:500kg/h。
包括回风机段、排风新风调节段、初效过滤段、中
组合式空气处效过滤器、冷却加热盘管段、蒸发冷却段、喷雾加极1阀
6 台 2
理机组湿段、辅助电加热段、送风机段、亚高效过滤段、厅外
消声段、电动风阀及必要的检修段送/回风机机外
余压:350/250Pa。
输入功率：56.5kW,380V/50Hz。
尺寸：14300(L)x2400(W)x2535(H)mm
型号:HTF-D.No6.5,转速：960r/min，
7 排烟风机风量：14580m³/h，风压190Pa，电源380V50Hz,功台 2
率2.2kW
表4.3-5 极2阀厅通风空调系统配置表
极2阀
1 风冷热泵机组度为45/40℃。台 2
厅外
总功率：243kW/380V,制冷性能系数≥2.70,
外形尺寸：4800x2100x2547(H)mm，重量：6040kg
极2阀
2 离心水泵转速：2900r/min，功率：15kW，电源：380V/50Hz 台 2
厅外
2.5m³/h，扬程：200kPa 极2阀
3 定压补水机组台 1
带水位仪，泄水电磁阀，补水电磁阀，配套电控柜厅外
1900kg
163
全自动清洗水极2阀
4 连接方式：法兰连接,连接管径：DN150 台 1
过滤器厅外
耐压：1.6MPa
设计流量：94m³/h，阻力：0.01MPa 极2阀
5 水处理器台 1
连接方式：法兰连接,连接管径：DN150 厅外
耐压：1.6MPa
ZK50型，风量：50000m³/h,制冷量:500kW,电加
热：150kW，
加湿量：150kg/h,蒸发冷却加湿量:500kg/h。
包括回风机段、排风新风调节段、初效过滤段、中
组合式空气处效过滤器、冷却加热盘管段、蒸发冷却段、喷雾加极2阀
6 台 2
理机组湿段、辅助电加热段、送风机段、亚高效过滤段、厅外
消声段、电动风阀及必要的检修段送/回风机机外
余压:350/250Pa。
输入功率：56.5kW,380V/50Hz。
尺寸：14300(L)x2400(W)x2535(H)mm
型号:HTF-D.No6.5,转速：960r/min，
7 排烟风机风量：14580m³/h，风压190Pa，电源380V50Hz,功台 2
率2.2kW
（3）阀厅组合式空气处理机组组成段
表4.3-6 组合式空气处理机组组成段表
序使用区功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段
名称
号域 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
组合式排风新冷却加

极一阀回风机初效过中效过蒸发冷喷雾加辅助电送风机亚高效电动风
1 空气处风调节热盘管消声段
厅段滤段滤器却段湿段加热段段过滤段阀段
理机组段段
组合式排风新冷却加

极二阀回风机初效过中效过蒸发冷喷雾加辅助电送风机亚高效电动风
2 空气处风调节热盘管消声段
厅段滤段滤器却段湿段加热段段过滤段阀段
理机组段段
4.3.2.2 主控楼通风和空调
本站主控楼区域设计一套独立的空调冷热源系统，采用2x100%的风冷热泵机组。冷热
水送回水按照站内统一标准执行，风冷热泵及相关的水系统设备均布置主控楼屋面。
主控楼内换流变直流场接口设备室、阀冷控制保护设备室、控制保护设备室和主控室
等房间设置全空气空调系统，相应系统的空气处理机组采用2x100%容量配置。主控楼内礼
拜室、资料室、休息室、办公室和会议室等房间设置一套风机盘管和新风的空调系统。
（1）换流变直流场接口设备室空调系统
极1换流变直流场接口设备室和极2换流变直流场接口设备室合设一套集中空调系统。
系统采用一次回风全空气系统，系统主要由2x100%容量的组合式空调机组、管道系统及电
控设备等组成。空调机组布置于主控楼的暖通机房内。
①换流变直流场接口设备室空调系统新风比不小于5%，维持室内微正压。另外换流变直流
场接口设备室设独立的灭火后排风机，换气次数不小于6次/h。排风机兼作过渡季排风。空
调系统冷热水接自主控楼区域集中冷热水系统，冷冻水供回水温度为7/12℃，热水供回水
温度为45/40℃。
②空调系统主要由2x100%容量的组合式空调机组、电动三通调节水阀、电动切换/调节挡
板、防火阀、管道系统及电气控制设备等组成。
表4.3-7 换流变直流场接口设备室空调系统配置表
服务区域容量配置房间送风量排风机配置备注
164
极1换流变直流场 2x100% 过度季兼灭火
5000 2set4263m3/h
接口设备室风量：10000m3/h/set；后排风
极2换流变直流场过度季兼灭火
电加热量：10kW/set； 5000 2set4263m3/h
接口设备室后排风
加湿量：35kg/h/set；
（2）直流屏室、阀冷控制保护设备室空调系统
极1直流屏室、极1阀冷控制保护设备室和极2直流屏室、极2阀冷控制保护设备室合设
一套集中空调系统。系统采用一次回风全空气系统，系统主要由2x100%容量的组合式空调
机组、管道系统及电控设备等组成。空调机组布置在极1阀厅室外地面处。
①极1直流屏室、极1阀冷控制保护设备室和极2直流屏室、极2阀冷控制保护设备室空调系
统新风比不小于5%，维持室内微正压。另外直流屏室、阀冷控制保护设备室分别设独立的
灭火后排风机，换气次数不小于6次/h。排风机兼作过渡季排风。空调系统冷热水接自主控
楼区域集中冷热水系统，冷冻水供回水温度为7/12℃，热水供回水温度为45/40℃。
表4.3-8 直流屏室和阀冷控制保护设备室空调系统配置表
过度季兼灭火
极1直流屏室 3500 1set2737m3/h
后排风
2x100%
过度季兼灭火
极2直流屏室风量：17000m3/h/set； 3500 1set2737m3/h
后排风
极1阀冷控制保护过度季兼灭火
电加热量：25kW/set； 5000 1set4263m3/h
设备室后排风
极2阀冷控制保护过度季兼灭火
5000 1set4263m3/h
设备室后排风
（3）各电气房间空调系统
站公用控制保护设备室、通信机房、二次工作间、培训室、极1控制保护设备室、极2
控制保护设备室、暖通配电屏柜间、公用直流屏室合设一套集中空调系统。系统采用一次
回风全空气系统，系统主要由2x100%容量的组合式空调机组、管道系统及电控设备等组
成。空调机组布置主控楼的暖通机房内。
①各电气设备间空调系统新风比不小于5%，维持室内微正压。另外各电气房间分别设独立
的灭火后排风机，换气次数不小于6次/h。空调系统冷热水接自主控楼区域集中冷热水系
统，冷冻水供回水温度为7/12℃，热水供回水温度为45/40℃。
表4.3-9 各电气房间空调系统配置表
公用直流屏室 3500 1set2737m3/h
暖通屏柜间 2500 1set1086m3/h
极1控制保护设备
9000 1set4263m3/h
室 2x100%
极2控制保护设备风量：54000m3/h/set；
9000 1set4263m3/h 灭火后排风
室制冷量：225kW/set；
站公用控制保护设电加热量：60kW/set；
13500 1set7724m3/h
备室加湿量：180kg/h/set；
通信机房 13500 1set7724m3/h
培训室 1500 1set1086m3/h
二次工作间 1500 /
（4）主控室空调系统
165
主控室设一套集中空调系统。系统采用一次回风全空气系统，系统主要由2x100%容量
的组合式空调机组、管道系统及电控设备等组成。空调机组布置主控楼的17.00m屋面处。
①主控室空调系统新风比不小于10%，维持室内微正压。空调系统冷热水接自主控楼区域集
中冷热水系统，冷冻水供回水温度为7/12℃，热水供回水温度为45/40℃。
表4.3-10 主控室空调系统配置表
2x100% 3500
风量：18000m3/h/set； 3500
主控室制冷量：85kW/set； 5000 / /
电加热量：25kW/set；
5000
（5）主控楼各办公室空调系统
主控楼各办公室和检修备品库采用风机盘管的空调系统，其中各办公室区域设置一套
新风系统，满足新风量按≥30m3/h.人的要求，新风机组布置于走道吊顶内。
①风机盘管共13台，采用卧式暗装高静压型，带回风箱（后回风），标准工况下：风量
1360m³/h，出口静压30Pa，制冷量7.92kW，制热量13.59kW。
②新风机组共1台，风量：2000m³/h,制冷量：29kW，制热量：22kW。
③空调系统冷热水接自主控楼区域集中冷热水系统，冷冻水供回水温度为7/12℃，热水
供回水温度为45/40℃。
④空调系统与室内火灾探测系统联锁，当室内火灾探测系统报警，则系统停止运行，系
统中相应的防火阀关闭。
（6）380/220V交流阀组配电间蒸发冷却系统
极1 380/220V交流阀组配电间和极2 380/220V交流阀组配电间合设一套蒸发冷却系
统。系统主要由2x100%容量的蒸发冷却机组、管道系统及电控设备等组成。蒸发冷却机组
布置主控楼的暖通机房内。
①380/220V交流阀组配电间蒸发冷却系统为全新风直流形式，蒸发冷却机组送风，另设轴
流风机排风，并维持室内微正压。蒸发冷却系统的排风机兼做灭火后排风机，灭火后排
风的换气次数不小于6次/h。蒸发冷却系统用水接自主控楼区域生活上水系统。
②蒸发冷却系统主要由2x100%容量的蒸发冷却机组、电动切换挡板、防火阀、管道系统及
电气控制设备等组成。蒸发冷却机组由初中效过滤段、蒸发冷却段、挡水段、送风机段、
电动风阀及必要的中间检修段等功能段组成。
表4.3-11 380/220V交流阀组配电间蒸发冷却系统配置表
极1380/220V交流平时兼灭火后
2x100% 9000 2set7724m3/h
阀组配电间排风
风量：18000m3/h/set；
极2380/220V交流平时兼灭火后
加湿量：180kg/h/set； 9000 2set7724m3/h
阀组配电间排风
（7）阀冷却设备间蒸发冷却系统
极1阀冷却设备间和极1阀冷却设备间分别设一套蒸发冷却系统。系统主要由2x100%容
量的蒸发冷却机组、管道系统及电控设备等组成。极1阀冷却设备间的蒸发冷却机组布置在
极1阀厅室外地面处，极2阀冷却设备间的蒸发冷却机组布置在极2阀厅室外地面处。
①阀冷却设备间蒸发冷却系统为全新风直流形式，蒸发冷却机组送风，另设轴流风机排
风，并维持室内微正压。蒸发冷却系统的排风机兼做灭火后排风机，灭火后排风的换气次
数不小于6次/h。蒸发冷却系统用水接自主控楼区域生活上水系统。
②每套蒸发冷却系统主要由2x100%容量的蒸发冷却机组、电动切换挡板、防火阀、管道系
166
统及电气控制设备等组成。
表4.3-12 阀冷却设备间蒸发冷却系统配置表
平时兼灭火后
极1阀冷却设备间 2x100% 8000 2set7724m3/h
排风
风量：8000m3/h/set；
平时兼灭火后
极2阀冷却设备间加湿量：750kg/h/set； 8000 2set7724m3/h
排风
（8）蓄电池室空调系统
极1直流蓄电池室1、极1直流蓄电池室2、极2直流蓄电池室1、极2直流蓄电池室2和通
信蓄电池室1、通信蓄电池室2、公用直流蓄电池室1、公用直流蓄电池室2，共8个。每个蓄
电池室分别设置1台防腐防爆型热泵型分体壁挂式空调机。另外每个蓄电池室各设置1台防
腐防爆型轴流事故排风机，事故通风量不小于12次/小时房间换气。
表4.3-13 阀冷却设备间蒸发冷却系统配置表
服务区域容量配置排风机配置备注
1x100%
各蓄电池室（共8
制冷量：3.5kW； 1086m3/h 事故排风
个）
制热量：3.9kW；
（9）主控楼通风及空调配置
表4.3-14 主控楼通风及空调配置表
主控楼通风及空调30-B003701S-N0201
单
序号名称规格技术及参数数量备注
位
1 风冷热泵机组度为45/40℃。台 2 主控楼屋面
总功率：225kW/380V,制冷性能系数≥1.96
外形尺寸：4800x2100x2547(H)mm，重量：5240kg
2 离心水泵转速：2900r/min，功率：11kW，电源：380V/50Hz 台 2 主控楼屋面
2.5m³/h，扬程：200kPa
3 定压补水机组台 1 主控楼屋面
带水位仪，泄水电磁阀，补水电磁阀，配套电控柜
1900kg
全自动清洗水
4 连接方式：法兰连接,连接管径：DN125 台 1 主控楼屋面
过滤器
耐压：1.6MPa
5 水处理器台 1 主控楼屋面
连接方式：法兰连接,连接管径：DN125
耐压：1.6MPa
ZK10型，风量：10000m³/h,制冷量：45kW,制热
量：10kW
电加热：10kW，加湿量：35kg/h。机外余
组合式空气处压:250Pa。
6 台 2 空调设备间
理机组包括新回风混合段、初中效过滤段、加热表冷段、
加湿挡水段、电加热段、送风机段。输入功率：
18kW,380V/50Hz。
尺寸：4000(L)x1200(W)x1305(H)mm
167
量：25kW
电加热：25kW，加湿量：55kg/h。机外余
组合式空气处压:250Pa。极1阀厅室
7 台 2
理机组包括新回风混合段、初中效过滤段、加热表冷段、外
加湿挡水段、电加热段、送风机段、消声段。输入
功率：38.5kW,380V/50Hz。
尺寸：5900(L)x1500(W)x1605(H)mm
量：60kW
电加热：60kW，加湿量：180kg/h。机外余压:送风
组合式空气处机350Pa，回风机250Pa。包括回风机段、排风段、
8 台 2 空调设备间
理机组新回风混合段、初中效过滤段、加热表冷段、加湿
挡水段、电加热段、送风机段。
输入功率：111kW，380V/50Hz。
尺寸：9000(L)x3300(W)x2135(H)mm
量：25kW
电加热：25kW，加湿量：65kg/h。机外余压:送风
组合式空气处机200Pa，回风机100Pa。包括回风机段、排风段、
9 台 2 主控楼屋面
理机组新回风混合段、初中效过滤段、加热表冷段、加湿
挡水段、电加热段、送风机段、消声段。
输入功率：49kW，380V/50Hz。
尺寸：9400(L)x1500(W)x1605(H)mm
ZKX18型，湿膜加湿，风量：18000m³/h,加湿量：
180kg/h。机外余压:250Pa。包括新风段、初中效
蒸发冷却空气
10 过滤段、加湿挡水段、送风机段。输入功率：台 2 空调设备间
处理机组
13.4kW,380V/50Hz。
尺寸：2700(L)x1500(W)x2810(H)mm
ZKX08型，湿膜加湿，风量：8000m³/h,加湿量：
75kg/h。极1阀厅室
蒸发冷却空气机外余压:250Pa。包括新风段、初中效过滤段、加外
11 台 4
处理机组湿挡水段、送风机段、消声段。输入功率：极2阀厅室
8kW,380V/50Hz。外
尺寸：4800(L)x1200(W)x1105(H)mm
GXDB2.0型，风量：2000m³/h,制冷量：29kW,制热
新风空气处理量：22kW
12 台 1 走道
机组机外余压:250Pa。输入功率：3.5kW,380V/50Hz。
尺寸：900(L)x1300(W)x510(H)mm，配电动风阀
型号:FP-136WA,形式：卧式暗装高静压型，带回风
检修备品库
箱（后回风）
会议室、资
标准工况下：风量1360m³/h，出口静压30Pa，制冷
料室、
13 风机盘管量7.92kW 台 13
休息室、办
制热量13.59kW，电源220V50Hz,功率150W,水阻
公室、礼拜
40kPa
室
噪声47dB(A),配:恒温器、三速开关、三通电动阀
KT3F-35GW/T13型，T3工况，制冷量：3.5kW,制冷
功率：1.2kW
防爆型分体壁制热量：3.9kW，制热功率：1.2kW，电源
14 台 8 各蓄电池室
挂式空调 220V/50Hz
EER=2.92，配冷媒管和电缆，长度为：20m
防爆等级为ExdIICT1
168
站公用控制
保护设备室
型号:T35-11-5.6,转速：1450r/min，
通信机房
风量：7724m³/h，风压83Pa，电源380V50Hz,功率
15 方形轴流风机台 10 交流阀组配
0.37kW
电间
出口带出风防雨百叶(风机留孔尺寸：800x80
阀冷却设备
间
换流变直流
场接口设备
型号:T35-11-4,转速：1450r/min
室
16 方形轴流风机台 6 阀冷控制保
0.18kW
护设备室
出口带出风防雨百叶(风机留孔尺寸：600x600mm)
控制保护设
备室
型号:T35-11-3.55,转速：1450r/min，
17 方形轴流风机台 3 各直流屏室
0.12kW
型号:T35-11-2.8,转速：1450r/min
风量：1086m³/h，风压45Pa，电源380V50Hz,功率培训室暖通
18 方形轴流风机台 2
0.12kW 屏柜间
型号:BFT35-11-2.8,转速：1450r/min
防腐防爆方形风量：1086m³/h，风压45Pa，电源380V50Hz,功率
19 台 8 各蓄电池室
轴流风机 0.12kW
出口带出风防雨百叶。防爆等级为ExdIICT1
吊顶式，风量：400m³/h，电源：220V50Hz，功
20 换气扇率：0.045kW 台 4 卫生间
出风口带止回阀、金属软管2m及不锈钢出风口
表4.3-15 主控楼通风及空调重点设备组成表
功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段功能段
序号名称使用区域备注
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
组合式换流变直流
新回风初中效加热表加湿挡电加热送风机电动风中间检
1 空气处场接口设备 / /
混合段过滤段冷段水段段段阀修段
理机组室
极1/2直流
组合式屏室、极
新回风初中效加热表加湿挡电加热送风机电动风中间检
2 空气处 1/2阀冷控 / /
混合段过滤段冷段水段段段阀修段
理机组制保护设备
室
169
站公用控制
保护设备
室、通信机
房、二次工
组合式作间、培训
回风机新回风初中效加热表加湿挡电加热送风机电动风中间检
3 空气处室、极1/2 排风段
段混合段过滤段冷段水段段段阀修段
理机组控制保护设
备室、暖通
配电屏柜
间、公用直
流屏室
组合式
回风机新回风初中效加热表加湿挡电加热送风机电动风中间检
4 空气处主控室排风段
段混合段过滤段冷段水段段段阀修段
理机组
新风系主控楼各办风机盘新风机

5 / / / / / / / /
统公室管组
380/220V交
蒸发冷初中效蒸发冷送风机电动风中间检
6 流阀组配电挡水段 / / / /
却系统过滤段却段段阀修段
间
蒸发冷阀冷却设备初中效蒸发冷送风机电动风中间检
7 挡水段 / / / /
却系统间过滤段却段段阀修段
分体空热泵型
轴流事
调和事分体壁防腐防
8 蓄电池室故排风 / / / / / / / /
故排风挂式空爆型
机
系统调机
4.3.2.3 #1继电器室及11kV站用电室通风及空调
#1继电器室设置热泵型分体柜式空调，蓄电池室设置防腐防爆热泵型分体柜式空调，
11kV站用电室设置单冷型分体柜式空调。
（1）#1继电器室和11kV站用电室另设灭火后排风机，换气次数不小于6次/h。蓄电池室另
设防腐防爆型轴流事故排风机，事故通风量不小于12次/小时房间换气。
表4.3-16 #1继电器室及11kV站用电室通风空调系统配置表
序号服务区域分体空调容量配置排风机配置备注
共6台
共4台
1 #1继电器室制冷量：7.5kW；制热量：
1905m3/h
8.3kW；灭火后排风
共4台共2台
2 11kV站用电室
制冷量：7.5kW； 1905m3/h
共2台
共2台
3 各蓄电池室（共2个）制冷量：7.5kW；制热量：事故排风
1086m3/h
8.3kW；
（2） #1继电器室及11kV站用电室通风及空调配置
表4.3-17 #1继电器室及11kV站用电室通风及空调配置表
#1继电器室及11kV站用电室通风及空调30-B003701S-N0205
制冷量：7.5kW，制热量：8.3kW，功率：
1 热泵型分体柜机台 6
2.95kW，电源：380V50Hz
热泵型防爆分体
2 2.95kW，电源：380V50Hz，T3工况，防爆等级：台 2
柜机
ExdIICT1
170
#1继电器室及11kV站用电室通风及空调30-B003701S-N0205
制冷量：7.5kW，功率：2.95kW，电源：
3 单冷型分体柜机台 4
380V50Hz，T3工况
型号:BFT35-11-2.8,转速：1450r/min
4 防爆轴流风机风量：1086m³/h，风压45Pa，电源380V50Hz,功台 2
率0.12kW防爆等级为ExdIICT1
型号:T35-11-3.15,转速：1450r/min
5 轴流风机风量：1905m³/h，风压56Pa，电源380V50Hz,功台 6
率0.04kW
4.3.2.4 #2继电器室及计量小室通风及空调
#2继电器室和计量小室设置热泵型分体柜式空调，蓄电池室设置防腐防爆热泵型分体
柜式空调。
（1）#2继电器室和计量小室另设灭火后排风机，换气次数不小于6次/h。蓄电池室另设防
腐防爆型轴流事故排风机，事故通风量不小于12次/小时房间换气。
表4.3-18 #2继电器室及计量小室通风及空调系统配置表
共6台共4台
1 #2继电器室
制冷量：7.5kW；制热量：8.3kW； 1905m3/h
灭火后排风
共4台共1台
2 计量小室
共2台共2台
3 各蓄电池室（共2个）事故排风
（2）#2继电器室及计量小室通风及空调配置
表4.3-19 #2继电器室及计量小室通风及空调配置表
#2继电器室及计量小室通风及空调30-B003701S-N0206
热泵型分体柜制冷量：7.5kW，制热量：8.3kW，功率：2.95kW，
1 台 7
机电源：380V50Hz
热泵型防爆分制冷量：7.5kW，制热量：8.3kW，功率：2.95kW，
2 台 2
体柜机电源：380V50Hz，T3工况，防爆等级：ExdIICT1
型号:BFT35-11-2.8,转速：1450r/min
3 防爆轴流风机风量：1086m³/h，风压45Pa，电源380V50Hz,功率台 2
0.12kW防爆等级为ExdIICT1
型号:T35-11-2.8,转速：1450r/min
4 轴流风机风量：1346m³/h，风压45Pa，电源380V50Hz,功率台 1
0.025kW
型号:T35-11-2.8,转速：1450r/min
5 轴流风机风量：1346m³/h，风压45Pa，电源380V50Hz,功率 4
0.04kW
4.3.2.5 #3继电器室通风及空调
#3继电器室设置热泵型分体柜式空调，蓄电池室设置防腐防爆热泵型分体柜式空调。
#3继电器室另设灭火后排风机，换气次数不小于6次/h。蓄电池室另设防腐防爆型轴流事故
排风机，事故通风量不小于12次/小时房间换气。
表4.3-20 #3继电器室通风及空调系统配置表
共6台共4台
1 #3继电器室灭火后排风
各蓄电池室（共2 共2台共2台
2 事故排风
个）制冷量：7.5kW；制热量：8.3kW； 1086m3/h
4.3.2.6 #2继电器室及计量小室通风及空调配置
表4.3-21 #2继电器室通风及空调表
#2继电器室通风及空调30-B003701S-N0207
171
#2继电器室通风及空调30-B003701S-N0207
1 热泵型分体柜机台 6
2.95kW，电源：380V50Hz
热泵型防爆分体
2 2.95kW，电源：380V50Hz，T3工况，防爆等台 2
柜机
级：ExdIICT1
型号:BFT35-11-2.8,转速：1450r/min
3 防爆轴流风机风量：1086m³/h，风压45Pa，电源380V50Hz,功台 2
率0.12kW防爆等级为ExdIICT1
型号:T35-11-2.8,转速：1450r/min
4 轴流风机风量：1346m³/h，风压56Pa，电源380V50Hz,功 4
率0.04kW
4.3.2.7 400V站用电室通风及空调
400V站用电室设置单冷型分体柜式空调。
（1）400V站用电室室另设灭火后排风机，换气次数不小于6次/h。
表4.3-22 400V站用电室通风及空调系统配置表
共4台共2台
1 400V站用电室灭火后排风
制冷量：12kW 1905m3/h
（2）400V站用电室通风及空调系统配置
表4.3-23 400V站用电室通风及空调表
400V站用电室通风及空调30-B003701S-N0209
单冷型分体柜制冷量：12kW，功率：4.13kW，电源：
1 台 4
机 380V50Hz，T3工况
型号:T35-11-3.15,转速：1450r/min
2 轴流风机风量：1905m³/h，风压56Pa，电源380V50Hz,功率台 2
0.04kW
4.4 消防系统
4.5 给排水系统
4.6 一体化在线监测系统
4.6.1 概述
拉合尔换流站一体化在线监测系统由中国西电电气股份有限公司提供独立在线监测后
台、综合在线监测系统屏等，各生产厂家配置各自设备的在线监测系统，具体明细见表
4.6-1。
表4.6-1 一体化在线监测系统
序号名称厂家配置及作用
设在线监测工作站（布置于主控室工作台上），配
全站在线监测系统置12台换流变在线监测IED、2台站用变在线监测
中国西电电气
1 （含在线监测系统后 IED、2台直流场在线监测柜（含分压器在线监测
股份有限公司
台及组网设备） IED、开关及穿墙套管在线监测IED、避雷器在线监
测IED）
换流变色谱绝缘油在中国西电电气含12台换流变油色谱在线监测装置和2台备用换流变
2
线监测系统股份有限公司监测装置
站用变色谱绝缘油在中国西电电气
3 含2台站用变油色谱在线监测装置
线监测股份有限公司
中国西电电气监测油位、油温、绕温、阀侧套管SF6压力、铁芯夹
4 换流变在线监测系统
股份有限公司件电流
172
中国西电电气
5 站用变在线监测系统监测油位、油温、绕温、铁芯夹件电流
股份有限公司
监测换流变、阀塔、阀厅、极母线避雷器动作次数
6 直流避雷器在线监测廊坊东芝
及泄漏电流
直流开关操作机构及
7 北京ABB 监测开关动作次数及SF6压力
SF6气体状态监测
穿墙套管SF6气体状
8 北京ABB 监测套管SF6压力
态监测
直流分压器SF6气体
9 南瑞监测极线及中性线区域直流分压器SF6压力
状态监测
4.6.2.1 变压器在线监测系统组成
（1）共有12台换流变及2台站用变，配置14台Camlin油中溶解气体在线监测装置安装在换
流变和500kV站用变旁边。油中溶解气体在线监测装置通过光缆接入智能组件柜光端机，通
过光端机数据上送后台。
（2）在换流变及站用变外配置14面智能组件柜，柜内安装主IED，用于接收换流变的铁
芯、夹件、顶层油温、绕温、本体油位、开关油位、档位、SF6压力等信号。主IED通过网
线连接光端机，通过光端机数据上送后台。
（3）后台安装在主控楼辅助设备室，用于接收油中溶解气体含量及变压器的铁芯、夹件、
顶层油温、绕温、本体油位、开关油位、档位、SF6压力、直流断路器、直流分压器SF6压
力、穿墙套管SF6压力、阀厅避雷器动作次数等模拟量数据进行汇总分析与数据展示。
（4）变压器在线监测系统具体配置及参数见表4.6-2
表4.6-2 变压器在线监测系统配置及参数
序号名称型号数量单位厂家备注
油中溶解气体每套含：适配法兰2只、油
1 TOTUSG9(4气+微水) 14 套 Camlin
在线监测装置管1套、安装支架1个。
每面含：
光端机4光4电1台
EP-MT
2 智能组件柜 14 面华电云通终端盒8口1台
800*800*1800
通讯附件1套
空调1台
3 主IED MT1100 14 台华电云通安装在智能组件柜内
含：显示器、键鼠2套
EP-MP
4 后台屏柜 1 面华电云通配线架60口2台
800*600*2260
交换机36光12电2台
5 主机 YH610L 1 台研华科技安装在后台屏柜
6 通讯附件 1 套华电云通
7 软件 MP1200 1 套华电云通
预留：直流断路器、直流
分压器SF6压力、穿墙套管
8 数据接入 IEC61850通讯协议 1 项华电云通 SF6压力、阀厅避雷器动作
次数等模拟量信号接入端
口。
4.6.2.2 变压器综合在线监测系统（TOTUSG9）
TOTUSG9变压器在线监测系统功能具备综合全组分油中溶解气体分析（DGA）、局部放
电监测（PD）、套管监测（BM）、穿越故障电流监测（TFC）。
换流变：1套/台，12台共12套；站用变：1套/台，2台共2套。
4.6.2.3 MT1100变压器监测主IED
在线监测IED布置于光声光谱就地控制柜内，不再配置单独的IED柜,在线监测就地控制
柜配置空调。MT1100变压器监测主IED是用来实时监测变压器铁芯/夹件接地电流、SF6压
力、油温、油位、有载调压开关档位等的专用监测装置，同时能够汇总变压器油色谱监测
173
数据，然后统一上传到主站系统。MT1100变压器监测主IED综合数据平台主站系统，可以对
运行状况相同的同类设备进行横向对比分析，还可以对同一设备进行纵向对比分析，同时
还可以对设备绝缘状况的特征数据进行趋势预测，及早发现变压器潜在的故障进行预警和
处理，避免事故的发生。详细信号类型及数量见表4.6-3。
表4.6-3 主IED需接入换流变信号量
名称信号类型信号范围备注
铁芯接地电流监测信号 4-20mA 0-500mA 2路
夹件接地电流监测信号 4-20mA 0-500mA 2路
顶层油面温度1信号 4-20mA -20-140℃
顶层油面温度2信号 4-20mA -20-140℃
绕组温度信号 4-20mA 0-160℃
本体油枕油位信号 4-20mA 0-100%
开关油枕油位信号 4-20mA 0-100%
阀侧a相SF6气体压力信号 6.5-20mA 0-8.5bar
阀侧b相SF6气体压力信号 6.5-20mA 0-8.5bar
有载开关档位信号 BCD码
预留其他组件信号 4-20mA 备用
4.6.2.4 在线监测就地控制柜
换流变:1件/台，12台共12件；站用变:1件/台，2台共2件。均配备空调设备，可保证
主IED的现场长期安全运行。
4.6.2.5 在线监测后台屏柜
后台控制屏满足监测信号的接入，通讯协议为IEC61850，通讯接口为TCP/IP，屏柜内
含数据服务器1台，工业级交换机两台，系统软件、光配架等附件，各配置工作站及显示器
1台，显示器品牌型号与站内直流控保设备保持一致（直流控保设备厂家为许继），所提供
的后台满足所有监测内容显示。
4.6.2.6 直流场在线监测就地柜中包含分压器在线监测IED、开关及穿墙套管在线监测
IED、避雷器在线监测IED，接入综合在线监测系统屏后上传至后台。分压器在线监测IED信
号包括极线直流分压器SF6、中性线直流分压器；避雷器在线监测IED信号包括换流变进线
避雷器、换流变中性点避雷器、阀厅极线避雷器、6脉动桥避雷器、阀厅中性母线避雷器、
极线避雷器；开关及穿墙套管在线监测IED包括极线穿墙套管压力、直流开关（NBS、
NBGS、NBGS高速隔离开关）SF6压力。
4.7 阀厅红外测温系统
4.7.1 概述
阀厅红外测温系统是由山东鲁能智能技术公司研制的阀厅巡检机器人系统，阀厅红外
测温系统主要包括以下几个部分：固定点监测装置、固定点监测装置控制箱、屏柜、相关
线缆等，相关明细见下表：
表4.7-1 阀厅红外测温系统明细
序号名称元件规格和主要参数数量
10（极1极2阀厅各
1 红外热像仪+可见光摄像机 384*288固定式
安装5台）
10（极1极2阀厅各
2 云台（与红外热像仪配套） 0°~360°（连续旋转）
安装5台）
放电电流10kA,高速反应（10~12s），
3 网络避雷器 10/100M自适应，两级对地雷电泄放电若干
路
4 浪涌保护器 16路嵌入式套
5 站端红外处理单元基于Linux的红外视频服务器 1台
6 视频专用硬盘 SATA、1T、7200转若干
174
7 网络存储单元 24个硬盘通道，4个以上网络口 1套
8 液晶显示器 17寸、机架式、组屏安装 1台
输出：AV24V8A（6台）
9 综合电源 DC24V5A（3台）
DC12V5A（3台）
10 屏柜 2260*800*600 1面
11 光纤收发器单模若干
12 网桥 2M 若干
10/100M/1000M自适应交换机，不少于
13 网络交换机 24电口，不少于2路FC型光口，机架式若干
安装
CPU:酷睿i5，内存：4G，独立显卡
14 图形工作站 1台
1G，17寸液晶屏
15 光纤单模，4芯，含光接口设备及熔芯若干
16 屏蔽网络线超五类若干
4.7.2.1 控制功能介绍
（1）LER-3000A是由山东鲁能智能技术公司研制的阀厅巡检机器人控制系统，在现场特定
的点位进行固定点位监测，主要包括可见光视频监测、红外热象仪视频监测、自动定点设
备照片存档、自动定点设备红外热图存档、自动定点设备温度检测存档（自动温度越限报
警），设备历史温度分析等。
（2）定点监测—运行人员对固定点周围一定范围内的设备进行监控（监控类型：红外、可
见光），系统自动执行定点任务并生成监控结果的存档资料。
（3）遥控巡检—运行人员通过后台手动控制界面，控制固定点装置机器人执行监控任务。
4.7.2.2 固定点监测装置
（1）固定点监测装置根据监测任务的需要，布置在阀厅的固定监测点位上；屏柜布置在主
控楼，内装交换机、服务器、显示器等设备。上位机软件装在服务器内，并可将实时监控
画面切入主控室内。
（2）固定点监测装置包括本体支架、机器人本体以及配套的控制箱。机器人本体作为整个
系统的核心，集成红外热像仪、可见光摄像机等多种传感器；机器人控制箱能够控制机器
人本体通过云台的俯仰和水平回转定位，完成在预先设定范围内的定点视频监控作业任
务。
4.7.2.3 红外测温系统监控屏
红外测温系统监控屏作为系统就地指挥、控制和监视中心，固定点监测装置后台监控
系统能够对设备的可见光、红外视频和机器人运行状态进行实时监视，并通过任务管理和
遥控等手段对机器人实施有效的管理和控制，提供监测报表打印、实时数据存储、历史数
据查询以及监测数据的分析诊断功能，同时提供与站内监控系统和远方监控中心接口；屏
柜内部安装有双电源切换开关，能够自动切换站用220V电源；内部装有机器人和辅助固定
监控设备电源开关，可远程控制设备电源。
4.7.2.4 常见故障的判断和处理
表4.7-2 常见故障的判断和处理
故障现象原因分析判断处理
1.检查计算机网络通信连接是否正常；
1.对计算机网络连接进行修复；2.将屏
后台软件提示机器人 2.检查固定点设备电源是否打开；
柜对应设备电源打开；3.通信线路进行
连接中断 3.检查固定点对应线路的网络连接是否
更换或修复。
正常。
1.检查云台对应的设备IP能否Ping通； 1.若无法Ping通，则检查通信连接线路
2.检查云台线路连接是否正常；3.若线及云台下方的串口服务器是否正常工
机器人云台不能控制
路没问题，直接发送指令控制云台是否作；2.对相关线路进行检查修复；3.若
能控。设备通信正常，如果云台仍不能响应控
175
制指令则需要更换云台。
1.检查可见光相机的IP地址是否能Ping 1.若无法Ping通，则检查可见光线路连
后台软件界面可见通；2.检查可见光相机线路连接是否正接是否正常；2.对相关线路进行修复；
光区域无视频显示常；3.若能Ping通，打开可见光网页确 3.若通信正常，网页无法打开或视频图
认视频是否正常。像无显示，则需要更换可见光相机。
1.若无法Ping通，则检查红外相机和视
1.检查红外相机和视频服务器的IP地址
频服务器线路连接是否正常。2.对相关
后台软件界面红外区是否能Ping通；2.检查红外相机线路连
线路进行修复
域无视频显示接是否正常；3.使用红外配置软件直接
3.若通信正常，红外软件图像不正常，
连接相机确认图像是否正常。
则需要更换红外相机。
4.8 视频监控系统
4.8.1 概述
拉合尔换流站辅助系统综合监控平台由齐丰科技股份有限公司供货，对全站主要电气
设备、关键设备安装地点以及周围环境进行全天候的状态监视，以满足电力系统安全生产
所需的监视要求，同时满足换流站安全警卫的要求。
4.8.2.1主要功能
变电站智能辅助系统主要由辅助监控主机、站端综合管理单元、站端工作站、交换
机、智能门禁、视频监控、防盗报警、消防报警、环境监测、灯光控制等子系统以及信息
传输通道等设备及管理平台组成。
整个系统以综合管理单元为数据处理中心，负责对动力数据、环境数据的采集及监
控；安全防范数据的报警采集及联动；SCADA系统61850协议的报文解析及转换。
辅助监控主机及管理平台负责对站端辅助数据，视频，报警做综合处理展示,由站端
系统平台、视频监控、环境监控、智能门禁、防盗报警、火灾报警、辅助灯光等子系统及
网络设备等组成，实现对变电站辅助设备信息采集、处理、监控等功能。主要功能包括视
频显示功能、图像储存回放功能、视频分析与互动功能、设备控制功能、报警功能、环境
信息采集处理功能、语音功能、远方配置功能、自动对时功能。
4.8.2.2 监视范围及配置情况
4.8.2.2.1 监视范围
（1）监视换流站区域内场景情况；
（2）监视换流站内常规敞开式刀闸的分、合状态；
(3) 监视换流站内变压器、断路器、TA、TV、避雷器和瓷绝缘子等重要运行设备的外观状
态；
(4) 监视换流站内主要小室（主控室、继电器室、高压室、电缆层、电容器室、独立通信
室等）场景情况；
（5）监测换流站内主要小室（主控室、继电器室、蓄电池室、独立通信室等）温度、湿
度、SF6浓度、高压场地风力（沿海变电站）以及开关场地电缆沟的水浸情况；
（6）实现换流站防盗自动监控，可进行周界、室内、门禁的报警及安全布、撤防；
（7）实现站内消防子系统报警联动，并对消防子系统运行状态进行监视；
（8）实现对空调、排风扇、照明设备、抽水泵等设备的远方状态监视和控制。
4.8.2.2.2配置情况
（1）视频监控子系统
每个降压变两台高速摄像机；高压设备1-2个间隔一台高速摄像机；每个大门1个固定
机。
全景摄像机：配置4台。
176
主控室配置1台室内中速球；每个二次设备室配置2-4个室内中速球；高压开关室每4-6
个屏柜（单排）配置1台室内中速球；每个电容器室1个室内中速球；每个独立通信室1个室
内中速球；每个所用变室1个室内中速球；每个蓄电池室1个室内中速球。
电缆层配置固定摄像机。
（2）安全警卫子系统
四周围墙采用电子围栏布防，一面围墙为一个防区（单面围墙长度不超过500米，超过
500米增加防区）；大门上方采用1对红外对射。
四周围墙还设置红外对射报警器布防，一面围墙配置1对红外对射报警器（单面围墙长
度不超过150米，超过150米增加红外对射报警器）。
红外双鉴探测器布置在室内的出入口。
（3）环境监测子系统
温湿度传感器配置在室内的重要设备间，每40平方米配置1套。风速传感器每个变电站
配置1套。水浸探测器配置在电缆层、电缆沟等电缆集中的地方。
（4）门禁子系统
每个门禁控制主机可控制4道门；每道门配置一个读卡器、一个开门按钮、一个电磁力
锁。
（5）智能灯光控制子系统
辅助灯光和摄像机配套配置，灯光控制单元直接控制已有的照明系统。
4.8.2.3 平台结构
采用标准化、网络化、免维护式的平台结构，具有高度的可靠性和安全性，同时符合
DL/T 860互联标准。
4.8.2.4 站端硬件
（1）站端硬件总体介绍
站端硬件设备具备良好的屏蔽功能和抗强电磁干扰能力，并具备过电压保护措施，能
够在换流站区域中强电磁干扰、静电、电器操作及雷电过电压环境中正常工作。辅助系统
综合监控平台各设备的安装、使用不影响和妨碍站内一、二次电气设备及其他装置的独立
性、正确性、可靠性。能及时与其他厂家智能设备及控制中心数据通信，保证数据接收及
传送的正确性、实用性。
室内每台摄像机自带灯光控制器和照明设备，根据辅助系统综合监控平台的指令进行
开关。
彩色监视器、站端视频处理单元、总控电源、刻录设备、网络交换机、网桥、门禁主
机等均组屏安装。电源故障、摄像机故障、站端视频处理单元、刻录设备、智能接口机等
装置故障报警信号均以硬接点信号传送至其他系统。告警信号硬接点为两路输出。
（2）站端视频处理单元
站端视频处理单元采用嵌入式操作系统，支持不同厂家的前端模拟或网络摄像机，实
现视频监控。以网络通信方式（DL/T 860通信协议）与辅助系统综合监控平台通信，上送
分析数据以及告警信号，接受信息一体化平台、调度端视频主站、辅助系统综合监控平台
的控制。同时向站内其他系统发送实时视频数据流；远程用户可通过直接或转发方式访问
视频数据流。
（3）摄像机
室外配置有高速球机、云台机、固定机；室内配置有中速球机、固定机；根据现场实
际需要配置具有智能视频分析功能的网络摄像机。
（4）云台控制器（解码器）
云台控制器（解码器）内置在云台中，能够完成云台和镜头等控制对象的控制。
177
云台控制器（解码器）的控制协议具有开放性。
（5）电子围栏
在换流站围墙上设置有电子围栏，按围墙每100m左右设一个防区。每2～3个防区设一
个主机箱，主机箱内设脉冲主机、变压器、端子排等设备，机箱布置在围墙适当位置上。
光报警装置按防区设置。前端围栏直接安装在围墙顶部的上方，电子围栏的采用四线制，
当发生短路或断路时，脉冲主机发出报警并把报警信号传至辅助系统综合监控平台，平台
自动打开站内照明和启动录像。在电子围栏醒目处，每隔10m安装一块警示牌，警示牌悬挂
在合金线上。
（6）主动红外线对射及相关设备
红外防盗报警器：在一定距离范围内检测外来人员的入侵，根据不同的有效距离要求
选用不同型号的红外报警器；当报警时自动打开站内照明和录像，平时也可以由操作人员
手动打开、关闭。警铃：可作为报警联动设备，警情发生时启动，发出声音警告，同时有
打印输出功能。
（7）门禁子系统
换流站高压室、通信室、蓄电池室、二次设备室、控制室、电容器室均配置门禁子系
统。
（8）环境信息采集设备
环境信息采集设备包括环境数据处理单元、温湿度传感器、风速传感器、水浸探测
器、SF6探测器等。
（9）网络交换机
1.辅助系统综合监控平台配置交流220V供电的两层以上网络交换机；
2.满足换流站电磁兼容标准；
3.采用无阻塞配置的结构设计，保证满配置时能以线速接收帧，并能无延迟地处理；
4.端口支持10M/100M/1000M，采用RJ45接口及光纤接口；
5.具备网络风暴抑制和网络流控制功能，并支持组播功能，组播条目在256条以上；
6.采用分布式交换处理结构，所有接口模块均具有本地自主交换的能力，并满足DL/T
860-3中各项技术要求。
（10）视频光端机
摄像机到站端视频处理单元传输距离超过300ｍ，所以采用单模光纤、视频光端机传
输。
（11）站端视频工作站
换流站端配置有一台图像工作站，具备视频客户端的一切功能。
（12）综合电源
1.综合电源提供两路AC 220V/50Hz交流电源输入接口；当主供电线路停电时，可自动
切换到备用供电线路上。
2.电源由柜内综合电源集中辐射式配送，机柜中安装配电接线端子，每路电源都有标
签详细说明，便于维护、检修。
3.提供AC 220V/50Hz交流电源，在设备前端安装独立电源适配器转换成所需要的电
源。
4.电源配电器具备防雷和防过电压能力，电源电压在＋10%～－15%额定电压、频率在
＋2%～－2%范围变化时，设备各项性能和技术指标均能满足平台要求。
（13）灯光智能控制单元
灯光智能控制单元和换流站辅助系统综合监控平台之间采用DL/T 860协议通信。
（14）视频矩阵
178
换流站采用视频矩阵，配合大屏幕显示器，组成视频大屏显示。视频矩阵的输入接口
数由站端摄像机数量决定，视频输出接口数由大屏显示器数量决定。
4.9 全站照明系统
4.9.1 概述
4.9.1.1 拉合尔换流变电站照明系统分为正常照明系统和事故照明系统，正常照明系统包
括室外照明和室内照明。
4.9.1.2 室内照明包括：主控楼照明、继电器室照明及阀厅照明，室内照明控制控制开关
分布在相应室内区域；室外照明包括：直流场区域、滤波器场区域、500kV交流场区域及变
电站区域照明，室外照明控制箱位于现场。
4.9.2.1 正常照明系统配置见表4.9-1
表4.9-1 正常照明系统配置表
序号照明区域照明控制箱位置电源取自
1 极Ⅰ阀厅照明
2 极Ⅱ阀厅照明
3 主控楼1层照明
6 #1继电器室照明
4.9.2.2 事故照明系统配置见表4.9-2
表4.9-2 事故照明系统配置表
序号照明区域事故照明装置位置电源取自
1 控制楼事故照明
2 #1、#2、#3继电器室事故照明
4.10 广播呼叫系统
179

Lahore Converter Station Operation Regulations Volume 1 (Equipment Overview) .Zh-CN.en (1) -拉合尔换流站运行规程第1分册（设备概况）.Zh-CN.en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Lahore Converter Station Operation Regulations Volume 1 (Equipment Overview) .Zh-CN.en (1) -拉合尔换流站运行规程第1分册（设备概况）.Zh-CN.en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Translated from Chinese (Simplified) to English - www.onlinedoctranslator.

Lahore Converter Station

State Grid Shandong Electric Power Company

as "Murrah DC") is the only transmission project under the "Priority

Implementation" project list of the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor, and it is

Initiative" An important measure of the initiative, it is also the first

overseas investment project developed, constructed and operated by CLP

province. It is the first high-voltage direct current transmission project in

the longest transmission distance and the largest transmission capacity in

The site of Lahore Converter Station is located about 55km southwest of

State Grid Shandong Electric Power Company Maintenance Company is

responsible for the operation, maintenance and management of the project. In

accordance with the Regulations on the Operation and Maintenance of DC

Converter Stations of State Grid Corporation of China and other regulations,

in Pakistan, the Operation Regulations of Lahore Converter Stations have been

compiled. The purpose of this regulation is to standardize and guide daily

inspections, gate switching operations, and accident handling, strengthen

equipment maintenance and management, improve the level of on-site standardized

This "Regulations" is divided into five volumes, which are equipment

overview volume, operation mode and equipment operation regulation volume,

equipment abnormality and accident handling volume, typical operation ticket

volume and operation atlas volume. This volume is a sub-volume of equipment

overview, which covers engineering overview, equipment overview, parameters,

The main drafters of this Regulation:

This "Regulation" is under the jurisdiction of the State Grid Shandong

Electric Power Company Maintenance Company and is responsible for

1.2 Brief description of equipment

2.2 Converter transformer

2.3 DC wall bushing

2.4 Smoothing Reactor

2.7 Circuit breakers

2.8 Isolation switch and grounding switch

2.9 Current Transformer

2.10 Voltage transformer

system..The AC RI capacitor model is OAM425-0.0052H, which is installed on the

2.13 Lightning arrester

3.2 AC Protection System

3.3 Safety and stability control device

3.4 Clock synchronization system

3.5 Fault recorder

(3)DC fault recorder running light instructions

3.6 Fault location device

3.7 Electric energy billing system

3.8 Telecontrol communication system

组合式 排风新 冷却加

组合式 排风新 冷却加

新风系 主控楼各办 风机盘 新风机

You might also like

组合式排风新冷却加

组合式排风新冷却加

新风系主控楼各办风机盘新风机